RCS-985GW X Instruction Manual en Customized ECKF100398 R1.00 (En YJBH2042.0251.1101)

RCS-985GW
Generator Protection
Instruction Manual
NR Electric Co., Ltd.

RCS-985GW Generator protection
Preface
Introduction
This guide and the relevant operating or service manual documentation for the equipment provide
full information on safe handling, commissioning and testing of this equipment.
Documentation for equipment ordered from NR is dispatched separately from manufactured

goods and may not be received at the same time. Therefore, this guide is provided to ensure that
printed information normally present on equipment is fully understood by the recipient.
Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should be familiar with the contents of
this manual, and read relevant chapter carefully.
This chapter describes the safety precautions recommended when using the equipment. Before
installing and using the equipment, this chapter must be thoroughly read and understood.
Health and Safety
The information in this chapter of the equipment documentation is intended to ensure that
equipment is properly installed and handled in order to maintain it in a safe condition.
When electrical equipment is in operation, dangerous voltages will be present in certain parts of
the equipment. Failure to observe warning notices, incorrect use, or improper use may endanger
personnel and equipment and cause personal injury or physical damage.
Before working in the terminal strip area, the equipment must be isolated.
Proper and safe operation of the equipment depends on appropriate shipping and handling,
proper storage, installation and commissioning, and on careful operation, maintenance and
servicing. For this reason, only qualified personnel may work on or operate the equipment.
Qualified personnel are individuals who:
z Are familiar with the installation, commissioning, and operation of the equipment and of the
system to which it is being connected;
z Are able to safely perform switching operations in accordance with accepted safety
engineering practices and are authorized to energize and de-energize equipment and to
isolate, ground, and label it;
z Are trained in the care and use of safety apparatus in accordance with safety engineering
practices;
z Are trained in emergency procedures (first aid).
Instructions and Warnings
The following indicators and standard definitions are used:
NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD i

DANGER!
It means that death, severe personal injury, or considerable equipment damage will occur if safety
precautions are disregarded.
WARNING!
It means that death, severe personal, or considerable equipment damage could occur if safety
precautions are disregarded.
CAUTION!
It means that light personal injury or equipment damage may occur if safety precautions are
disregarded. This particularly applies to damage to the device and to resulting damage of the
protected equipment.
WARNING!
The firmware may be upgraded to add new features or enhance/modify existing features, please
make sure that the version of this manual is compatible with the product in your hand.
WARNING!
During operation of electrical equipment, certain parts of these devices are under high voltage.
Severe personal injury or significant equipment damage could result from improper behavior.
Only qualified personnel should work on this equipment or in the vicinity of this equipment. These
personnel must be familiar with all warnings and service procedures described in this manual, as
well as safety regulations.
In particular, the general facility and safety regulations for work with high-voltage equipment must
be observed. Noncompliance may result in death, injury, or significant equipment damage.
DANGER!
Never allow the current transformer (CT) secondary circuit connected to this equipment to be
opened while the primary system is live. Opening the CT circuit will produce a dangerously high
voltage.
WARNING!
z Exposed terminals
Do not touch the exposed terminals of this equipment while the power is on, as the high voltage
generated is dangerous
ii NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD

z Residual voltage
Hazardous voltage can be present in the DC circuit just after switching off the DC power supply. It
takes a few seconds for the voltage to discharge.
CAUTION!
z Earth
The earthing terminal of the equipment must be securely earthed
z Operating environment
The equipment must only be used within the range of ambient environment detailed in the
specification and in an environment free of abnormal vibration.
z Ratings
Before applying AC voltage and current or the DC power supply to the equipment, check that they
conform to the equipment ratings.
z Printed circuit board
Do not attach and remove printed circuit boards when DC power to the equipment is on, as this
may cause the equipment to malfunction.
z External circuit
When connecting the output contacts of the equipment to an external circuit, carefully check the
supply voltage used in order to prevent the connected circuit from overheating.
z Connection cable
Carefully handle the connection cable without applying excessive force.
Copyright
Manual: R1.00 NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
P/N: EN_YJBH2042.0251.1101 69 SuYuan. Avenue, Nanjing 211102China
Copyright NR 2010. All rights reserved
Tel: 86-25-87178185, Fax: 86-25-87178208
We reserve all rights to this document and to the information Website: www.nari-relays.com
contained herein. Improper use in particular reproduction and Email: NR_TechSupport@nari-relays.com
dissemination to third parties is strictly forbidden except where
expressly authorized.
The information in this manual is carefully checked periodically,

and necessary corrections will be included in future editions. If
nevertheless any errors are detected, suggestions for correction or
improvement are greatly appreciated.
We reserve the rights to make technical improvements without
notice.
NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD iii

Table of Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................... i
Introduction ................................................................................................................................ i
Health and Safety ....................................................................................................................... i
Instructions and Warnings ........................................................................................................ i
Table of Contents ........................................................................................................................ iv
Chapter 1 Introduction ................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Application .......................................................................................................................... 1
1.1.1 Typical applications ..................................................................................................... 1
1.1.2 Constitution of the scheme ......................................................................................... 3
1.2 Functions ............................................................................................................................. 4
1.3 Features ............................................................................................................................... 7
1.3.1 High performance hardware ........................................................................................ 7
1.3.2 New philosophy used in RCS-985GW ......................................................................... 8
1.3.3 Intellectuality .............................................................................................................. 10
Chapter 2 Technical Data ........................................................................................................... 13
2.1 Electrical Specifications ................................................................................................... 13
2.1.1 Power supply .............................................................................................................. 13
2.1.2 Analog current input ratings ..................................................................................... 13
2.1.3 Analog voltage input ratings ..................................................................................... 13
2.1.4 Binary input ................................................................................................................ 14
2.1.5 Binary output .............................................................................................................. 14
2.1.6 Power supply output for Optical isolators ............................................................... 14
2.2 Mechanical Specifications ............................................................................................... 14
2.3 Atmospheric Environment tests ...................................................................................... 15
2.4 Communication Interface ................................................................................................. 15
2.5 Type test ............................................................................................................................ 16
2.5.1 Environmental tests ................................................................................................... 16
2.5.2 Mechanical tests ......................................................................................................... 16
2.5.3 Electrical tests ............................................................................................................ 16
2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) ....................................................................... 16
iv NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD

2.6 Certifications ..................................................................................................................... 17
2.7 Protective functions.......................................................................................................... 17
2.7.1 Accurate Operating scope ......................................................................................... 17
2.7.2 General error of analog input metering .................................................................... 18
2.7.3 Generator differential protection............................................................................... 18
2.7.4 Excitation transformer differential protection.......................................................... 19
2.7.5 High sensitive transverse differential protection .................................................... 19
2.7.6 Earth fault protection of stator .................................................................................. 20
2.7.7 External voltage injecting earth fault protection of stator ...................................... 20
2.7.8 Earth fault protection of rotor.................................................................................... 21
2.7.9 Overload protection of stator .................................................................................... 21
2.7.10 Negative sequence overload protection ................................................................. 22
2.7.11 Overload protection of excitation winding (AC quantity)...................................... 22
2.7.12 Overload protection of excitation winding (DC quantity)...................................... 22
2.7.13 Loss of excitation protection of generator ............................................................. 23
2.7.14 Out-of-step protection of generator ........................................................................ 23
2.7.15 Voltage protection of generator .............................................................................. 24
2.7.16 Over excitation protection ....................................................................................... 24
2.7.17 Power protection of generator ................................................................................ 24
2.7.18 Frequency protection of generator ......................................................................... 24
2.7.19 Accident energization protection of generator ...................................................... 24
2.7.20 Startup/shutdown protection of generator ............................................................. 25
2.7.21 Shaft current circulating protection........................................................................ 25
2.7.22 Low impedance protection ...................................................................................... 25
2.7.23 Voltage controlling overcurrent protection ............................................................ 26
2.7.24 Negative sequence overcurrent protection ............................................................ 26
2.7.25 Mechanical protection .............................................................................................. 26
2.7.26 Measurements and Recording Facilities ................................................................ 26
Chapter 3 Description of Operation Theory ............................................................................. 27
3.1 Software Structure ............................................................................................................ 27
3.2 Fault detectors .................................................................................................................. 27
3.2.1 Using fault detector improves the security of tripping ........................................... 27
NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD v

3.2.2 Fault detector of differential protection, incomplete differential protection,

phase-splitting transverse differential protection of generator ...................................... 28
3.2.3 Earth fault protection of stator of generator ............................................................ 29
3.2.4 Generator rotor earth fault protection ...................................................................... 29
3.2.5 Generator stator overload protection ....................................................................... 29
3.2.6 Negative sequence overcurrent protection of generator ........................................ 29
3.2.7 Generator loss-of-excitation protection ................................................................... 30
3.2.8 Generator Out-of-step protection.............................................................................. 30
3.2.9 Generator overvoltage protection ............................................................................. 30
3.2.10 Generator over excitation protection...................................................................... 30
3.2.11 Generator reverse power protection....................................................................... 30
3.2.12 Generator frequency protection .............................................................................. 30
3.2.13 Generator accident energization protection .......................................................... 30
3.2.14 Startup and shutdown protection of generator ..................................................... 31
3.2.15 Differential current and overcurrent protection of excitation transformer .......... 31
3.2.16 Overload protection of rotor winding ..................................................................... 31
3.3 Theory of protective elements ......................................................................................... 31
3.3.1 (Incomplete) Differential protection, phase-splitting transverse differential

protection of generator ....................................................................................................... 31
3.3.2 DPFC Current Differential Element ........................................................................... 34
3.3.3 Interturn fault protection of generator ...................................................................... 37
3.3.4 Backup protection of generator ................................................................................ 39
3.3.5 Earth fault protection of stator .................................................................................. 41
3.3.6 20 Hz Voltage Injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection ............................................. 45
3.3.7 Earth fault protection of rotor.................................................................................... 49
3.3.8 Generator stator overload protection ....................................................................... 51
3.3.9 Negative sequence overload protection ................................................................... 53
3.3.10 Loss-of-Excitation protection .................................................................................. 55
3.3.11 Out-of-step protection .............................................................................................. 61
3.3.12 Voltage protection .................................................................................................... 62
3.3.13 Over excitation protection ....................................................................................... 63
3.3.14 Power protection ...................................................................................................... 64
vi NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD

3.3.15 Frequency protection ............................................................................................... 65
3.3.16 Accidental energization protection ......................................................................... 66
3.3.17 Breaker failure protection ........................................................................................ 68
3.3.18 Generator startup and shutdown protection.......................................................... 69
3.3.19 Generator shaft overcurrent protection ................................................................. 69
3.3.20 Excitation winding overload protection ................................................................. 70
3.3.21 Excitation transformer and exciter protection ....................................................... 72
3.3.22 CT circuit failure alarm ............................................................................................. 73
3.3.23 VT circuit failure alarm ............................................................................................. 74
3.3.24 Electric braking blocking function .......................................................................... 74
Chapter 4 Supervision, Metering and Recording ..................................................................... 77
4.1 Supervision ....................................................................................................................... 77
4.1.1 Start-up self-testing.................................................................................................... 77
4.1.2 Continuous self-testing ............................................................................................. 78
4.1.3 List of alarm messages .............................................................................................. 79
4.2 Metering ............................................................................................................................. 86
4.2.1 Measured voltages and currents............................................................................... 87
4.2.2 Sequence voltages and currents .............................................................................. 87
4.2.3 Rms. voltages and currents ...................................................................................... 87
4.2.4 Differential current and relevant quantities ............................................................. 87
4.2.5 Phase angles .............................................................................................................. 87
4.2.6 Measurement display quantities ............................................................................... 87
4.2.7 All metering data displayed on LCD ......................................................................... 87
4.3 Signaling ............................................................................................................................ 98
4.3.1 Enabling Binary Inputs of generator protection ...................................................... 99
4.3.2 Enabling Binary Inputs of excitation protection .................................................... 101
4.3.3 Binary Inputs of mechanical protection ................................................................. 102
4.3.4 Auxiliary Contacts .................................................................................................... 102
4.3.5 Internally generated binary inputs by MON ........................................................... 103
4.3.6 Other Binary Inputs .................................................................................................. 104
4.4 Event & fault records ...................................................................................................... 105
NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD vii

4.4.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 105
4.4.2 Event & Fault records .............................................................................................. 105
4.4.3 Type of event ............................................................................................................ 105
4.4.4 Change of state of opto-isolated inputs ................................................................. 105
4.4.5 Relay alarm conditions ............................................................................................ 107
4.4.6 Protection element pickup and trips....................................................................... 109
4.4.7 Viewing event records via RCSPC support software ............................................ 110
4.5 Disturbance Record ........................................................................................................ 111
4.6 Time Synchronization ..................................................................................................... 111
Chapter 5 Hardware Description ............................................................................................. 113
5.1 Hardware overview ......................................................................................................... 113
5.1.1 Front view ................................................................................................................. 113
5.1.2 Rear view ................................................................................................................... 115
5.1.3 Functional block diagram of RCS-985GW .............................................................. 115
5.2 Standard connectors and terminals .............................................................................. 116
5.2.1 General description .................................................................................................. 116
5.2.2 Pins definition of 1A connectors........................................................................... 117
5.2.3 Pins definition of 1B connectors........................................................................... 117
5.2.10 Pins definition of 5B connectors......................................................................... 125
5.2.11 Pins definition of 6B, 7B connectors ................................................................ 127
5.2.13 Pins definition of 8C connectors......................................................................... 129
5.2.15 Pins definition of 9C connectors......................................................................... 131
5.3 Output .............................................................................................................................. 132
5.3.1 Tripping outputs ....................................................................................................... 132
viii NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD

5.3.2 Signaling outputs ..................................................................................................... 133
5.3.3 Alarming outputs ...................................................................................................... 134
5.3.4 Other outputs ............................................................................................................ 134
Chapter 6 Settings .................................................................................................................... 135
6.1 Equipment parameters ................................................................................................... 135
6.1.1 Setting list ................................................................................................................. 135
6.1.2 Setting instruction of the parameters ..................................................................... 135
6.1.3 Setting path ............................................................................................................... 137
6.2 System Settings .............................................................................................................. 137
6.2.1 Logic settings of configuring functions ................................................................. 137
6.2.2 Generator system parameters ................................................................................. 140
6.2.3 System parameters of excitation transformer or exciter ...................................... 143
6.2.4 Implicit configuration settings ................................................................................ 145
6.3 Protection Settings ......................................................................................................... 151
6.3.1 Generator differential protection settings .............................................................. 151
6.3.2 Branch 1 of splitting-phase differential protection settings ................................. 155
6.3.3 Branch 2 of splitting-phase differential protection settings ................................. 156
6.3.4 Splitting-phase transverse differential protection settings .................................. 157
6.3.5 Settings of turn-to-turn fault protection of generator ........................................... 159
6.3.6 Settings of over current protection of generator ................................................... 161
6.3.7 Settings of distance protection of generator ......................................................... 164
6.3.8 Settings of earth fault protection of stator windings ............................................ 165
6.3.9 Settings of external voltage-injecting earth fault protection of stator ................. 168
6.3.10 Settings of earth fault protection of rotor............................................................. 171
6.3.11 Settings of thermal overload protection of stator ............................................... 173
6.3.12 Settings of negative sequence overload protection ............................................ 175
6.3.13 Settings of Loss-of-Excitation protection ............................................................ 178
6.3.14 Settings of out-of-step protection ......................................................................... 184
6.3.15 Settings of voltage protection ............................................................................... 187
6.3.16 Settings of over excitation protection of generator ............................................ 188
6.3.17 Settings of power protection of generator ........................................................... 190
6.3.18 Settings of frequency protection .......................................................................... 191
NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD ix

6.3.19 Settings of startup and shutdown protection of generator ................................ 193
6.3.20 Settings of accidental energization protection of generator .............................. 195
6.3.21 Settings of breaker failure protection of generator ............................................. 197
6.3.22 Settings of shaft over current protection of generator ....................................... 198
6.3.23 Settings of differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter ............. 199
6.3.24 Settings of overcurrent protection of excitation transformer or exciter ........... 201
6.3.25 Settings of overload protection of excitation....................................................... 202
6.3.26 Settings of mechanical protection ........................................................................ 203
6.4 Calculated parameters.................................................................................................... 204
6.4.1 Setting list ................................................................................................................. 205
6.4.2 Explanation of the parameters ................................................................................ 205
6.4.3 Setting path ............................................................................................................... 207
Chapter 7 Human Machine Interface ....................................................................................... 209
7.1 User interfaces and menu structure .............................................................................. 209
7.2 Introduction to the relay ................................................................................................. 209
7.2.1 Front panel ................................................................................................................ 209
7.2.2 LCD ............................................................................................................................ 210
7.2.3 LED indications ........................................................................................................ 221
7.2.4 Keypad ...................................................................................................................... 221
7.2.5 Menu .......................................................................................................................... 222
7.2.6 Operation instruction of Menu ................................................................................ 225
Chapter 8 Communications ..................................................................................................... 245
8.1 General Description ........................................................................................................ 245
8.2 Rear Communication Port Information ......................................................................... 245
8.2.1 RS-485 Interface ....................................................................................................... 245
8.2.2 IEC60870-5-103 Communication ............................................................................. 247
8.2.3 Modbus Communication .......................................................................................... 247
8.3 IEC60870-5-103 Protocol over Serial Port ..................................................................... 247
8.3.1 Physical Connection and Link Layer ...................................................................... 248
8.3.2 Initialization ............................................................................................................... 248
8.3.3 Time Synchronization .............................................................................................. 248
8.3.4 Setting ....................................................................................................................... 248
x NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD

8.3.5 Spontaneous Events ................................................................................................ 248
8.3.6 General Interrogation ............................................................................................... 251
8.3.7 Disturbance Records ............................................................................................... 251
8.3.8 Generic Service ........................................................................................................ 252
8.4 Modbus Protocol over Serial Port ................................................................................. 253
8.4.1 Overview ................................................................................................................... 253
8.4.2 Fetch real time status (Binary) ................................................................................ 254
8.4.3 Fetch metering values of equipment ...................................................................... 260
8.4.4 Fetch settings value of equipment.......................................................................... 263
8.4.5 Exception Responses .............................................................................................. 275
Chapter 9 Installation ............................................................................................................... 277
9.1 General Description ........................................................................................................ 277
9.2 Safety Instructions .......................................................................................................... 277
9.3 Checking the Shipment .................................................................................................. 278
9.4 Material and Tools Required .......................................................................................... 278
9.5 Device Location and Ambient Conditions .................................................................... 278
9.6 Mechanical Installation ................................................................................................... 279
9.7 Electrical Installation and Wiring ................................................................................... 280
9.7.1 Grounding Guidelines .............................................................................................. 280
9.7.2 Cubicle Grounding ................................................................................................... 281
9.7.3 Ground Connection on the Device.......................................................................... 282
9.7.4 Grounding Strips and their Installation .................................................................. 282
9.7.5 Making the Electrical Connections ......................................................................... 283
Chapter 10 Commission........................................................................................................... 285
10.1 General Description ...................................................................................................... 285
10.2 Safety Instructions ........................................................................................................ 285
10.3 Commission Tools ........................................................................................................ 286
10.4 Setting Familiarization .................................................................................................. 287
10.5 Product Checks ............................................................................................................. 287
10.5.1 With the Relay De-energized ................................................................................. 288
10.5.2 With the Relay Energized ....................................................................................... 290
10.5.3 Print Fault Report ................................................................................................... 293
NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD xi

10.5.4 On-load Checks ...................................................................................................... 294
10.5.5 Final Checks ........................................................................................................... 294
Chapter 11 Maintenance .......................................................................................................... 295
11.1 Maintenance Schedule ................................................................................................. 295
11.2 Regular Testing ............................................................................................................. 295
11.3 Failure Tracing and Repair ........................................................................................... 295
11.4 Replace Failed Modules ............................................................................................... 295
11.5 Replace Button Battery ................................................................................................ 297
11.6 Cleaning ......................................................................................................................... 298
11.7 Storage........................................................................................................................... 298
Chapter 12 Decommissioning and Disposal .......................................................................... 299
12.1 Decommissioning ......................................................................................................... 299
12.2 Disposal ......................................................................................................................... 299
Chapter 13 Manual Version History ........................................................................................ 301
xii NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD

Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1 Application
RCS-985GW is a kind of microprocessor based generator protection relay integrated main and
backup protection. It provides complete electrical protection for a high-rated generator, including
hydro generator and pumped-storage generator. The RCS-985GW relay is suited to be wall
surface mounted or flush mounted into a control panel. Figure 1.1-1 and Figure 1.1-2 show typical
applications of RCS-985GW.
1.1.1 Typical applications

Figure 1.1-1 typical protection configuration scheme consists of five protection panels. Panels A
and B comprise separately one set of electric quantity generator protection with RCS-985GW.
Panels C and D comprise transformer protections with RCS-985TW. Different groups of CTs are
used for them respectively. Panel E with RCS-974A comprises mechanical protection as well as
pole disagreement protection, circuit breaker failure initiation and circuit breaker operation relay
set if needed.
Figure 1.1-1 typical protection configuration scheme is similar to Figure 1.1-2 only with the busbar
connection difference.
The scheme described above is equipped with exciting transformer, which can also work with
exciting generator (exciter).
NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD 1

Figure 1.1-1 Typical application 1 of RCS-985GW
2 NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD

Figure 1.1-2 Typical application 2 of RCS-985GW
1.1.2 Constitution of the scheme
1.1.2.1 Differential protection
For a high-rated generator, panel A and B are both equipped with generator differential protection
and exciting transformer (exciter) differential protection. In RCS-985GW, two kinds of percentage
differential protection (variable slope percentage differential protection and DPFC percentage
differential protection) are equipped to get high performance not only in speed but also in security.
Panel C and D consist of RCS-985TW which are equipped with transformer differential protection.
Two discrimination principles for inrush current are provided in differential protection: harmonics

restraint and waveform distortion restraint.
1.1.2.2 Backup protection
Panel A and B are equipped with complete set of backup protection of generator and use two
groups of independent CTs.
As to earth fault protection of rotor, two sets of such protection cannot work simultaneously
otherwise influence between them will appear. Only one set of earth fault protection of rotor can be
enabled during operation. If the other set will be switched over sometimes, this one shall be quitted
firstly.
1.1.2.3 Low frequency voltage-injecting earth fault protection for stator
If low frequency voltage-injecting earth fault protection for stator is considered, special facilities
such as 20Hz power supply source, filter, inter current transformer, shunt resistance, load
resistance, and so on. All these auxiliary facilities can be integrated into one additional equipment
named RCS-985U.
1.1.2.4 Current transformer
Panels A and B adopt different independent CTs.
Main protection and backup protection adopt one common group of CT.
Terminal currents are used in transformer differential protection and generator differential
protection. Usually only one TA is provided for two protections.
A special TA is recommended for failure protection initiation at HV side of transformer.
1.1.2.5 Voltage transformer
Panel A and B shall adopt different potential transformer VT or its different windings if possible.
For zero sequence voltage, the only one VT can be used adopted by two sets of protection
equipments simultaneously in general as there are not two independent windings.
1.1.2.6 Circuit Breaker Failure Initiation
Circuit breaker failure initiation is very important to power plant. In general, generator protection
tripping contact is an essential condition to circuit breaker failure initiation. Considering importance
of such protection, it is recommended to realize it as follows:
Only one set of circuit breaker failure initiation shall be equipped.
In order to make it more reliable, circuit breaker failure initiation function cant be integrated into
one equipment with electric quantity protection relays.
1.2 Functions
Table 1.2-1 Protective functions for generator
No. Protection function overview for generator IEEE

1. Current differential protection 87G
2. Incomplete differential protection 87G
3. Unrestrained instantaneous differential protection 87G
4. DPFC current differential protection 87G
5. Phase-splitting transverse differential protection 87G
6. High sensitive transverse differential protection 87G
7. Phase-to-phase distance protection 21G
8. Voltage controlled overcurrent protection 51V
9. Negative overcurrent protection of generator 51G
10. Fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection for stator earth fault 64G1
27/59TN,
11. Third harmonic overvoltage protection for stator earth fault
64G2
12. Injection voltage scheme against generator stator ground faults
13. One-point earth fault protection of rotor 64R
14. Two-point earth fault protection of rotor 64R
15. Definite and inverse time stator thermal overload protection 49S
Definite and inverse time negative sequence overload protection of rotor 46/50,
16.
46/51, 49R
17. Loss-of-excitation protection 40
18. Out-of-step protection 68/78
19. Phase-to-phase overvoltage protection 59G
20. Definite and inverse time over-excitation protection 24
21. Definite and inverse time thermal overload protection for exciting windings
22. Reverse power protection 32G
23. Reverse power protection during generator shutting down 32G
24. Underfrequency and overfrequency protection 81G/81O
25. Startup/shutdown protection of generator
26. Accidental energization protection 50/27
27. Shaft overcurrent circulating protection

28. Generator circuit breaker failure protection
29. Electric braking controlling function
30. Voltage transformer supervision 47,60G
31. Current transformer supervision 50/74
Table 1.2-2 Protective functions for exciting transformer or exciter
1. Current differential protection of exciting-transformer 87ET
2. Current differential protection of exciter 87G
3. Overcurrent protection 50P
4. Definite and inverse time thermal overload protection for exciting windings 50P/51P
5. Current transformer supervision of excitation set 50/74
Table 1.2-3 Mechanical protection interface
1. Mechanical contact repeater 1 tripping
Table 1.2-4 Other functions of RCS-985GW
Other functions overview

relay hardware supervision and secondary
Automatic self-supervision
circuit supervision
Metering 24 samples per cycle
32 latest fault reports, 8 latest fault
CPU module
waveforms
Fault recording
4 or 8 second continuous oscillograms function
MON module for latest fault
Event self-supervision report 32 latest abnormality reports
recording binary input chang report 32 latest binary status input change reports
One normal operating waveform triggered
Present recording
manually
Loacal HMI LCD and keypad

Other functions overview

RCSPC software or substation automation
Remote HMI
system software
Front communication port (RS232) for software RCSPC with local protocol
four RS-485 ports
Rear communication ports Ports type
(two can be configured as fiber port)
to host
Protocol type IEC 60870-5-103/MODBUS
Rear communication port to printer one RS-485 or RS-232
Time synchronisation port IRIG-B (optional)
Voltage and current drift
auto-adjustment.
1.3 Features
1.3.1 High performance hardware
1.3.1.1 Parallel calculation of double CPU system
The hardware of any one CPU system comprises a 32-bit microprocessor and two digital signal
processors (DSP). Two CPU systems can operate in parallel companied by fast A/D converter.
The 32-bit microprocessor performs logic calculation and the DSPs perform the protection
calculation. High performance hardware ensures real time calculation of all protection relays within
a sampling interval.
On the premise of 24 samples per cycle, all data measurement, calculation and logic
discrimination can be done within one sampling period. The event recording and protection logic
calculation are completed simultaneously.
1.3.1.2 Independent fault detectors
There is a set of independent fault detectors in the CPU processor in the RCS-985GW relay. Its
operation supervises the tripping outputs. They will connect power supply to output relays when
operate. There are different fault detectors in the CPU module used for various protective
functions. The relay could drive a tripping output only when the fault detectors in the CPU module
and the fault detectors in the MON module operate simultaneously. This kind of independent
supervision of tripping outputs using fault detectors can avoid any maloperation possibly caused
by any hardware component fails. This highly increases the security.
1.3.1.3 Integration of main and backup protection
Main and backup protection are integrated in one set of protection equipment. Protection
information such as sampled data and binary inputs are shared by all protective elements and no
more than one CT or VT at same side of the transformer need to be input into the equipment for
different protective element. Shunt connection of VT and serial connection of CT that usual seen in
secondary circuit before can be avoided, which greatly reduce the possibility of circuit failure.
Whilst the equipment can gather all information of any fault and record all relevant waveforms of it
for offline analysis.

1.3.1.4 Flexible configuration of output
Elaborately designed tripping matrix makes it possible of operation circuit to suit for various circuit
breakers.
1.3.2 New philosophy used in RCS-985GW
1.3.2.1 Variable slope percentage differential protection
The percentage differential protection adopts variable slope restraint characteristics and actual
unbalanced differential current effect can be simulated. In order to prevent unwanted operation of
differential protection due to CT saturation, countermeasures to discriminate CT saturation are
provided by means of phase current at every side.
1.3.2.2 DPFC percentage differential protection
DPFC percentage differential protection reflects only deviation components of differential current
and restraint current and is not affected by load current. It can detect small fault within generator.
Besides, it is insensitive to CT saturation since its restraint coefficient is set comparatively higher
than that of conventional differential protection.
1.3.2.3 Ratio corrected by software for differential protection
Current from CTs of each side with different ratios are corrected to a single standard before
calculation.
1.3.2.4 Provide two inrush current distinguishing methods
Two discrimination principles for inrush current are provided: harmonics restraint and waveform
distortion restraint.
1.3.2.5 CT saturation detection
Based on the operation sequence of DPFC restraint current element and DPFC differential current
element of differential protection, external fault with CT saturation or internal fault can be
distinguished correctly. In case of internal fault, the relay will operate immediately. While in case of
external fault with CT saturation, the criterion of current waveform is adopted then. The relay will
not operate in case of persisting external fault if only CT saturation occur no less than 5ms after
the fault detectors pickup, but operate quickly when evolving external to internal fault occurs.
1.3.2.6 High sensitive transverse differential protection
Transverse differential protection adopts percentage phase current restraint and floating threshold
to get high sensitivity in internal fault and high security in external fault. In addition, by adopting the
frequency tracking technique, digital filter technique and Fourier transformation technique, the
filtration ratio of third complete can reach more than 100. All these countermeasure guarantee the
reliability of the protection in all occasions as mentioned as below:
Advantages of percentage restraint by phase current:
(1) The transverse differential protection can get reliable restraint effect because the faulty phase
current increases greatly while transverse differential current increases less in external fault

situation.
(2) The protection has very high operation sensitivity because transverse differential current
increases comparatively larger whereas phase currents change not too observably in slightly
interturn fault situation.
(3) The high-setting stage of transverse differential current protection will operate quickly and
reliably when severe interturn fault occurs in stator winding.
(4) In case of phase-to-phase fault of stator winding, not only transverse differential current but
also phase current increase greatly, therefore just low percentage restraint by phase current
guarantees the reliable operation of transverse differential protection against the fault.
(5) As for other increasing of transverse differential unbalanced current in normal operation
condition, transverse differential current protection uses float threshold technique to avoid
unwanted operation.
1.3.2.7 1.Stator earth fault protection performance
(1) By adopting the frequency follow technique, digital filter technique and Fourier transformation
technique, the filtration ratio of third complete can reach more than 100.
(2) The sensitive stage of foundational residual voltage protection operates and issues trip
command only if the dual criteria of residual voltage of generator terminal and neutral point
are satisfied at the same time.
(3) The ratio settings of third harmonic of generator terminal to that of neutral point used in third
harmonic ratio criteria will automatically suit to the change of ratio fore-and-aft incorporating in
power network third harmonic voltage of the plant unit. This automation adjustment function
ensures the correctness of signals generated and issued by the third harmonic voltage criteria
especially in the start-and-stop course of generator.
(4) The ratio and phase-angle difference of third harmonic voltage of generator terminal to that of
neutral point keeps almost stable when the generator is in normal operation condition; Also it
is a slow developing course. Through real time adjustment of coefficient of amplitude value
and phase, RCS-985GW makes differential voltage between generator terminal and neutral
point as 0 in normal operation condition. When stator earth fault occurs, the criteria tend to
operate reliably and sensitively.
1.3.2.8 Performance of external power injecting 20hz stator earth fault protection
(1) The protection adopts digital technology to calculate earth resistance of stator accurately;
(2) Settings configured two stages are provided. One stage operates to signal, and the other
stage operates to trip;
(3) The residual current protection is free from impact of 20hz power, which provides mainly
protection for comparatively severe stator earth fault
(4) It could be used in duplicate protection schemes;

1.3.2.9 Performance of rotor earth fault protection
Rotor earth fault protection adopts sampling-switch (ping-pong type) principle. Direct current is
adjusted by high-performance isolated amplifier. Via switching two different electronic switches,
RCS-985GW solves four different ground-loop equations to compute rotor winding voltage, rotor
ground resistance and earth position on real time and display these information on LCD of the
protection.
If one point earth fault protection only issues alarm signals instead of tripping after operation, then
two-points earth fault protection will be put into service with a certain fixed delay automatically and
will operated to trip when two-point earth fault of rotor occurs.
1.3.2.10 Performance of loss-of-excitation protection
Loss-of-excitation protection adopts optimistic protection scheme in which stator impedance

criteria, reactive power criteria, rotor voltage criteria, busbar voltage criteria and criteria of stator
active power decrement, could be optionally combined to meet various demands of operation of
the unit for different generator.
1.3.2.11 Performance of out-of-step protection
Out-of-step protection adopts three-impedance elements (got from positive-sequence current and
positive sequence voltage of generator) to distinguish out-of-step from steady oscillation. More
than that, the protection can accurately locate the position of oscillation center and record
oscillation slid numbers of external and internal oscillation respectively in real time.
1.3.2.12 VT circuit failure supervision
Whether VT circuit failure supervision blocks protective element or not is decided by control setting
Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen.
1.3.2.13 CT circuit failure alarm and blocking
This function adopts percentage differential principle. Detection ability of CT circuit failure can be
enhanced significantly and unwanted operation can be avoided then.
1.3.3 Intellectuality
1.3.3.1 Friendly HMI interface
The HMI interface with a LCD and a 9-button keypad on the front panel is very friendly to the user.
Real time, connection diagram, phase current, differential current and voltage can be displayed on
LCD during normal condition.
1.3.3.2 Transparency
More than 500 sampled data including differential current and phase angle etc. can be displayed
on LCD and more than 1500 internal data of the equipment can be supervised through dedicated
auxiliary software RCSPC that provides user with great convenience to know about the operation
situation of equipment.

1.3.3.3 Perfect fault recording function
CPU module: latest 32 groups of fault data and event sequence, 8 groups of fault oscillograms, 32
changes of binary input status and 32 self-supervision reports can be recorded.
MON module: when the equipment picks up, oscillograms of all analog sampling quantity,
differential current and operation of the protection equipment can be recorded with duration up to 4
seconds or 8 seconds.
The format of event or fault report is compatible with international COMTRADE format.
1.3.3.4 Communication ports
One front RS232 port (For RCSPC software)
Two rear RS-485 ports with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol or MODBUS protocol which can be
re-configured as optical fiber ports.
One rear RS-485 with clock synchronization,
One rear RS-232 or RS-485 with printer.
1.3.3.5 Various clock synchronizations
Various GPS clock synchronizations: second/minute pulse via binary input or RS-485, message
via communication ports and IRIG-B synchronization.


Chapter 2 Technical Data
2.1 Electrical Specifications

2.1.1 Power supply
Rated Voltage (Un) 24Vdc, 110Vdc, 125Vdc, 220Vdc, 250Vdc

Variation (80% ~ 120%)Un
Ripple in the DC
Max 15% of the DC value. Per IEC 60255-11
auxiliary voltage
Voltage dips and Per IEC 61000-4-11IEC 60255-11:1979
voltage short 20ms for interruption without de-energizingdips 60% of Un
Interruptions without reset up to 100ms
Quiescent
<40W
condition
Burden
Operating
<70W
condition
Backup battery type 1/2AA, 3.6V, 60mAh
2.1.2 Analog current input ratings
Rated frequency 50Hz, 60Hz, 10%

Phase rotation ABC
Rated Current (In) 1A 5A
40In (Transformer related) 40In (Transformer related)
Linear to
20In (Generator related) 20In (Generator related)
(non-offset AC current)
2In (for metering CT) 2In (for metering CT)
continuously 3In 3In
Thermal for 10s 30In 30In
withstand for 1s 100In 100In
capability for half
250In 250In
a cycle
Burden < 0.2 VA/phase @ In < 0.5 VA/phase @ In
2.1.3 Analog voltage input ratings
Standard Per IEC 60255-6, IEC 60288

Rated Voltage (Un) 100V/3, 110V/3 100V, 110V 200V
linear to 100V 173 V 230V
Thermal continuously 120 120 V 200V
withstand 10s 200 200 V 350V
capability 1s 250 250 V 400V
Burden <0.2 VA/phase @ Un <0.5 VA/phase @ Un <2.5VA/phase@ Un

2.1.4 Binary input
Rated Voltage 110VDC 125VDC 220VDC 250VDC

Pickup voltage 77VDC 87.5VDC 154VDC 175VDC
Dropout voltage 60.5VDC 68.8VDC 121VDC 137.5VDC
Maximum permitted 150V 150V 300V 300V
voltage
Withstand 2000Vac
Resolving time for <1ms
logic input
2.1.5 Binary output
Item Used for tripping contact Used for signal contacts

Output model potential free contact
Max system voltage 250VAC/DC
Test voltage across
1000VAC rms fro 1min
open contact
Making Capacity 30A
Breaking capacity 0.4A resistance 0.2A resistance
(L/R=40ms at 250VDC) 0.2A inductive(L/R=40ms) 0.05A inductive (L/R=40ms)
Continuous carry 8A 5A
Short duration current 50A for 200ms 50A for 200ms
Pickup time(Typ/Max) 5ms/10ms 10ms/15ms
Dropout time(Typ/Max) 8ms/10ms 8ms/10ms
Bounce time 1ms 1ms
loaded
100,000 operations minimum 100,000 operations minimum
contact
Durability
unloaded
10,000,000 operations minimum 10,000,000 operations minimum
contact
2.1.6 Power supply output for Optical isolators
Rated Voltage 24V

Rated current 200mA
Max current 500mA
2.2 Mechanical Specifications

Enclosure dimensions 482.6mm(W)532.6mm(H)285 mm(D)
Trepanning dimensions 450mm(W)534mm(H)M6 screw
Mounting Way Flush mounted
Weight per device Approx. 30kg
Small control module: 5 LED indicators, a 9-key Keypad and a
Local control panel
320240-dot LCD
Display language English

Housing material Aluminum

Housing color Silver grey
Location of terminals Rear panel of the device
Front side: IP40, up to IP51
Protection class
Rear side, connection terminals: IP20
(per IEC60529:1989)
Other Sides: IP30
2.3 Atmospheric Environment tests

Standard IEC60255-6:1988
Operating temperature -25C~+55C
Transport and storage
-40C~+70C
temperature range
Permissible humidity 5% ~ 95%, condensation not permissible
2.4 Communication Interface

Communication
Parameters
medium
Interfaces for communicating with RTU/SCADA
Port number 2
Baud rate 4800 ~38400bps
Transmission distance < 1000m@4800bps
Electrical Maximal capacity 32
Twisted Pair Screened twisted pair cable
Protocol IEC60870-5-103:1997
Safety level Isolation to ELV level
Port number 2
Connector type ST
Baud rate 4800 ~ 38400bps
Transmission standard 100Base-FX,
RS-485 Transmission distance <1500m
(EIA) Optical Fiber Type Multi-mode Fiber
Wavelength 850/820nm
Fiber size 62.5/125m (core DIA/cladding DIA)
Optical
Protocol IEC60870-5-103:1997
(Optional)
Transmission distance < 1500m
Optical Fiber Type Multi-mode or single-mode
853/1310nm for multi-mode
Wavelength
1310/1550nm for single-mode
Fiber size 62.5/125m (core DIA/cladding DIA)
Protocol IEC60870-5-103:1997 or IEC61850

Rear interface for local HMI with personal computer via RCSPC software
Port number 1
Local human-machine communication
Application
Download program of protection relay
RS-232 (EIA)
Connector type 9 pin D-type female connector
Interfaces for communicating with a printer
Port number 1
RS-232 (EIA)
Printer type EPSON LQ-300K
2.5 Type test

2.5.1 Environmental tests
Dry heat test IEC60068-2-2:1974, test Ad for 16 h at +55C

Dry cold test IEC60068-2-1:1990, test Bd for 16 h at -25C
IEC60068-2-30:1980, test Db, two (12+12 hours) cycles, 95%RH,
Damp heat test, cyclic
low temperature +25C, high temperature +55C
2.5.2 Mechanical tests
Vibration IEC60255-21-1:1988, Class I

Shock and bump IEC60255-21-2:1988, Class I
2.5.3 Electrical tests
Dielectric tests IEC60255-5:2000, test voltage: 2kV, 50Hz, 1min

IEC60255-5:2000, test voltage: 5kV, unipolar
Impulse voltage tests
impulses, waveform 1.2/50s, source energy 0.5J
Insulation
IEC60255-5:2000, insulation resistance >100M, 500Vdc
measurement
2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
1MHz burst disturbance tests IEC60255-22-1:1988

(idt IEC61000-4-2:1995), Class III
- Common mode 2.5kV
- Differential mode 1.0kV
Electrostatic discharge tests IEC60255-22-2 :1996 (idt IEC 61000-4-2)
Class IV
-For contact discharge 8.0kV
-For air discharge 15.0kV
Radio frequency interference tests IEC60255-22-3:2000 (idt IEC
61000-4-3:1995 ) class III

Frequency sweep
-Radiated amplitude-modulated 10V/m(rms), f=801000MHz
Spot frequency
-Radiated amplitude-modulated 10Vm(rms), f=80MHz/160MHz
/450MHz/900MHz
- Radiated pulse-modulated 10Vm(rms), f=900MHz
Fast transient disturbance tests IEC60255-22-4:2002 (idt IEC 61000-4-4)
Class IV, 4kV, 2.5kHz, 5/50ns
- Power supply, I/O & Earth terminals Class IV, 2kV, 5.0kHz, 5/50ns
- Communication terminals
Surge immunity tests IEC60255-22-5:2002 (idt IEC
61000-4-5:1995) , Class III
- Power supply, AC inputs, I/O terminals 1.2/50us,
2kV, line to earth;
1kV, line to line
Conducted RF electromagnetic disturbance IEC60255-22-6, Class III
- Power supply, AC, I/O, Comm. terminal 10V(rms), 150kHz~80MHz
IEC61000-4-8:1993, Class V
Power frequency magnetic field immunity 100A/m for 1min
1000A/m for 3s
IEC61000-4-9:1993, Class V
Pulse magnetic field immunity 6.4/16 us
1000A/m for 3s
IEC61000-4-10:1993, Class V
Damped oscillatory magnetic field immunity
100kHz & 1MHz 100A/m
2.6 Certifications
z ISO9001: 2000
z ISO14001:2004
z OHSAS18001: 1999
z ISO10012:2003
z CMMI L3
z EMC: 89/336/EEC, EN50263:2000
z Products safety(PS): 73/23/EEC, EN61010-1: 2001, EN60950: 2002
2.7 Protective functions

2.7.1 Accurate Operating scope
Current: 0.05In20In
Voltage: 0.4V100V

Frequency: 45Hz55Hz
df/dt: 0.3Hz/s10Hz/s
time delay: 0100s
2.7.2 General error of analog input metering

Current, voltage: 0.2%
Real power, reactive power: 0.5%
Power frequency metering: 0.01Hz
Accuracy of GPS synchronization: 1ms
Resolution of SOE: 1ms
2.7.3 Generator differential protection

Pickup setting of percentage differential current fault detector [I_Pkp_Diff_Gen]
Scope: 0.1 Ie 1.5 Ie
Setting accuracy: 5% or 0.01In
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection [I_InstDiff_Gen]
Scope: 2 Ie 14 Ie
Setting accuracy: 2.5%
Setting of first slope of percentage differential protection [Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen]
Scope: 0.00 0.50
Setting of maximum slope of percentage differential protection [Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen]
Scope: 0.50 0.80
Operation time of percentage differential protection
25 ms (Id2[I_Pkp_Diff_Gen] )
Operation time of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection
20 ms (Id1.5[I_InstDiff_Gen])
Note:
Inrated secondary current of CT,
Ierated secondary current of generator,

Iddifferential current.
2.7.4 Excitation transformer differential protection

Pickup setting of percentage differential current fault detector [I_Pkp_Diff_Exc]
Scope: 0.1 Ie 1.5 Ie
Setting accuracy: 5% or 0.01In
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection [I_InstDiff_Exc]
Scope: 2 Ie 14 Ie
Setting of first slope of percentage differential protection [Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc]
Scope: 0.00 0.50
Setting of maximum slope of percentage differential protection [Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc]
Scope: 0.50 0.80
Harmonic restraint coefficient [K_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc]
Scope: 0.10 0.35
Operation time of percentage differential protection
30 ms (Id2[I_Pkp_Diff_Exc] )
Operation time of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection
25 ms (Id1.5[I_InstDiff_Exc])
Note:
Inrated secondary current of CT.
Ie rated secondary current of excitation transformer.
Iddifferential current.
2.7.5 High sensitive transverse differential protection

Current setting of transverse differential protection [I_SensTrvDiff1(2)_Gen]
Scope: 0.1A 50A
Setting accuracy: 2.5% or 0.01In

High setting of transverse differential protection [I_UnsensTrvDiff1(2)_Gen]
Scope: 0.1A 50A
Setting accuracy: 2.5% or 0.01In
Additional delay of transverse differential protection [t_TrvDiff_Gen]
Scope: 0.1 1.0
Setting accuracy: 1% setting 40ms
Operation time of transverse differential protection
Scope: 30 ms (at 1.5current setting)
2.7.6 Earth fault protection of stator

Zero sequence voltage setting [V_SensROV_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 V 50 V
Setting accuracy: 2.5% or 0.05V
Zero sequence voltage high setting [V_UnsensROV_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 V 50 V
Setting accuracy: 2.5% or 0.05V
Ratio setting of third harmonic voltage protection [k_3rdHRatio_Sta]
Scope: 0.5 10
Setting accuracy: 5%
Slope setting of third harmonic voltage differential protection [k_V3rdHDiff_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 2.0
Time delay setting [t_V3rdHProt_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 s 10 s
Setting accuracy: 1% setting40 ms
2.7.7 External voltage injecting earth fault protection of stator

Resistance setting [R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 k 30k
Zero sequence current setting [I_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta]
Scope: 0.01A 5A

Setting accuracy: 5% or 0.001A
Time delay setting
Scope: 0.1 10s
Setting accuracy: 1% setting 70 ms
2.7.8 Earth fault protection of rotor

One point ground resistance setting [R_Sens1PEF_RotWdg]
Scope: 0.1 100 k
Setting accuracy: 10% setting or 0.5k
Two points ground location setting
Scope: 1% 10%
Second harmonic voltage setting [V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg]
Scope: 0.1 V 10 V
Time delay setting
Scope: 0.1s 10s
Setting accuracy: 1% setting +1S
2.7.9 Overload protection of stator

Definite time current setting [I_OvLd_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 A 50 A
Setting accuracy: 2.5% or 0.01 In
Definite time delay setting [t_OvLd_Sta]
Scope: 0.0 s 10 s
Inverse time initiating current setting [I_InvOvLd_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 A 10 A
Heat capacity of rotors winding [A_Therm_Sta] 1 100
Heat emission factor [Kb_Therm_Sta] 1 10

2.7.10 Negative sequence overload protection

Definite time negative sequence current setting [I_NegOC1(2)_Gen]
Scope: 0.1 A 10 A
Definite time delay setting [t_NegOC1(2)_Gen]
Scope: 0.1 s 10 s
Inverse time initiating negative sequence current setting [I_InvNegOC_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 A 10 A
Heat constant of rotor [A_Therm_RotWdg] 1 100
Continuous tolerable negative sequence current of generator
0.05 A 10 A
2.7.11 Overload protection of excitation winding (AC quantity)

Definite time current setting 0.1 A 100 A
Definite time delay setting 0.1 s 25 s
Inverse time initiating current setting 0.1 A 50 A
Heat capacity factor 1 100
Reference current 0.1 A 50 A
Tolerance of definite and inverse time current setting
2.5% or 0.01 In
Tolerance of time delay setting 1% setting40 ms
2.7.12 Overload protection of excitation winding (DC quantity)

Definite time current setting 0.1 100.0 kA
Definite time delay setting 0.0 s 25s
Inverse time initiating current setting 0.1 50 kA
Heat capacity factor 1 100
Reference current 0.1 kA 50 kA
Tolerance of definite and inverse time current setting

2.5% or 0.01 In
2.7.13 Loss of excitation protection of generator

Impedance setting Z1 0.1 200
Impedance setting Z2 0.1 200
Under voltage setting of rotor 1 V 600 V
Reverse reactive power setting 0.01 50% Pn
No-load voltage setting of rotor 1 V 600 V
Under voltage factor setting of rotor 0.1 10
Under voltage setting of busbar 10 V 100 V
Time delay setting of stages 1/2 0.1 s 10 s
Time delay setting of stage 3 0.1 s 3000s
Tolerance of impedance setting 2.5% or 0.1
Tolerance of rotors voltage setting 5% or 0.1Un
Tolerance of power setting 1% or 0.002 Sn
Tolerance of busbar voltage setting 2.5% or 0.05 V
Note:
Pn: rated active power of generator.
Un: rated voltage of generator.
2.7.14 Out-of-step protection of generator

Impedance setting ZA/ZB/ZC 0.1 200
Phase angle setting 0 90
Interior angle setting of lens 0 150
Interior angle setting of alarm lens 0 90
Number of pole slipping setting 1 1000
Tolerate tripping current setting 0.1 A 100 A
Tolerance of current setting 2.5% or 0.01 In

Tolerance of angle setting 3
2.7.15 Voltage protection of generator

Overvoltage setting 0.1 V 200 V
Under voltage setting 0.1 V 100 V
Time delay setting 0.1 s 10 s
Tolerance of voltage setting 2.5% or 0.05 V
2.7.16 Over excitation protection

Definite time V/F setting 1.0 2.0
Time delay setting 0 3000 s
Inverse time V/F setting 1.0 2.0
Time delay of inverse time protection 0 3000 s
Tolerance of V/F measurement 2.5% or 0.01
Tolerance of definite time delay setting 1% setting40 ms
2.7.17 Power protection of generator

Reverse power setting 0.5% - 10% Pn
Time delay of reverse power protection 0.1 s 3000 s
Tolerance of reverse power setting 10% or 0.002 Pn
2.7.18 Frequency protection of generator

Setting of under frequency 45 Hz 50 Hz
Setting of over frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
Time delay of under or over frequency protection
0.1 s 3000s
Tolerance of frequency setting 0.02 Hz
2.7.19 Accident energization protection of generator

Current setting 0.1 A 50 A
Blocking frequency setting 40 Hz 50 Hz

Time delay of unwanted closing protection 0s1s
Negative sequence current setting 0.1 A 50 A
Time delay of circuit breaker flashover protection
0 s 10 s
2.7.20 Startup/shutdown protection of generator

Blocking frequency setting 40 Hz 50 Hz
Differential current setting 0.1 Ie 10 Ie
Overcurrent setting in low frequency 0.1 Ie 10 Ie
Zero sequence voltage setting 1 V 20 V
Tolerance of differential current setting 5% or 0.02 In
Tolerance of zero sequence voltage setting 5% or 0.2 Un
Tolerance of differential current setting 5% or 0.02 In
Frequency range 15 Hz 65 Hz
2.7.21 Shaft current circulating protection

Primary value of shaft current setting 0.1A ~ 10A
Secondary value of shaft current setting 0.1mA ~ 100mA
Tolerance of shaft current setting 5%
2.7.22 Low impedance protection

Forward impedance setting 0 100
Reverse impedance setting 0 100
Time delay setting 0s 10 s

2.7.23 Voltage controlling overcurrent protection

Negative sequence voltage setting 1 V 20 V
Under voltage setting 2 V 100 V
Current setting 0.1 A 100 A
Tolerance of voltage setting 2.5% or 0.05 V
Tolerance of time delay 1% setting 40 ms
2.7.24 Negative sequence overcurrent protection

Negative sequence current setting 0.1 A 20A
Time delay setting 0 s 10 s
Tolerance of time delay 1%setting 40 ms
2.7.25 Mechanical protection

Time delay setting 0 s 600.00 s
Tolerance of time delay 1%setting 40 ms
2.7.26 Measurements and Recording Facilities

Measurements
Current: 0.05 20In
Accuracy: 1.0% of reading
Voltage: 0.05 2Vn
Accuracy: 1.0% of reading
Performance
Real time clock accuracy: <2% seconds/day
External clock synchronization: Conforms to IRIG standard 200-98, format B

Chapter 3 Description of Operation Theory
3.1 Software Structure

The RCS-985GW protection is composed of current differential protection as main protection and
kinds of protection mentioned in Table 1.2-1 as backup protection. VT supervision (VTS) and CT
supervision (CTS) function are also included.
Every protective element has its own fault detector element in CPU and DSP respectively. When
the fault detector in CPU picks up, power supply of output relays will be connected. When both two
detector elements and operational element pick up, the protection element will operate to trip.
3.2 Fault detectors

3.2.1 Using fault detector improves the security of tripping
The additional output blocking circuit makes the output circuit more secure, which is controlled by
general fault detectors calculated in MON module. Because not only the relationship between
tripping command sending and additional output blocking circuit is logic and in software, but also
they keeps the logic and relationship in hardware. It is displayed in below figure.
+24V QDJ
Controlled by fault +24 V

detector in MON module
Trip relay Circuit resistor
Trip contact
G1
1
Tripping commands >=1 1 Tripping transistor
from CPU module 1
"or" gate
Figure 3.2-1 Logic relationship of CPU and MON module
QDJ contact is controlled by general fault detectors calculated independently in MON module.
When the contact closes, the DC source of tripping relay is provided. The function of gate G1 is to
receive tripping commands sent from CPU module. When a tripping command arrives at the gate
G1, the driving transistor will be activated, and the trip relays contact will close to trip the breaker.

The general fault detectors calculated in MON module and operation elements calculated in CPU
module use their independent data sampled by themselves, so the equipment will not operate by
mistake due to any of modules data channel failure.
3.2.2 Fault detector of differential protection, incomplete differential protection,

phase-splitting transverse differential protection of generator
This fault detector of differential protection will pick up when any one of the following two elements
is satisfied.
3.2.2.1 Fault detector of (incomplete) differential current of generator
I d max > [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen] (Equation 3.2-1)
Where:
I d max is the maximum value of three phase (incomplete) differential currents of generator.
[ I_Pkp_Pcnt Diff_Gen ] is the setting of (incomplete) phase differential currents of generator.
3.2.2.2 Fault detector of DPFC differential current of generator
I d > 1.25I dt + I dth

(Equation 3.2-2)
I d = I 1 + I 2 + ... + I m
Where:
I dt is the floating threshold value which will arise automatically and gradually according to
increasing of the output of deviation component. In order to ensure that the threshold value of
voltage is slightly higher than the imbalance output, multiple 1.25 of the deviation component is
reasonable.

I 1 . I m are the DPFC current of each side of generator respectively.
I d is the half-cycle integral value of differential current.
I dth is the fixed threshold.
This fault detector is not influenced by the direction of power flow and so it is very sensitive. The
setting is fixed and need not to be set on site. It is used to enable DPFC percentage differential
protection of generator.

3.2.2.3 Fault detector of phase-splitting transverse differential current of generator
When the phase-splitting transverse differential current reaches pickup value of generator
phase-splitting transverse differential protection [I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen], the fault detector of it
picks up.
3.2.3 Earth fault protection of stator of generator
3.2.3.1 Fault detector of zero sequence overvoltage element
The fault detector will operate when the zero sequence voltage at terminal or neutral point of
generator is in excess of the setting [V_SensROV_Sta].
3.2.3.2 Fault detector of third harmonic ratio of stator
The fault detector will operate when the ratio of 3rd harmonics voltage of neutral point to 3rd
harmonics voltage at the terminal is greater than its ratio setting [k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta] or
[k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta].
3.2.3.3 Fault detector of injection voltage scheme against stator earth fault protection
The fault detector will operate when the calculated grounded resistor is less than the resistor
setting [R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta].
3.2.4 Generator rotor earth fault protection
3.2.4.1 Fault detector of one-point earth fault of generator
The fault detector operates when grounded resistance of rotor is less than its setting.
3.2.4.2 Fault detector of two-point earth fault of generator
The fault detector operates when change of location of ground point of rotor is greater than its
setting.
3.2.5 Generator stator overload protection
3.2.5.1 Definite time overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phases current is higher than its setting
[I_OvLd_Sta].
3.2.5.2 Inverse time overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when inverse time accumulated value is higher than its setting
[I_InvOvLd_Sta].
3.2.6 Negative sequence overcurrent protection of generator
3.2.6.1 Definite time negative sequence overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when maximum value of negative sequence current is higher than its
setting.

3.2.6.2 Inverse time overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when inverse time accumulated value is higher than its setting.
3.2.7 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

The fault detector operates when locus of calculated impedance enters into impedance circle.
3.2.8 Generator Out-of-step protection

The fault detector operates when locus of calculated impedance leaves boundary of impedance
operation zone.
3.2.9 Generator overvoltage protection

The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase-to-phase voltage is higher than
its setting.
3.2.10 Generator over excitation protection
3.2.10.1 Definite time over excitation Fault detector
The fault detector operates when measured U/F is higher than definite time setting.
3.2.10.2 Inverse time over excitation Fault detector
The fault detector operates when over excitation inverse time accumulated value is higher than
inverse time setting.
3.2.11 Generator reverse power protection

When measured reverse power is greater than setting, the fault detector of reverse power of
generator picks up.
3.2.12 Generator frequency protection
3.2.12.1 Under frequency fault detector
The fault detector operates when frequency is lower than its setting for a specified time interval.
3.2.12.2 Over frequency fault detector
The fault detector operates when frequency is higher than its setting for a specified time interval.
3.2.13 Generator accident energization protection
3.2.13.1 Fault detector of unwanted closing
The fault detector operates when maximum phase current of generator is higher than setting of
unwanted closing protection.
3.2.13.2 Fault detector of circuit breaker flashover
The fault detector operates when negative sequence current of generator is higher than setting of
circuit breaker flashover protection.

3.2.14 Startup and shutdown protection of generator

The fault detector operates when differential current of generator or excitation transformer is
higher than its setting, or zero sequence voltage of generator is higher than its setting.
3.2.15 Differential current and overcurrent protection of excitation transformer
3.2.15.1 Fault detector of differential current of excitation transformer or exciter
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase differential currents is higher
than its setting.
3.2.15.2 Fault detector of overcurrent of excitation transformer or exciter
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase currents is higher than its setting.
3.2.16 Overload protection of rotor winding
3.2.16.1 Fault detector of definite time overload of excitation winding
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase currents of rotor winding is
higher than its definite time setting.
3.2.16.2 Fault detector of inverse time overload of rotor winding
The fault detector operates when inverse time accumulated value is higher than inverse time
setting.

The fault detector operates when duration of operation of mechanical protection is higher than its
delay setting.
3.3 Theory of protective elements

3.3.1 (Incomplete) Differential protection, phase-splitting transverse differential
protection of generator
3.3.1.1 Percentage differential protection
Operation characteristic of this percentage differential protection is as shown as Figure 3.3-1.
unrestraint operation
Id
area
Icdsd
operation Kbl2
area
restraint
area
Kbl1
Icdqd
0
Ie nIe Ir
Figure 3.3-1 Operation characteristic of percentage differential protection

Operation equation of this percentage differential protection is
I d > K bl I r + I cdqd ( I r < nI e )

K bl = K bl1 + K blr ( I r / I e )

I d > K bl 2 ( I r nI e ) + b + I cdqd ( I r nI e )

K blr = ( K bl 2 K bl1 ) /(2 n)
b = ( K bl1 + K blr n) nI e
(Equation 3.3-1)

I 1+ I2

Ir =
2

I d = I 1 I 2

Where:
I d is differential current,
I r is restraint current,
I cdqd is pickup value of differential current
I e is rated current of generator.
Definition of current of various sides:
For differential protection of generator and exciter, I1 and I 2 are currents of terminal and neutral
point respectively.
For incomplete differential protection of generator, I1 and I 2 are currents of terminal and branch
1(or 2) respectively.
For phase-spilt transverse differential protection of generator, I1 and I 2 are currents of branch 1
and branch 2 at neutral point respectively.

Definition of percentage differential restraint coefficient:
K bl is percentage differential restraint coefficient and K blr is its increment.
K bl1 is the initial slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.05 0.15. 0.05 is
recommended usually.
K bl 2 is the maximum slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.30 0.70. 0.50 is
recommended usually.
n is the multiple of restraint current at maximum percentage restraint coefficient and is fixed at 4.

3.3.1.2 High performance blocking technique during CT saturation
In order to prevent unwanted operation of steady state percentage differential protection due to CT
transient or steady state saturation during external fault, discrimination of waveform of differential
current principle is adopted as criterion of CT saturation.
When fault occurs, the equipment decides firstly whether it is internal or external fault. If it is
external fault, criterion of CT saturation is enabled. If any differential current of differential
protection meets the criterion, it is decided that this differential current comes from CT saturation
and the percentage differential protection will be blocked.
3.3.1.3 High setting percentage differential protection
A percentage differential protection with high percentage and high setting is equipped with the
equipment to prevent operation of percentage differential protection delayed by CT saturation and
other factors during serious internal fault. It can prevent influence of steady state and transient CT
saturation during external fault due to its percentage restraint characteristic and can operate
correctly and quickly during internal fault and CT being saturated. Operation criterion of this high
setting percentage differential protection is
I d > 1 .2 I e
(Equation 3.3-2)
I d > 1 .0 I r
Where differential current Id and restraint current Ir are the same as mentioned above.
When fault occurs, the operation criterion will be discriminated phase by phase and percentage
differential protection will operate if the criterion is met.
Parameters of this protection are configured during manufacturing and not need to be configured
in site.
3.3.1.4 Unrestrained differential protection
This protection will operate and trip immediately if differential current of any phase is higher than
its setting.
3.3.1.5 Abnormal differential current alarm and CT circuit failure blocking
Abnormal differential current alarm function with percentage restraint characteristic and blocking
functions in case of immediate CT open circuit or short circuit are equipped with the equipment.
See section 0.
CT circuit failure blocking function can be configured by logic setting

[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen]. When such failure occurs and is discriminated, issuing alarm signal
only or blocking percentage differential protection is optional. If the logic setting is set as 1,
percentage differential protection will be blocked immediately.

3.3.1.6 Logic diagram of percentage differential protection
Id.max>[I_InstDiff_Gen]
EBI_Diff_Gen =1 &
[En_Diff_Gen] =1 &
Unrestraint differential
[En_InstDiff_Gen] =1 protection tripping
FD_Diff_Gen =1
Op_UnsensDiff_Gen =1
EBI_Diff_Gen =1 &
[En_Diff_Gen] =1 &
&
[En_PcntDiff_Gen] =1
Flg_InstanCTS = 1
FD_Diff_Gen =1
>=1
Flg_Sat_CT = 1 Percentage differential
protection tripping
Op_PcntDiff_Gen =1
& &
EBI_Diff_Gen =1
&
[En_Diff_Gen] =1
[En_PcntDiff_Gen] =1
Flg_InstanCTS = 1
FD_Diff_Gen =1
Figure 3.3-2 Logic diagram of percentage differential protection of generator or exciter
Where:
I d . max is the maximum value of differential current among three phases.
EBI_Diff_Gen is the position flag of binary input for enabling all kinds of differential protection of
generator.
FD_Diff_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of differential protection
picks up.
Op_UnsensDiff_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that equation of high setting
percentage differential protection is met.
Flg_InstanCTS is the internally generated flag indicating that CT supervision program detects
failure of CT circuit with no delay considered into account.
Flg_Sat_CT is the internally generated flag indicating CT is in saturation condition.
Op_PcntDiff_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating (Equation 3.3-1) is met.
3.3.2 DPFC Current Differential Element
Based on the theory of Deviation of Power Frequency Component (DPFC), DPFC percentage

differential current protection provides a sensitive protection for the generator, especially under the
heavy load condition comparing with the steady state percentage restraint differential relay.
3.3.2.1 Operation characteristic of DPFC
The operation criteria of DPFC percentage differential are as follows:
I d > 1.25 * I dt + I dth

I d > 0.6 * I r I r < 2 I e
I > 0.75 * I 0.3 * I I r > 2 I e
d r e
(Equation 3.3-3)
I = I& + I&
r 1 2
I d = I&1 + I&2
Where:
2
I r is the restraint current, I r = I i , for RCS-985GW, the number 1,2 represents terminal
i =1
and neutral point of generator respectively.
2
I&d is the DPFC differential current, I d = I&
i =1
i
I dt is the floating threshold value which will arise automatically and gradually according to
increasing of deviation component. In order to ensure that the threshold value is slightly higher
than the unbalance output, multiple 1.25 of the deviation component is reasonable and the
unwanted operation of relays will not occur during power swing or power frequency deviating.
I dth is the fixed threshold value of current.
I e is the secondary rated current of generator.
Note:
Calculation of restraint current of DPFC percentage differential protection is different from the
steady state percentage differential protection, it is difficult to test this function on site, so we
recommend only qualitative function test on site.
DPFC differential protection is equipped to each phase of generator, but user should know that the
restraint DPFC quantity for every phase is the same maximum value among the three phases.
The following figure shows operating characteristic of DPFC percentage differential protection.

operating current
0.75
Icdqd 0.6
2 Ie restraint current
Figure 3.3-3 Operating characteristic of DPFC percentage differential protection
The criterion is checked phase by phase. If the criterion mentioned above is met, the DPFC
percentage differential protection will operate.
This protective element has high ability to eliminate the effect of transient and steady saturation of
CT during the external fault because the restraint coefficient is set at a higher value.
3.3.2.2 Logic scheme of DPFC differential protection
Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen =1
EBI_Diff_Gen = 1 &
&
0 20ms &
[En_Diff_Gen] =1
DPFC Differential Protection Trips
[En_DPFC_Diff_Gen] =1
Flg_InstanCTS = 1
FD_DPFC_Diff_Gen = 1 0 500ms
Figure 3.3-4 Logic diagram of DPFC percentage differential protection
Where:
Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating (Equation 3.3-3) is met.

FD_DPFC_Diff_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of DPFC
percentage differential protection picks up.
EBI_Diff_Gen is the position flag of binary input for enabling all kinds of differential protection of
generator.
Flg_InstanCTS is the internally generated flag indicating that CT supervision program detects
failure of CT circuit with no delay considered into account.
Setting of DPFC percentage differential protection is fixed and need not to be set on site.

3.3.3 Interturn fault protection of generator
3.3.3.1 High sensitive transverse differential protection
Transverse differential protection installed on connection between two neutral points of generator
is used as main protection of short circuit interturn fault of generators stator winding, open circuit
fault of branches and short circuit fault between phases.
Since this protection adopts frequency tracing, digital filtering and full cycle Fourier algorithm, the
third harmonic can be reduced to 1/100 within the frequency tracing range and the protection can
response the basic wave component only.
This protection comprises two stages: unsensitive stage (high setting stage) and sensitive stage.
3.3.3.2 High setting stage of the protection
This stage is equivalent to traditional transverse differential protection. When the transverse
differential current is in excess of the setting [I_UnsensTrvDiff n_Gen] (n = 1 or 2), the protective
element operates.
3.3.3.3 Sensitive stage of the protection
Phase current percentage restraint principle is used for this stage. The operation criterion is
I d > I hczd when I MAX I e

I > (1 + K I MAX ) I (Equation 3.3-4)
d hczd hczd when I MAX > I e
Ie
Where:
I d is the transverse differential current,
I hczd is the transverse differential current setting [I_SensTrvDiff n_Gen] (n = 1 or 2),
I MAX is the maximum value of three phase current of generator,
I e is the rated current of generator
K hczd is the restraint coefficient.
Phase current percentage restraint transverse differential principle can ensure no unwanted
operation during external fault and sensitive operation during internal fault. As this principle is
adopted, current setting of the transverse differential protection shall be only higher than
unbalance current during normal operation and much less than that of traditional transverse
differential current protection. Sensitivity for interturn fault of generator can be enhanced then.

This protection has also a floating threshold for high transverse differential unbalance current
during other normal operation conditions.
Operation of the high sensitive transverse differential protection will lead a tripping immediately.
When rotor of generator is grounded at one point, a configurable time delay [t_TrvDiff_Gen] will be
inserted in the tripping course. Figure 3.3-5 shows logic diagram of this protection.
3.3.3.4 Alarm against CT circuit failure based on transverse differential current
If load current of the generator is higher than 0.1Ie and third harmonic component of transverse
differential current I hc 3 is lower than 0.1A, it will be discriminated as CT circuit failure
demonstrated by transverse differential current and alarm will be issued by delay 10s. If this
abnormality vanishes, the equipment will revert to normal condition another delay 10s later.
This above alarm function will be disabled automatically when the transverse differential protection
is disabled.
3.3.3.5 Logic diagram of transverse differential protection
Figure 3.3-5 Logic diagram of transverse differential protection of generator
Where:
Alm_1PEF_RotWdg is internally generated flag indicating the one-point earth fault protection of
rotor operates.
FD_TransDiff_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of transverse
differential protection picks up.
EBI_IntTurn_Gen is position flag of binary input for enabling interturn protection of generator,
including transverse differential protection, longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection and
directional DPFC protection. 1 means enabled.
Note:
The second sensitive transverse differential protection is used for another transverse differential
TA of generator, which has the same principle with that mentioned above.

3.3.4 Backup protection of generator
3.3.4.1 Phase-to-phase impedance protection
Two stages impedance protection is equipped at the terminal of generator as its phase-to-phase
backup protection. Phase-to-phase current used in impedance relay is derived from CT at the
neutral point of generator. Circular impedance, directional circular impedance or drifted circular
impedance characteristic can be selected to act for these two stages. Circular characteristic suits
case of forward setting of a zone being equal to its reverse setting. Directional circular
characteristic suits case of reverse setting of a zone being set as 0. Drifted circular characteristic
suits case of forward setting of a zone being higher than its reverse setting. Reach angle of
impedance protection is 78. Positive direction of the impedance protection is configurable and
generally points to generator.
Figure 3.3-6 shows operation characteristic of impedance element. In this figure, I is current of a
phase, U is corresponding phase-to-phase voltage, Zn is reverse impedance setting, Zp is forward
impedance setting.
Operation criterion:

(U I Z P )
90 < Arg
o

< 270o (Equation 3.3-5)
(U + I Z n )
DPFC of phase current and negative current element are adopted as fault detector of impedance
protection. Initiation of the fault detector will be extended to 500 ms and will be kept if impedance
relay operates during this time interval. Operation criterion of the fault detector is
I > 1.25I t + I th (Equation 3.3-6)
Where:
I t is floating threshold which increases gradually along with DPFC increasing. Take its multiple
as 1.25 can ensure threshold current always a bit higher than imbalance current.
jX

I Zp

U I Zp
m
U
R

U + I Zn
I Zn
Figure 3.3-6 Operation characteristic of impedance element

So unwanted operation of the equipment can be avoided during system swing and frequency
deviation conditions. I th is the fixed threshold. When DPFC of phase-to-phase current is higher
than 0.2 Ie, the fault detector operates.
3.3.4.2 Logic diagram of impedance protection of generator
Figure 3.3-7 Logic diagram of impedance protection of generator
Where:
Op_Zn_Gen is internally generated indicating stage n of distance protective element of generator

operates.
FD_Dist_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of impedance protection
of generator picks up.
EBI_PPF_Gen is position flag of binary input for enabling phase-to-phase backup protection of
generator which including phase-to-phase distance protection and voltage-controlling overcurrent
protection. 1 means enabled.
3.3.4.3 Voltage-controlled overcurrent protection of generator
This protection is used as a backup protection of generator, main transformer, HV busbar and
neighboring power lines. There are two stages with their own delay settings respectively. Stage 1
is used to trip bus couple breaker or other circuit breaker and stage 2 to shut down the generator.
Figure 3.3-7 shows its logic diagram.
(1) Composite voltage element
Composite voltage element consists of phase-to-phase undervoltage element and negative

sequence overvoltage element. These two elements are jointed together by OR gate. By
relevant logic setting, stage 1 and stage 2 of overcurrent protection can be configured to be
controlled by composite voltage element respectively.
(2) Function of current memory
For generators with self shunt excitation, current will decrease so quickly during fault that it may be
lower than overcurrent setting before tripping. So function to remember fault current is equipped
with this protection. Logic setting [Opt_ExcMode_Gen] is used for configuration of this function.
See details about the setting in section 6.3.6.2.
(3) Protection performance during VT circuit failure

A logic setting [Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen] is used to configure action of composite voltage element

during VT circuit failure. When this logic setting is set as 1, if this side VT circuit failure is
detected, the composite voltage element will not meet conditions to operate. When this logic
setting is set as 0, if this side VT circuit failure is detected, composite voltage element is disabled,
the overcurrent protection will not be blocked and becomes a pure overcurrent protection.
3.3.4.4 Logic Diagram of voltage-controlling Overcurrent Protection
Figure 3.3-8 Logic diagram of overcurrent relay with composite voltage blocking
Where:
Upp represents any one of the three phase-to-phase voltage of generator.
U2 is negative sequence voltage of generator calculated by protection.
Op_OCn_Gen is internally generated flag indicating stage n of overcurrent operates, which means
the measured current is in excess of its setting [I_OCn_Gen]. Where n represents stage serial
number 1 and 2.
FD_OC_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of overcurrent protection
of generator picks up.
As for principle of discrimination of VT circuit failure, see section 3.3.23.
3.3.5 Earth fault protection of stator
3.3.5.1 Fundamental zero sequence overvoltage earth fault protection
Single-phase earth fault within 85% - 95% range from terminal of stator winding can be protected
by fundamental zero-sequence overvoltage protection.

Fundamental zero-sequence overvoltage protection reacts to magnitude of zero sequence voltage

of generator. Since it adopts frequency tracing, digital filtering and full cycle Fourier algorithm, the
third harmonic can be reduced to 1/100 within the frequency tracing range and the protection can
response the basic wave component only.
This protection comprises two stages: sensitive stage and unsensitive stage (high setting stage).
(1) Sensitive stage of the protection
Operation criterion for alarm of this stage is
U n0 > U 0zd (Equation 3.3-7)
Where:
U 0zd = K rel U unb.max , U 0zd is operation threshold setting of fundamental zero sequence voltage
[V_SensROV_Sta].
U unb.max is the maximum measured value of unbalance zero sequence voltage.
K rel is reliability coefficient, 1.2~1.3 in general.
To assure its security, user should check the setting by comparing it with the transferred zero
sequence voltage through coupling capacitance between HV side and LV side of transformer
when external earth fault occurs on the HV side of the transformer. Meanwhile, settings, including
time delay and operation setting, should be considered to cooperate with that of earth fault
protection of the system.
(2) High setting stage of the protection
Operation criterion for alarm of this zone is
U n0 > U 0hzd (Equation 3.3-8)
Where:
U n0 is zero sequence voltage of neutral point of generator
U 0hzd is the zero sequence voltage high setting. 20V ~ 25V is recommended generally.
3.3.5.2 Third harmonic voltage ratio earth fault protection of stator
This protection is designed to cover only about 25% of earth fault of the stator. Third harmonic
voltage of generator terminal is got from its open-delta zero sequence voltage. Third harmonic

voltage of neutral point side is got from neutral point VT of the generator.
Operation criterion of this protection
U 3T / U 3N > K 3wzd (Equation 3.3-9)
Where:
U 3T and U 3N are third harmonic voltage of generator terminal and neutral point respectively.
K 3wzd is the third harmonic voltage percentage setting.
During incorporation of generator to power system, the ratio U 3T / U 3N changes considerably
owing to variation of equivalent capacitive reactance at generator terminal. So two different

settings are designed for protection before and after connection of generator with system, and
these two settings can be switched over with alternation of contacts position of the terminal
breaker.
In addition, settings are provided for deciding whether the ratio protection of third harmonics
voltage is used for alarm or tripping or both.
3.3.5.3 Third harmonic voltage differential ground protection
Operation criterion of this protection

U 3T K t U 3 N > Kre U 3 N (Equation 3.3-10)
Where:

U 3T and U 3 N are third harmonic vector voltage of generator terminal and neutral point,
K t is automatic tracing regulation coefficient.
K re is third harmonic differential percentage setting.
This protection is enabled automatically when the generator has been connected with the system
and load current is higher than 0.2 Ie (generator rated current) and only issues alarms if operates.
3.3.5.4 VT circuit failure blocking
(1) Open-delta VT circuit failure alarm of terminal and neutral point of generator
Since open-delta voltages of VT at neutral point and generator terminal are taken for zero

sequence voltage protection of stator, failure of these VT circuits will make this protection fail to
operation. So alarm shall be issued during this case. Third harmonic voltage ratio criterion and
third harmonic voltage differential criterion shall be disabled during VT circuit failure at generator
neutral point.
Criterion of VT circuit failure:
Positive sequence voltage of secondary winding of generator terminal is higher than 0.9Un and
third harmonic of zero sequence voltage is lower than 0.1V.
VT circuit failure alarm will be issued by delay 10s and reverted automatically by delay 10s when
the failure vanishes.
(2) Primary circuit failure of VT at generator terminal
Secondary circuit failure of VT at generator terminal will not influence earth fault protection of
stator. Primary circuit failure of VT at generator terminal will cause fundamental component of zero
sequence voltage increase and third harmonic component decrease, and so will not lead to
unwanted operation of fundamental zero sequence voltage protection and third harmonic voltage
ratio protection. However, it will cause unwanted operation of third harmonic voltage differential
protection, so this protection shall be blocked during this failure. Operation criterion of this failure
are:
Negative sequence voltage of VT, U2 > 8 V;
Actual zero sequence voltage of VT, 3U0> 8V.
Calculated zero sequence voltage of VT, 3U0> 8V.
When these criterion are met, VT primary circuit failure alarm will be sent with short delay and third
harmonic voltage differential protection will be blocked.
3.3.5.5 Logic diagram of earth fault protection of stator
Figure 3.3-9 and Figure 3.3-10 show logic diagrams of fundamental zero sequence voltage earth
fault protection and third harmonic voltage earth fault protection respectively.
[En_Alm_ROV_Sta] =1
&
Flg_VTS =1 basic wave zero sequence
& t
voltage protection alarm
Op_SensROV_Sta =1
[En_EF_Sta] =1
&
[En_Trp_ROV_Sta] =1 &
t basic wave zero sequence
EBI_ROV_Sta =1 voltage protection tripping
FD_EF_Sta =1
Figure 3.3-9 Logic diagram of fundamental zero sequence overvoltage earth fault protection of
stator
Where:

Op_SensROV_Sta is internally generated flag indicating fundamental zero-sequence overvoltage

element operates, that is fundamental zero-sequence voltage is in excess of its setting.
FD_EF_Sta is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of earth fault protection of
stator picks up.
EBI_ROV_Sta is state flag of binary input of enabling earth fault protection. 1 means enabled.
Figure 3.3-10 Logic diagram of third harmonic voltage earth fault protection of stator
Where:
Op_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta is internally generated flag indicating alarm issued by ratio element of
3rd harmonics voltage is available, that is, the ratio is in excess of its setting.
EBI_V3rdH_Sta is state flag of binary input of enabling ratio protection of 3rd harmonics voltage.
1 means enabled.
3.3.6 20 Hz Voltage Injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection
The 100-% stator earth fault protection detects earth faults in the stator windings of generators that
are connected with the network via a unit transformer. This protection function, which works with
an injected 20 Hz voltage, is independent of the system-frequency displacement voltage
appearing in earth faults, and detects earth faults in all windings including the machine star point.
The measuring principle used is not influenced at all by the generator operating mode and allows
to perform measurements even with the generator standing still. The two measuring principles
used measurement of the displacement voltage and evaluation of the measured quantities at an
injected 20 Hz voltage allow implementing reliable protection concepts that complement one
another.
If an earth fault in the generator star point or close to the star point is detected, the generator is
running with an earthing. A subsequent fault (e.g. a second earth fault) causes a single-pole
short-circuit that may have an extremely high fault current because the generator zero impedance
is very small.
3.3.6.1 Earthing resistance criterion
Figure 3.3-11 shows the basic protection principle. An external low-frequency alternating voltage
source (20 Hz) injects into the generator star point a voltage of max. 1 % of the rated generator
voltage. If an earth fault occurs in the generator star point, the 20 Hz voltage drives a current
through the fault resistance. From the driving voltage and the fault current, the protective relay

determines the fault resistance. The protection principle described here also detects earth faults at
the generator terminals, including connected components such as voltage transformers.
GND Earthing Generator Main Breaker Busbar

transformer transformer
Band-Pass Filter
B10
Load
Resistor
Voltage
Rn Divider Square-wave
power supply
A2
Inter-CT
IG0 UG0 RCS-985U auxiliary power

Panel B
supply for stator earth fault
protection
RCS-985G Generator Protection
Figure 3.3-11 Circuit Design of the 100% voltage-injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection with
Earthing Transformer
To implement the above concept, some additional equipment is required. Figure 3.3-11 shows that
a 20Hz generator generates a square-wave voltage. This square-wave voltage is fed via a band
pass filter into the loading resistor of the earth. The band pass serves for rounding the square
wave voltage and for storing energy. The band pass has also a protection function. If the load
resistor carries the full displacement voltage in case of a terminal-to-earth fault, the higher series
resistance of the band pass protects the 20Hz generator from high feedback currents.
The driving 20Hz voltage is picked up directly at the loading resistor via a voltage divider. In
addition, the 20Hz current flow is measured via an intermediate miniature CT. Both quantities (UG0
and IG0) are fed to the protection device. The voltage to be injected into the generator star point
depends on the driving 20Hz voltage (voltage divider: load resistor and band pass filter), and on
the transformation ratio of the earthing transformer.
RCS-985GW provides two settings to issue alarm signals or issue tripping command. The high
setting of earth resistance is used for alarm and the low setting is for tripping. The operation
equation for tripping and alarm are shown as below:
RE < REsetL (Equation 3.3-11)

RE < REsetH (Equation 3.3-12)
Where:
RE is calculated earth resistance.
REsetL is low resistance setting for tripping (i.e. [R_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta]).
REsetH is high resistance setting for alarm (i.e. [R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta]).
The same measuring principle can also be used with a primary loading resistor. The 20Hz voltage
is connected in this case via a voltage transformer, and the star point current is directly measured.
From the two measured quantities UG0 and IG0 in Figure 3.3-11, the 20 Hz current and voltage
vectors are calculated, and from the resulting complex impedance the fault resistance is
determined. This method eliminates disturbances caused by the stator earth capacitance, and
ensures a high sensitivity. The measuring accuracy is further increased by using mean current and
voltage values obtained over several cycles for calculating the resistance.
3.3.6.2 Earthing current criterion
In addition to the determination of the earth resistance, the protection function features an earth
current stage which processes the current RMS. value and thus takes into account all frequencies
especially fundamental element. It is used as a backup stage and covers approx. 80 to 90 % of the
protection zone.
The great advantage of this element is that more close to the terminal of generator the fault point
locates, more high sensitive the element can get, which can realize 100% stator earth fault
protection cooperated with the earth resistance element. The following equation is equipped by
the protection.
I E < I Eset (Equation 3.3-13)
Where:
I E is earth current of generator stator used in the element without being subjected to digital filter.
I Eset is earth current setting, (i.e., [I_ROC_Inj_EF_Sta]).
3.3.6.3 External voltage circuit monitoring
A monitoring circuit checks the coupled external 20 Hz voltage and the 20 Hz current and detects
by evaluating them a failure of the 20 Hz generator or of the 20 Hz connection. In case of a failure,

the resistance determination is blocked. The earth current stage remains active. The equation
shown as below is used for issuing external voltage circuit alarm signals if satisfied:
U LF 0 < U LF 0 set
(Equation 3.3-14)
I LF 0 < I LF 0 set
Where:
U LF 0 is the filtered value of U SEF by digital filter.
I LF 0 is the filtered value of I SEF by digital filter.
U LF 0 set is the setting [V_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta].
I LF 0 set is the setting [I_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta].
3.3.6.4 Logic diagram of external voltage-injecting stator earth fault protection
Logic Figure 3.3-12 shows the logic diagram. The protection function has an alarm stage and a trip
stage. Both stages can be delayed with a timer. The earth current detection acts only on the trip
stage. The evaluation of the earth resistance measurement is blocked between 10 Hz and 40 Hz,
because in this frequency range a zero voltage can also be generated by generators starting up or
slowing down. Such a zero voltage would then superimpose the connected 20 Hz voltage, causing
measurement errors and over functioning.
The resistance measurement function is active with frequencies below 10 Hz (i.e. at standstill) and
above 40 Hz. The earth current measurement is active over the entire range.
Figure 3.3-12 Logic diagram of the 100% voltage-injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection

3.3.7 Earth fault protection of rotor
3.3.7.1 Ping-pang type (Switch-over sampling) rotor one point earth fault protection
If one-point earth fault of rotor occurs, insulation resistance between rotor winding and the axis will
drop down.
Rotor earth fault protection measures earthing resistance Rg of the winding by an unbalance
bridge as shown in Figure 3.3-13. Corresponding equations can be got by switching over S1 and
S2 alternately, and earthing resistance Rg and location of the earthing point can be found by
calculation.
There are two stages equipped for one-point earth protection: sensitive stage and regular stage.
Sensitive stage is used for alarm and regular stage for tripping or alarm.
U
+ aU -
rotor
R Rg R
R S1 S2 R
Figure 3.3-13 Measurement of earth resistance of rotor
3.3.7.2 Sensitive Rotor Earth Fault Protection with Square Wave Voltage Injection
The rotor earth fault protection has the task to detect high- or low-resistance earth faults in the
excitation circuit of synchronous generators. Although an earth fault in the excitation winding does
not cause immediate damage, a second earth fault will lead to a turn-to-turn fault in the excitation
winding. The resulting magnetic unbalances can develop extreme mechanical forces, which may
destroy the machine.
The protection function described here differs from the function described in last section in that it is
far more sensitive; it is used for large generators.
As Figure 3.3-14 and Figure 3.3-15 shows, the rotor earth fault protection works with a direct
voltage of approx. 50 V, the polarity of which is reversed between 1 and 4 times per second,
depending on the setting. The voltage passes through a resistor unit and is symmetrically coupled
to the excitation circuit via high-resistance resistors, and at the same time connected to the
earthing brush (potential to earth) via a low-resistance measuring shunt RM. The voltage picked
up at the measuring shunt and the control voltage are fed into the protection device via measuring
transducers. The control voltage is proportional to the injected 50 V voltage Usq in terms of
amplitude and frequency. The earth current flowing in the rotor is modeled by the measurement
voltage.

Every time the polarity of the direct voltage U is reversed, a charging current Ig is driven across
the resistor unit into the rotor-earth capacitors of the excitation circuit. This current causes a
proportional voltage drop. Once the rotor earth capacitors are charged, the charging current drops
to zero. In the presence of a rotor earth fault, a continuous earth current flows whose intensity is
determined by the fault resistance.
The use of a low-frequency square-wave voltage as displacement voltage eliminates the influence
of the rotor-earth capacitors and ensures at the same time a sufficient margin against interference
signals from the interference frequencies of the excitation system.
U r+
U sq
Rg
Rx
U
Ry
U r
Figure 3.3-14 Measuring Scheme of Voltage Injection into the Rotor Winding at one terminal
U r+
Ry U sq
Rg
Rx
U
Ry
U r
Figure 3.3-15 Measuring Scheme of Voltage Injection into the Rotor Winding at both terminals
3.3.7.3 Two-points earth protection of rotor
If one-point earth protection is used for alarm only, when earth resistance Rg is less than setting of
its regular stage, it will switch over two-points ground protection program by a delay automatically.
If location of the earthing point varies and the variation reaches its setting value (fixed value 3%),
two-points ground protection will trip. Figure 3.3-16 and Figure 3.3-17 show logic diagram of
one-point and two-points earth fault protection of rotor.

3.3.7.4 Logic diagram of earth fault protection of rotor
Figure 3.3-16 Logic diagram of one-point earth fault protection of rotor
Figure 3.3-17 Logic diagram of two-points earth fault protection of rotor

Where:
Op_V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg is internally generated flag indicating second harmonics voltage
element of two-point earth fault protection operates, that is second harmonics voltage of rotor is in
excess of its setting.
FD_EF_RotWdg is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of earth fault
protection of rotor picks up.
3.3.8 Generator stator overload protection
Stator overload represents average heating of winding of the stator. This protection takes current
in generator terminal and neutral point as its criterion.
3.3.8.1 Definite time stator overload protection
There are two stages equipped with definite time stator overload protection: one for alarm and
another for tripping. Figure 3.3-19 shows its logic diagram.
3.3.8.2 Inverse time stator overload protection
Inverse time stator overload protection consists of three parts: low setting initiator, inverse time
part and upper limit definite time part.

Inverse time part can simulates generator-heating process including heat accumulation and
dissipation. When stator current reaches its low setting I SZD , inverse time part initiates and the
heat is accumulated. When the stator current is lower than rated value, the heat accumulation will
decrease accordingly.
Figure 3.3-18 shows the inverse time curve. In the figure, t min is delay of upper limit of inverse
time curve and I SZD is setting of the inverse time protection.
I
Ih
Iszd
t min t max
Figure 3.3-18 Operation curve of inverse time stator overload protection
Operation criterion of inverse time part:
[( I I ezd (K srzd ) ] t KS zd
2 2
(Equation 3.3-15)
Where:
K SZD is time constant of generator heating,
K SRZD is heat dissipation factor of generator
I eZD is rated secondary current of generator.
Figure 3.3-20 shows logic diagram of inverse time stator overload protection.

3.3.8.3 Logic diagram of stator overload protection
I>[I_Alm_OvLd_Sta] &
t1 0 Definite time stator overload alarm
[En_OvLd_Sta] =1
I>[I_OvLd_Sta] &
&
[En_OvLd_Sta] =1 t2 0 Definite time stator overload protection trips
[TrpLog_OvLd_Sta].bit0 =1 &
EBI_Ovld_Sta
FD_Ovld_Sta =1
Figure 3.3-19 Logic diagram of stator definite time overload protection
Figure 3.3-20 Logic diagram of inverse time stator overload protection
Where:
FD_Ovld_Sta is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of stator overload
protection picks up.
t1 i.e. the setting [t_Alm_OvLd_Sta].
t2 i.e. the setting [t_OvLd_Sta].
tmin i.e. the setting [tmin_InvOvLd_Sta].
3.3.9 Negative sequence overload protection
Negative sequence overload reflects overheating on surface of the rotor and other abnormality
due to negative sequence current. This protection takes negative sequence current in generator
end and neutral point as its criterion.
3.3.9.1 Definite time negative sequence overload protection
There are two stages equipped with definite time negative sequence overload protection: one for
alarm and the other for tripping. Figure 3.3-22 shows its logic diagram.
3.3.9.2 Inverse time negative sequence overload protection
Inverse time negative sequence protection consists of three parts: low setting initiator, inverse
time part and upper limit definite time part.

Inverse time part can simulate generator-heating process including heat accumulation and
dissipation. When negative sequence current reaches its low setting [I_InvNegOC_Gen], inverse
time part initiates and the heat is accumulated. When the stator current is lower than permissive
continuous negative sequence current [I_Neg_Perm_Gen], the heat accumulation will decrease
accordingly.
Operation criterion of inverse time part:
[( I 2 I ezd (I 21 ) ] t A
2 2
(Equation 3.3-16)
Where:
I 2 is generator negative sequence current,
I eZD is generator rated current,
I 21 is permissive continuous negative sequence current (per unit value), and
A is negative sequence heating constant of rotor.
Figure 3.3-21 shows the inverse time curve. In the figure, t min ([tmin_InvNegOC_Gen]) is delay of
upper limit of inverse time curve and I 2 SZD ([I_InvNegOC_Gen]) is setting of the inverse time
negative sequence overload protection.
I2zd
t min t max
Figure 3.3-21 Operation curve of inverse time negative sequence overload protection of stator

3.3.9.3 Logic diagram of negative sequence overload protection of stator
[En_NegOC_Gen] =1 &
t_Alm_NegOC_Gen 0 Definite time negative sequence
overload alarm
I2>[I_Alm_NegOC_Gen]
I2>[I_NegOCn_Gen] &
&
t_NegOCn_Gen 0 Definite time negtive sequence
[En_NegOC_Gen] =1
overload protection trips
[TrpLog_NegOCn_Gen].bit0 =1 &
EBI_NegOC_Gen =1
FD_NegOC_Gen =1
Figure 3.3-22 Logic diagram of definite time negative sequence overload protection
I >[I_InvNegOC_Gen] & 0 &
[En_NegOC_Gen]=1 t min &

Inverse time negative
[TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen].bit0 =1 sequence overload protection trips
&
EBI_NegOC_Gen =1
FD_NegOC_Gen =1
Figure 3.3-23 Logic diagram of inverse time negative sequence overload protection
Where:
FD_NegOC_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of stator negative
sequence overload protection picks up.
tmin i.e. the setting [tmin_InvNegOC_Gen].
3.3.10 Loss-of-Excitation protection
3.3.10.1 Theory of loss-of-excitation protection
Loss of excitation represents abnormal operation of generator due to excitation failure. There are
three criterions used for loss-of-excitation protection: under voltage, stator side impedance and
rotor side undervoltage/excitation voltage.
3.3.10.2 Busbar under voltage criterion
Three phase voltages on bus generally and those at generator terminal sometimes are taken as
this criterion. Criterion of simultaneous three phases under voltage is
U pp < U lezd (Equation 3.3-17)
Where:

Upp is phase-to-phase of busbar or of generator terminal.
Ulezd is undervoltage setting [V_UV_LossExc_Gen].
When bus voltage is taken as the criterion, if bus VT circuit fails, the protection will be blocked.
When generator terminal voltage is taken as the criterion, if one group of VT circuit fails, the other
group of VT will be switched over automatically.
3.3.10.3 Stator side impedance criterion
This criterion is impedance circle including asynchronous impedance circle and steady state
stabilization limit circle. The common operation criterion is
Z + jX B
270 Arg 90 (Equation 3.3-18)
Z jX A
For asynchronous impedance circle:
X A can be set as 1/2X 'd for asynchronous impedance circle;
X B is taken as X d .
Figure 3.3-24 show operation characteristics of steady state stabilization impedance relay and
asynchronous impedance relay, where the hatched area is operating area, and the dotted line is
operation limit of reverse reactive power.
jx
ZA
R
ZB
Figure 3.3-24 Operation characteristic of stator side impedance relay
For system impedance for steady state stabilization limit circle, the protection can get metering
impedance by active power, reactive power and steady state stabilization limit input according to
the relevant parameters of generator, and the moving locus the calculated impedance form steady
state stabilization limit circle of generator. In working condition, the protection always calculates

the impedance using generator terminal positive sequence voltage and positive sequence. Once
the locus of impedance enter the covering range of steady state stabilization limit circle, the
distance protection picks up. The following contents shows the process of impedance calculation.
For hydro-generator, the following equations are dedicatedly used for calculating active power and
reactive power, which are a bit different from that for turbine-generator due to the difference of
their rotors.
EqU s U s2 1 1
Ps = sin + sin 2 (Equation 3.3-19)
x d 2 xq xd
EqU s U s2 1 1 2
Qs = cos U s2 sin (Equation 3.3-20)
xd xd
xq xd
Based on known physical concept, we know that steady state stabilization limit is sure to exist and
dPs
= 0 is satisfied to the limit. So we can get the locus of calculated impedance shown as the
d
following equation.
1
Z = R + jX = + jxs (Equation 3.3-21)
Ys
The final locus of calculated impedance is drip-like curve drawn as below.
Figure 3.3-25 Drip-like curve of impedance locus
In the figure, the dashed line represents the operation boundary of reactive power reverse
direction element which is expressed as Q < Qzd .

Generally, X A can be set as the system impedance X S and X B is set as X q K rel , in which
K rel is security coefficient, 1.05 is recommended.
Besides operation criterion mentioned above, there are also auxiliary operation criterion, namely:
a. Positive sequence voltage is higher than or equal to 6 V;
b. Negative sequence voltage U2 is lower than 0.1 Un (rated voltage of generator);
c. Current of generator is no less than 0.1 Ie (rated current of generator).
3.3.10.4 Rotor side criterion
Rotor side criterion comprise:
a. Rotor undervoltage criterion: U r < U rlzd
b. Variable exciter voltage criterion: U r < K rel X dz ( P Pt ) U f0
Where:
U r is exciting voltage.
U rlzd is the setting [V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen].
X dz = X d + X s , X d is synchronous reactance of generator (per unit value);
Xs is equivalent reactance on system side connected with the generator (per unit value);
P is per unit value of real time active power of generator.
Pt is per unit crest value of salient pole power of generator;
U f0 is rated voltage of exciter during generator without load;
K r is reliability coefficient.
If U r drops to zero or minus value suddenly during loss of excitation, the rotor under voltage
criterion will be met quickly before steady state stability limit of the generator reaches. If U r
drops to zero or reduces to a value gradually during loss of excitation, the variable excitation
voltage criterion will be reached. Excitation under voltage or loss of excitation will cause
out-of-step, and then excitation voltage and output power of the generator will swing seriously. In

this case, the rotor under voltage criterion and the variable excitation voltage criterion will be met
and withdrawn periodically in general. So the excitation voltage element will revert with delay
during out-of-step condition while the impedance entering the steady state stability limit circle.
3.3.10.5 Logic diagram of loss-of-excitation protection
Three stages are equipped with loss-of-excitation protection: stage 1 is used to active the backup
exciter and alarm, stage 2 (with bus undervoltage criterion) is used for tripping, stage 3 is used for
tripping with long delay.
Figure 3.3-26 shows logic diagram of stage 1 of loss-of-excitation protection. If excitation is lost,
this stage will be used to active the backup exciter and issue alarm.
[En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen]=1 &
t1 0 Loss of excitation
Rotor undervoltage criterion >=1 protection alarm
&
Variable exciter voltage criterion >=1
[En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen] =1
&
Stator side impedance criterion &
>=1 &
[En_Z_LossExc1_Gen] =1
&
Q>[Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen] & t1 0 Loss of excitation
protection stage 1 trips
[En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]=1
[En_LossExc_Gen]=1
EBI_LossExc_Gen =1 &
[TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen].bit 0=1
FD_LossExc_Gen =1
Figure 3.3-26 Logic diagram of loss-of-excitation protection stage 1
Figure 3.3-27 shows logic diagram of stage 2 of loss of excitation protection. If excitation is lost
and voltage on HV side bus of main transformer is lower than its setting, this stage will trip with
delay. In configuring this stage, considering of security, it is strongly recommended that
impedance criterion should be used as well as busbar criterion rather than the model that only
busbar undervoltage criterion and rotor undervoltage criterion are used.

Busbar undervoltage criterion &

>=1
[En_BusUV_LossExc2_Gen] =1
Ur<[V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen] >=1
&
Variable exciter voltage criterion
>=1
[En_RotUV_LossExc2_Gen] =1
&
Stator side impedance criterion &
[En_Z_LossExc2_Gen] =1 &
Q>[Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen] & >=1 &

t2 0 Loss of excitation
protection stage2 trips
[En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]=1
[En_LossExc_Gen]=1
EBI_LossExc_Gen =1 &
[TrpLog_LossExc2_Gen].bit 0=1
FD_LossExc_Gen =1
Figure 3.3-27 Logic diagram of stage 2 of loss of excitation protection
Figure 3.3-28 shows logic diagram of stage 3 of loss of excitation protection. It is used for tripping.
Figure 3.3-28 Logic diagram of stage 3 of loss of excitation protection
Where:
FD_LossExc_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of loss-of-excitation
t1 i.e. the setting [t_LossExc1_Gen]

3.3.11 Out-of-step protection
Out-of-step represents asynchronous operation of generator due to out-of-step. Figure 3.3-29

shows operation characteristic of the protection that comprises three parts: lens part, boundary
part and reactance line part.
jx
Za
U
D
Zc
OL
IL 3
2
1 IR 1
OR
0
R
L R
Zb
Figure 3.3-29 Operation characteristic of out-of-step protection
In Figure 3.3-29, lens divides impedance plane into inside part I and outside part O, boundary
divides the impedance plane into left part L and right part R, and reactance line divides the
impedance plane into upper part U and lower part D.
Considering lens and boundary comprehensively, the impedance plane is divided into four
area: OL, IL, IR and OR. If trace of impedance is passing through these four areas in sequence
from right to left or vice versa, and staying in each area for a moment longer than the setting, this
case is considered as system swing. Times of the passing through are accumulated and the grand
total is considered as the times of pole sliding. When the grand total reaches its setting value,
out-of-step protection operates.
As to reactance line , if the impedance trace passes through the upper part U, the swing center
is considered outside the generator; if the trace passes through the lower part D, the swing center
is considered within the generator. Settings of times of pole sliding can be configured separately
for these two cases.
Out-of-step protection can be used either for alarm or for tripping. Minimum swing period which
can be identified by this protection is 120 ms.
Figure 3.3-30 shows logic diagram of out-of-step protection.
Figure 3.3-30 Logic diagram of out-of-step protection

Where:
FD_OOS_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of out-of-step protection
picks up.
3.3.12 Voltage protection
Voltage protection of generator comprises overvoltage and undervoltage protection.
3.3.12.1 Overvoltage protection
Overvoltage protection is used as protection against stator overvoltage occurring in various

operation conditions. It will issued tripping command when the maximum phase-to-phase voltage
at the terminal of generator is in excess of the setting. Calculation of voltage is independent of
variation of frequency. Two stages of overvoltage protection are equipped with RCS-985GW for
tripping. Figure 3.3-31 shows logic diagram of overvoltage protection.
3.3.12.2 Undervoltage protection
Undervoltage protection responses to reduction of phase-to-phase voltage at the terminal of

generator and will trip terminal breaker of the generator with configurable delay. The protection is
controlled by external equipment such as control equipment of synchronous condenser. Only one
stage is equipped with it. Figure 3.3-32 shows logic diagram of undervoltage protection.
3.3.12.3 Logic diagram of overvoltage and undervoltage protection
Figure 3.3-31 Logic diagram of overvoltage protection
BI_SyncCondenser =1 &
Upp.max<[V_UV_Gen] &
[En_OV&UV_Gen] =1 &
t 0 undervoltage protection trips
[TrpLog_UV_Gen].bit0=1
EBI_VoltProt_Gen =1
FD_UV_Gen =1
Figure 3.3-32 Logic diagram of under voltage protection
Where:
FD_OV_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of overvoltage protection

picks up.
FD_UV_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of undervoltage
BI_SyncCondenser is the binary input indicating the synchronous condenser is put into operation
3.3.13 Over excitation protection
Over excitation protection is used to prevent generator or transformer form damage due to over
excitation. It represents multiple of over excitation at output of generator (or LV side of main
transformer). Besides, over excitation protection comprises definite time protection and inverse
time protection.
3.3.13.1 Definite time over excitation protection
One stage for tripping and one stage for alarm are equipped for definite over excitation protection.
Their time delay can be configured.
Multiple of over excitation n can be expressed as follows:
n = U pu / Fpu (Equation 3.3-22)
Where U pu and Fpu are per unit value of voltage and frequency respectively.
Figure 3.3-34 shows logic diagram of definite time over excitation protection.
3.3.13.2 Inverse time over excitation protection
Inverse time over excitation protection realizes inverse time characteristic by linear processing on
given inverse time operation characteristic, obtaining multiple of over excitation by calculation, and
getting corresponding operation delay by sectional linear insertion. It reflects heat accumulation
and radiation.
Figure 3.3-33 shows inverse time operation characteristics of over excitation protection. It can be
specified by 6 over excitation multiple settings n0 n5.
Figure 3.3-33 Inverse time operation characteristics of over excitation protection

The over excitation multiple settings n (= U/F) are within range of 1.0 1.5 in general. Maximum
time delay t is considered as long as 3000 s. Relation between various settings of n and t are:
n0 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5
t0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t5
Figure 3.3-35 shows logic diagram of inverse time over excitation protection.
3.3.13.3 Logic diagram of excitation protection
Figure 3.3-34 Logic diagram of definite-time over excitation protection
Figure 3.3-35 Logic diagram of inverse time over excitation protection
Where:
FD_OvExc_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of over excitation
3.3.14 Power protection
Reverse power protection can prevent turbine blades or gears from damage in the case that the
generator transforms into a motor mode and flows reverse power due to loss of its motive force.
Operation criterion of this reverse power protection is
P < - [P_RevP_Gen] (Equation 3.3-23)

Where P is the power calculated from three phase voltage and current and [P_RevP_Gen] is the
reverse power setting.
One stage for tripping and one stage for alarm with independent delay setting respectively are
equipped with this protection.
Reverse power protection will be blocked by position of wicket gate of generator if the logic setting
[En_Wicket_Ctrl_PwrProt_Gen] is set as 1.
Range of reverse power setting is 0.5% - 10% Pn, where Pn is rated active power of the generator.
Range of delay is 0.1 s 600 s.
Figure 3.3-36 shows logic diagram of reverse power protection.
Figure 3.3-36 Logic diagram of reverse power protection
Where:
FD_PwrProt_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of reverse power
3.3.15 Frequency protection
Frequency protection of generator comprises under frequency and over frequency protection. If
the accumulated time or duration of once under frequency operation reaches setting value, the
protection will issue alarm or trip. This protection is blocked by position contact of circuit breaker
and no current flag.
Two stages of underfrequency protection are equipped for RCS-985GW.As to over frequency
protection, one stage is equipped for RCS-985GW and they will issue alarm or trip when operates.

Figure 3.3-37 Logic diagram of under frequency protection of generator
Figure 3.3-38 Logic diagram of over frequency protection of generator
Where:
FD_FreqProt_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of frequency
3.3.16 Accidental energization protection
Accidental energization protection comprises unwanted closing protection and breaker flashover
protection.
3.3.16.1 Unwanted closing protection
Unwanted closing protection is used for following cases:
(1) In the course of generators hand turning (low frequency condition), if it has been excited,
breaker closure by accident may lead to asynchronous starting of the generator. The
protection is put into use automatically with time delay t1 when two groups of voltage derived
from two independent VTs are all less than undervoltage setting and exit with time delay t2
(designed to cooperate with low-frequency blocking criterion) when the two groups of voltage
recovered to normal level.
(2) In the case that generator breaker is closed by accident in excited condition but frequency is
under normal level which may occurred in startup-and-shutdown process. The protection is
put into use automatically with time delay t3 while Low Frequency criterion is met and returns
with time delay t4 after the frequency criteria releases. Here, t4 should be set so long as to
ensure the completion of tripping course.

(3) If the circuit breaker is closed by accident when phase angle difference of bus and generator
voltage is very high, say, around 180, the through closing current will be too high also. In
this case the excitation shall be shut off firstly and breaker of generator can be tripped until
the generator current falls down to below setting.
Considering security of the protection, both currents from generator terminal and neutral point are
used in the logic as criteria.Figure 3.3-39 shows logic diagram of unwanted closing protection of
generator.
3.3.16.2 Breaker flashover protection
During process of synchronization of generator, flashover in circuit breaker is possible when

difference of phase angle of bus voltage and generator voltage is around 180. Breaker flashover
protection is provided for this fault. One phase and two phases flashover is considered by this
protection but three phase flashover is ignored.
Criterion of circuit breaker flashover:
Position contacts of three phases of circuit breaker are open;
Negative sequence current is higher than setting;
Excitation has been applied to generator, and generator voltage is higher than setting.
Operation of this protection will shut off excitation and activating circuit breaker failure protection.
Figure 3.3-40 shows logic diagram of breaker flashover protection. Generally, the protection is
equipped two delay setting, the first is for shut off excitation and the second is for tripping the local
line breaker.
3.3.16.3 Logic diagram of accidental energization protection
Figure 3.3-39 Logic diagram of unwanted closing protection of generator
Notes:

FD_AccEnerg_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of unwanted
closing protection of generator picks up.
[Flag_OC_Term_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the overcurrent current element of
generator terminal operates.
[Flag_OC_NeuP_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the overcurrent current element of
generator neutral point operates.
[Flag_UV_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the undervoltage element of generator
operates.
[Flag_NoCurr_CB_Gen] is the flag indicating there is no current with circuit breaker.
Figure 3.3-40 Logic diagram of breaker flashover protection
3.3.17 Breaker failure protection
If breaker at terminal of generator is failure when generator internal fault occurs, it need to trip
breakers at HV side of transformer and plant transformer. So the breaker failure initiation for HV
side breakers will be active. The currents used is from terminal TA of generator.
Figure 3.3-40 shows logic diagram of breaker failure protection.
Figure 3.3-41 Logic diagram of breaker failure protection
Where:

FD_BFP_GCB is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of breaker failure
3.3.18 Generator startup and shutdown protection
Protection for phase-to-phase fault and stator earth fault is provided during startup and shutdown
process of generator.
Differential current protections are provided for faults of generator and excitation transformer
respectively. A zero sequence overvoltage protection is provided for stator earth fault.
Since frequency during startup and shutdown process is usually very low, algorithm independent
of frequency is used for this protection.
Whether the protection should be blocked or not by frequency element or auxiliary contact of
circuit breaker can be determined by logic setting.
Figure 3.3-42 Logic diagram of generator startup and shutdown protection
Where:
** represent one of the two protective elements, Diff and StaROV. The two protective
elements diagrams are so likely that they can be expressed in a figure instead of two for them
respectively.
FD_StShut_Gen is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of generator startup
and shutdown protection picks up.
3.3.19 Generator shaft overcurrent protection
Generator shaft current protection is designed to prevent slipping surface and bushing of
generator rotor's journal from being damaged result from generator shaft current density
exceeding allowable value endure limitation. Either fundamental component shaft current or third
harmonic component shaft current can be selected by logic setting, which is used in generator
shaft current protection as criterion. However, fundamental component is more commonly used.
Shaft current circulating protection commonly operates to issue signal, but it can also trips
breakers. The following is the logic diagram of generator shaft current protection.

Figure 3.3-43 Logic diagram of generator shaft current protection
Where:
FD_Shaft_OC is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of breaker failure
t1 i.e. the setting [t_Alm_OC_Shaft]
t2 i.e. the setting [t_OC_Shaft]
3.3.20 Excitation winding overload protection
Excitation winding overload protection is equipped to reflect average heating condition of

excitation winding. Excitation transformer current, exciter current or rotor current of generator can
be taken as criterion of this protection. To exciter, frequency can be configured as 50 Hz or 100
Hz.
Excitation winding protection comprises definite time and inverse time protection.
3.3.20.1 Definite time excitation winding overload protection
One stage of alarm and one stage of tripping are equipped for definite time excitation winding
overload protection.
Figure 3.3-45 shows logic diagram of definite time excitation winding overload protection.
3.3.20.2 Inverse time excitation winding overload protection
Inverse time excitation winding overload protection consists of three parts: low setting initiator,
inverse time part and high setting definite part. Minimum operation time delay
([tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg]) is provided for extreme overload condition.
When current in excitation circuit reaches the low setting [I_InvOvLd_RotWdg], the inverse time
protection initiates and the heating accumulation starts. When the heating accumulation reaches
its setting, alarm will be issued. The inverse time protection can simulate heating accumulation
and radiation process.

Il
Ilh
Ilszd
t min tmax t
Figure 3.3-44 Operation characteristic of inverse time overload protection of excitation winding
In the figure, I l is the current in excitation circuit, I lh is the high setting of the protection; I lsZD
is the low setting of the protection [I_InvOvLd_RotWdg]; t min is minimum delay
[tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg] .
Its operation criterion is:
[( I l I jzzd 1] t KLzd
2
(Equation 3.3-24)
Where:
I jzzd is inverse time reference current of excitation circuit;
KLzd is setting of heat capacity factor of excitation circuit.
Figure 3.3-46 shows logic diagram of inverse time excitation winding overload protection.
Figure 3.3-45 Logic diagram of definite time excitation winding overload protection

Figure 3.3-46 Logic diagram of inverse time excitation winding overload protection
Where:
FD_OvLd_Exc is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of excitation winding
overload protection picks up.
t1 i.e. the setting [t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg]
t2 i.e. the setting [t_OvLd_RotWdg]
tmin i.e. the setting [tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
3.3.21 Excitation transformer and exciter protection
3.3.21.1 Excitation transformer and exciter differential protection
(1) Operation criterion of excitation transformer differential protection is:
I d > K bl I r + I cdqd ( I r < nI e )

K bl = K bl1 + K blr ( I r / I e )

I d > K bl 2 ( I r nI e ) + b + I cdqd ( I r nI e )

K blr = ( K bl 2 K bl1 ) /(2 n)
b = ( K bl1 + K blr n) nI e
(Equation 3.3-25)

I 1 + I2

Ir =
2

I d = I 1 + I 2

The criterion is the same to (Equation 3.2-1) except the differential current and restraint current.
Here:
For excitation transformer: I1 and I 2 are currents of HV side and LV side respectively.
For other details please see section 3.3.1.

(2) Operation criterion of exciter differential protection section 3.3.1.
3.3.21.2 Excitation transformer and exciter overcurrent protection
Two stages overcurrent protection are equipped for excitation transformer or exciter overcurrent
protection as backup protection. These two stages will trip the circuit breaker with configurable
delay. Figure 3.3-47 shows its logic diagram.
I>[I_OC n_Exc]
[En_Bak_Exc] =1 & &

t_OC n_Exc 0
[EBI_Bak_Exc] =1 Stage n of overcurrent protection trips
[TrpLog_OC n_Exc].bit0 =1
FD_Bak_Exc =1
Figure 3.3-47 Logic diagram of excitation transformer or exciter overcurrent protection
Where:
FD_Bak_Exc is the internally generated flag indicating that fault detector of excitation transformer
or exciter overcurrent protection picks up.
3.3.22 CT circuit failure alarm
3.3.22.1 Differential current alarm in differential protection circuit
This function is enabled only when relevant differential protection logic setting is set as enabled.
If the criterion is met, the alarm will be sent by delay 10 s and corresponding differential protection
will not be blocked. When the differential current eliminates, the alarm will be reset by delay 10 s.
In order to increase sensitivity of this alarm, percentage restraint differential current alarm criterion
is adopted as shown as below.
I d > I dbjzd
(Equation 3.3-26)
I d > kbj I res
If the differential current reaches its threshold and reaches differential alarm level of percentage
restraint factor multiplied by restraint current, the differential current alarm will be issued.
3.3.22.2 Alarm or blocking to differential protection by CT circuit failure
Function of instantaneous CT circuit failure discrimination is equipped for differential protection.

Only when related logic setting and relevant enabling binary input of protection are set on, this
function of alarm or blocking of instantaneous CT circuit failure discrimination will be enabled.
If internal fault occurs, at least one of following four conditions will be present:
(1) Negative sequence voltage on any side is higher than 2 V;

(2) Any phase current of a certain side increases after fault detector picks up;
(3) Maximum phase current is higher than 1.2 Ie after initiation;
(4) At least three phase-currents increases after fault detector picks up.
If none of above four conditions occurs within 40 ms after differential protections fault detectors
picks up, the protection treats it as CT circuit failure. If the logic setting
[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen] is set as 1, the differential protection will be blocked and alarm will
be issued. If this logic setting is set as 0, the differential protection will trip and alarm will be
issued simultaneously.
If the alarm is issued, the signal can be removed only when the failure is removed and the
equipment is reset by manual.
3.3.23 VT circuit failure alarm
Operation criterion of this failure is:
(1) Positive sequence voltage is higher than 30 V and any phase current is higher than 0.04 In;
(2) Negative sequence voltage U2 is in excess of 8 V.
If any one condition occurs, VT circuit failure alarm will be issued with delay 10 s, and the alarm
will be removed automatically by delay 10 s when the failure is removed.
3.3.24 Electric braking blocking function
User can select which protection should be blocked in electric braking electric-braking condition by
configuring the following logic setting. The logic setting is designed for preventing maloperation of
relevant protection during electric-braking whose definition is as follows:
Table 3.3-1 Logic setting definition of electric-braking function
Protection Status (1:block 0:unblock)
Startup and shutdown protection 1
Accidental energization protection 1
Out-of-step protection 1
Frequency protection 1
Overexcitation protection 1
Reverse power protection 1
Loss-of-Excitation protection 1
Earth fault protection of stator 1
Negative sequence overload protection 1
Inverse time overload 1

Protection Status (1:block 0:unblock)
Backup protection of generator 1
Interturn protection 1
Differential protection of generator 1
If user don't need electric braking blocking function to be put into use, they can set all bits as "0",
otherwise, set corresponding bit to protections need to be blocked as "1". For instance, as shown
in following table, the setting mode, which will block all protective elements relating to voltage or
current of generator, is suitable for the occasion that electric-braking location is within differential
protection zone of generation.
When electric braking blocking function is put into use, if auxiliary contact of electric-braking
becomes "1", the protection will block the protective elements set as "1" and broken distinguishing
function of VT and CT and issue alarm signals to inform operator of the abnormal state at the
same time. If electric-braking blocking function is disabled, the protection will not issue alarm
signals even the binary input is in 1 state.
Interfaces of mechanical protection such as thermo-technical protection, interruption of water

protection, excitation system protection and one spare mechanical protection are equipped for the
equipment. External protection equipments send those signals to RCS-985GW and RCS-985GW
makes the event record and sends alarm and maybe tripping command to relevant circuit breaker
with delay. Enabling binary inputs are provided for those protections. Setting ranges of time delay
of those protection are all 0 s 6000 s.


Chapter 4 Self-supervision, measurements and records
Chapter 4 Supervision, Metering and Recording
4.1 Supervision
If hardware failure of the equipment itself is detected, protection functions of the equipment will be
blocked and equipment blocking alarm will be issued. Hardware failure includes those on RAM,
EPROM, settings, power supply, DSP and tripping coil.
When following abnormal status is detected, abnormal warning will be issued: AC voltage or
current circuit failure, persist pickup, mismatch state of pickup between CPU and DSP and alarm
of protection element.
The relay includes a number of self-monitoring functions to check the operation of its hardware
and software when it is in service. These are included so that if an error or fault occurs within the
relays hardware or software, the relay is able to detect and report the problem and attempt to
resolve it by performing a re-boot. This involves the relay being out of service for a short period of
time that is indicated by the Healthy LED on the faceplate of the relay being extinguished and the
watchdog contact at the rear operating. If the restart fails to resolve the problem, then the relay will
take itself permanently out of service. Again this will be indicated by the ALARM LED and
watchdog contact. If a problem is detected by the self-monitoring functions, the relay attempts to
store a maintenance record in battery backed-up SRAM to allow the nature of the problem to be
notified to the user.
The self-monitoring is implemented in two stages: firstly a thorough diagnostic check which is
performed when the relay is booted-up, e.g. at power-on, and secondly a continuous self-checking
operation which checks the operation of the relays critical functions whilst it is in service.
4.1.1 Start-up self-testing

The self-testing which is carried out when the relay is started takes a few seconds to complete,
during which time the relays protection is unavailable. This is signaled by the Healthy LED on the
front of the relay which will illuminate when the relay has passed all of the tests and entered
operation. If the testing detects a problem, the relay will remain out of service until it is manually
restored to working order.
The operations that are performed at start-up are as follows:
4.1.1.1 System boot
The integrity of the flash memory is verified using a checksum before the program code and data
stored in it is copied into SRAM to be used for execution by the processor. When the copy has
been completed the data then held in SRAM is compared to that in the flash to ensure that the two
are the same and that no errors have occurred in the transfer of data from flash to SRAM. The
entry point of the software code in SRAM is then called which is the relay initialization code.

4.1.1.2 Initialization software
The initialization process includes the operations of initializing the processor registers and
interrupts, starting the watchdog timers (used by the hardware to determine whether the software
is still running), starting the real-time operating system and creating and starting the supervisor
task. In the course of the initialization process the relay checks:
The integrity of the battery backed-up SRAM that is used to store event, fault and disturbance
records.
The integrity of the flash that is used to store program.
The correctness of the settings that ensures relays proper response to fault.
The operation of DSP and CPU.
The voltage level of the field voltage supply which is used to drive the opto-isolated inputs.
The operation of the LCD controller.
The watchdog operation.
At the conclusion of the initialization software the supervisor task begins the process of starting the
platform software.
4.1.1.3 Platform software initialization & monitoring
In starting the platform software, the relay checks the integrity of the data held in non-volatile
memory with a checksum. The final test that is made concerns the input and output of data, the
presence and healthy condition of the input board is checked and the analog data acquisition
system is checked through sampling the reference voltage.
At the successful conclusion of all of these tests the relay is entered into service and the protection
started-up.
4.1.2 Continuous self-testing

When the relay is in service, it continually checks the operation of the critical parts of its hardware
and software. The checking is carried out by the system services software and the results reported
to the platform software. The functions that are checked are as follows:
The flash containing all program code, setting values and language text is verified by a
checksum
The code and constant data held in SRAM is checked against the corresponding data in flash to
check for data corruption
The SRAM containing all data other than the code and constant data is verified with a checksum
The level of the field voltage
The integrity of the digital signal I/O data from the opto-isolated inputs and the relay contacts is
checked by the data acquisition function every time it is executed. The operation of the analog
data acquisition system is continuously checked by the acquisition function every time it is
executed, by means of sampling the reference voltages.
In the unlikely event that one of the checks detects an error within the relays subsystems, the

platform software is notified and it will attempt to log a maintenance record in battery backed-up
SRAM. If the problem is of no importance (no possibility of leading to maloperation), the relay will
continue in operation. However, for problems detected in any important area the relay will initiate a
shutdown and re-boot. This will result in a period of up to 5 seconds when the protection is
unavailable, but the complete restart of the relay including all initializations should clear most
problems that could occur. As described above, an integral part of the start-up procedure is a
thorough diagnostic self-check. If this detects the same problem that caused the relay to restart,
i.e. the restart has not cleared the problem, then the relay will take itself permanently out of service.
This is indicated by the Healthy LED on the front of the relay, which will extinguish, and the
watchdog contact that will operate.
Voltage transformer supervision(VTS). See section 0 for detail.
Current transformer supervision (CTS). See section 3.3.23 for detail.
If the alarm is issued, the alarm signal can be reset only when the failure is removed and the
equipment is reset by pressing RESET button on panel or re-power it up.
Overload Alarm
On condition that the relay does not picks up, adding current in excess of the setting of overload
protection, alarm messages are displayed and ALARM LED is lit after the timer stage duration
[t_OvLd_Sta] has elapsed.
Binary input status monitoring
Any status of binary input changing will be monitored.
Tripping output circuit monitoring
Tripping output relay driving transistor is always monitored in normal program, and blocking
message will be issued when the equipment finds abnormality of the tripping output circuit.
4.1.3 List of alarm messages

When hardware failure is detected, all protection functions will be blocked and block signals will be
sent. The equipment cannot work in this case. Hardware failure such as failure of RAM, error of
EEPROM, settings invalid, loss of power source of opto-coupler, error of DSP, tripping output
circuit failure, etc, will be issued whilst the relay will be blocked. All the failure alarms can be found
on LCD and in event recording report. The following table gives a list of these alarm signals and
the behavior of the relay responding to these failures.
Note:
There are three alarm LEDs on HMI module: ALARM LED, CT ALARM LED and VT ALARM
LED. In following tables ALARM, CT ALARM or CT ALARM means the corresponding LED is
turned on.
Abnormality information printed or displayed on LCD and trouble shooting are described in
following table.

Table 4.1-1 List of alarm reports
No. Alarm Report HEALTHY ALARM CT ALARM VT ALARM

1 Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS
2 Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
3 Alm_VTS_NP_Gen
4 Alm_DeltVTS_Term_Gen
5 Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg
6 Alm_Diff_Gen
7 Alm_SPTDiff_Gen
8 Alm_SPDiff1_Gen
9 Alm_SPDiff2_Gen
10 Alm_OC_shaft
11 Alm_52b_GCB
12 Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen
13 Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen
14 Alm_CTS_SPDiff1_Gen
15 Alm_CTS_SPDiff2_Gen
16 Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc
17 Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen
18 Alm_ElectrBrake_Gen
19 Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg
20 Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
21 Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
22 Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen
23 Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen
24 Alm_LossExc_Gen
25 Alm_OvExc_Gen
26 Alm_OvLd_Sta
27 Alm_NegOC_Gen
28 Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
29 Alm_ROV_Sta
30 Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
31 Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
32 Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg
33 Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
34 Alm_UF1_Gen
35 Alm_UF2_Gen
36 Alm_OF_Gen
37 Alm_Pwr_EF_RotWdg
38 Alm_SensInjEF_Sta
39 Alm_Pwr_Inj_EF_Sta
40 Alm_RevP_Gen

No. Alarm Report HEALTHY ALARM CT ALARM VT ALARM

41 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr
42 Alm_MechRly1
43 Alm_MechRly2
44 Alm_MechRly3
45 Alm_MechRly4
46 Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
47 Alm_Diff_Exc
48 Alm_Inconsist_MechRly
49 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
50 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
51 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
52 Alm_InvalidSetting
53 Alm_ModifiedSetting
54 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
55 Alm_TripOutput
56 Alm_InnerComm
57 Alm_DSP_CPUBrd

58 Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd

59 Alm_InconsistFD
60 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
61 Alm_BI_CPUBrd
62 Alm_RAM_MONBrd
63 Alm_ROM_MONBrd
64 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
65 Alm_DSP_MONBrd
66 Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
67 Alm_MONBrd
68 Alm_Sample_MONBrd
69 Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd
: means the corresponding LED indicator is on.
Table 4.1-2 List of alarm reports

No. Alarm Report Description Suggestion
Alarm indicating VT circuit failure
1 Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS and blocking third harmonics
Check the
voltage differential protection.
metering and
Alarm indicating secondary circuit secondary circuit.
2 Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
failure of VT at generator terminal.


Alarm indicating secondary circuit
3 Alm_VTS_NP_Gen failure of VT at the neutral point of
generator.

4 Alm_DeltVTS_Term_Gen failure at open-delta side of VT at
generator terminal.
Alarm indicating rotor voltage circuit

5 Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg failure which used by
loss-of-excitation protection.
Alarm indicating differential current
6 Alm_Diff_Gen of generator is in excess of
normally endurable level.
Alarm indicating splitting-phase
transverse differential current of
7 Alm_SPTDiff_Gen
generator is in excess of normally Check the
endurable level. metering and
Branch 1 of phase-splitting secondary circuit.
8 Alm_SPDiff1_Gen differential current of generator is in
excess of normally endurable level
Branch 2 of phase-splitting
9 Alm_SPDiff2_Gen differential current of generator is in
excess of normally endurable level
Treat according
Alarm stage of shaft overcurrent to specific
10 Alm_OC_Shaft
operates application
requirement.
Alarm indicating the position of Check the
11 Alm_52b_GCB circuit breaker at terminal of corresponding
generator is abnormal. binary input.
12 Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen failure of CTs used for differential
Disable the link
failure of CTs used for
13 Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen and check the
splitting-phase transverse
secondary circuit.
differential protection of generator.
After clear the
Circuit failure of CT used in branch
error, reset the
14 Alm_CTS_SPTDiff1_Gen 1 of phase-splitting differential
relay.
Circuit failure of CT used in branch
15 Alm_CTS_SPTDiff2_Gen 2 of phase-splitting differential


16 Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc failure of CT in differential
protection of exciter.
Alarm indicating operation of
overcurrent element used for
17 Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen
driving a set of contact to block
other circuit.
18 Alm_ElectrBrake_Gen
electric brake element
Alarm indicating 2 points earth fault
protection has been put input
19 Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg
operation after operation of 1 point
earth fault protection of rotor.
Alarm indicating out-of-step of
20 Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen system occurs while its oscillation
center is outside protective zone.
Alarm indicating out-of-step of
21 Alm_Int_OOS_Gen system occurs and its oscillation
center is inside protective zone.
Alarm indicating accelerate
22 Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen
out-of-step occurs.
Alarm indicating decelerate Treat according
23 Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen
out-of-step occurs. to specific
Alarm indicating operation of application
24 Alm_LossExc_Gen loss-of-excitation protective requirement.
element.
Alarm indicating operation of over
25 Alm_OvExc_Gen
excitation protective element.
26 Alm_OvLd_Sta
overload element of stator.
27 Alm_NegOC_Gen negative overcurrent protective
element of stator.
28 Alm_OvLd_RotWdg overload protective element of rotor
winding.
29 Alm_ROV_Sta sensitive stage of ROV protection of
stator earth fault.
Alarm indicating operation of third
30 Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta harmonics ratio earth fault
protective element of stator.
31 Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta Alarm indicating operation of third


harmonics differential earth fault
32 Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg sensitive stage of 1 point earth fault
protective element of rotor.
33 Alm_1PEF_RotWdg normal stage of 1 point earth fault
Alarm indicating operation of stage
34 Alm_UF1_Gen 1 of under frequency protective
element of generator.
Alarm indicating operation of stage
35 Alm_UF2_Gen 2 of under frequency protective
Alarm indicating operation of over
36 Alm_OF_Gen frequency protective element of
generator.
sensitive stage of stator earth fault
37 Alm_SensInjEF_Sta
protection with low-frequency
power supply injected
Check the
Alarm indicating abnormality of
38 Alm_Pwr_EF_RotWdg injecting power
injected power supply
source
Check secondary
Alarm indicating abnormality of circuit or external
39 Alm_Pwr_Inj_EF_Sta injected low-frequency power low-frequency
supply for stator earth fault power supply
injected
Treat according
Alarm indicating operation of to specific
40 Alm_RevP_Gen
reverse power protection. application
requirement.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit Check the
41 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr failure of VT at HV side of main metering and
transformer. secondary circuit.
42 Alm_MechRly1
mechanical repeater 1.
Treat according
43 Alm_MechRly2 to specific
application
44 Alm_MechRly3 requirement.
45 Alm_MechRly4 Alarm indicating operation of


Check if the
power circuit of
Alarm indicating power loss of OPT module is
46 Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
mechanical relay. connected
correctly with DC
module.
Alarm indicating the differential Check the

47 Alm_Diff_Exc current is abnormal in differential metering and
protection of exciter secondary circuit.
Check if the
power circuit of
Alarm indicating circuit of OPT module is
48 Alm_Inconsist_MechRly
mechanical is abnormal. connected
correctly with DC
module.
49 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd CPU module RAM damaged.
CPU module flash memory
50 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
damaged. Inform
CPU module EEPROM damaged manufacturer for
judged by the mismatch of maintenance.
51 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
summation of all the settings with
the CRC code .
Without modifying protection setting Modify and check
52 Alm_InvalidSetting after modification of rated protection setting
secondary current of CT. again.
Do nothing
In the proceeding of setting except waiting for
53 Alm_ModifiedSetting
parameters. completion of the
process.
Check if the
power circuit of
Loss of power supply of the optical OPT module is
54 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
couplers for binary inputs. connected
correctly with DC
module.
Inform
Driving transistor of binary output
55 Alm_TripOutput manufacturer for
damaged.
maintenance.
Alarm indicating that the Check the
56 Alm_InnerComm communication between MON and connection
CPU interrupts. between FACE


and CPU
modules.
Inform
The DSP chip in CPU board
57 Alm_DSP_CPUBrd manufacturer for
damaged.
maintenance.
Check the
Duration of pickup of any fault secondary circuit
58 Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd detector in CPU board is in excess and the
of 10s. corresponding
settings.
Check the
Mismatch of pickup of same type metering between
59 Alm_InconsistFD
fault detectors in CPU and MON. CPU and MON
modules.
Failure of sampled data in CPU
60 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
board.
Any one of binary input sampled
61 Alm_BI_CPUBrd directly doesnt match with that of
recognition of protection itself. Inform
62 Alm_RAM_MONBrd MON module RAM damaged. manufacturer for
MON module flash memory maintenance.
63 Alm_ROM_MONBrd
damaged.
64 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd MON module EEPROM damaged.
The DSP chip in MON board
65 Alm_DSP_MONBrd
damaged.
Check the
Duration of pickup of any fault secondary circuit
66 Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd detector in MON board is in excess and the
of 10s. corresponding
settings.
67 Alm_MONBrd MON module damaged.
Failure of sampled data in MON
68 Alm_Sample_MONBrd
board. Inform
The DSP1 chip on CPU board manufacturer for
damaged. maintenance.
The DSP2 chip on CPU board
damaged.
4.2 Metering
The relay produces a variety of both directly and calculated power system quantities. These
measurement values are updated on a per half second basis and can be viewed in the menu
VALUES of the relay or via relay communication.

This relay is able to measure and display the following quantities as summarized:
4.2.1 Measured voltages and currents

The relay produces both phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase voltage and current values. They
are produced directly from the DFT (Discrete Fourier Transform) used by the relay protection
functions and present both magnitude and phase angle measurement.
4.2.2 Sequence voltages and currents

Sequence quantities are produced by the relay from the measured Fourier values; these are
displayed as magnitude and phase angle values.
4.2.3 Rms. voltages and currents

Rms. phase voltage and current values are calculated by the relay using the sum of the samples
squared over a cycle of sampled data.
4.2.4 Differential current and relevant quantities

Differential current and restrained current calculated in differential protection is displayed to user
for monitoring the correctness of operation or testing of the differential protection.
4.2.5 Phase angles

Calculated phase angles are also displayed on LCD to help user to check the correctness of CT or
VT circuit.
4.2.6 Measurement display quantities

Here are VALUES available in the relay for viewing of measurement quantities. All the
measurement quantities can be divided into CPU quantities or MON quantities by their origin
where they are derived. These can also be viewed with RCSPC (see RCSPC User Manual) and
are shown below:
4.2.7 All metering data displayed on LCD
4.2.7.1 Generator current and related values in CPU and MON

GEN CURRENT
I_Term_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A

I1_Term_Gen: 000.00 A
I_SP1_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_SP1_Gen: 000.00 A
I2_SP1_Gen: 000.00 A
I0_SP1_Gen: 000.00 A
GEN CURRENT
I_SP2_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A

I1_SP2_Gen: 000.00 A
I2_SP2_Gen: 000.00 A
I0_SP2_Gen: 000.00 A
I_NP_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_NP_Gen: 000.00 A
I2_NP_Gen: 000.00 A
I0_NP_Gen: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-1 Generator current and related values in CPU and MON
Where:
I_Term_Gen Phase A, B and C of current derived from CT at the terminal of generator.

I1_Term_Gen Positive sequence current of generator terminal.
I2_Term_Gen Negative sequence current of generator terminal.
I0_Term_Gen Calculated zero sequence current of generator terminal.
I_SP1_Gen Phase A, B and C of phase-splitting branch 1 of generator.
I1_SP1_Gen Positive sequence current of phase-splitting branch 1 of generator.
I2_SP1_Gen Negative sequence current of phase-splitting branch 1 of generator.
I0_SP1_Gen Calculated zero sequence current of phase-splitting branch 1 of generator.
I_SP2_Gen Phase A, B and C of phase-splitting branch 2 of generator.
I1_SP2_Gen Positive sequence current of phase-splitting branch 2 of generator.
I2_SP2_Gen Negative sequence current of phase-splitting branch 2 of generator.
I0_SP2_Gen Calculated zero sequence current of phase-splitting branch 2 of generator.
I_NP_Gen Phase A, B and C of current derived from CT at generator neutral point.
I1_NP_Gen Positive sequence current of generator neutral point.

I2_NP_Gen Negative sequence current of generator neutral point.

I0_NP_Gen Calculated zero sequence current of generator neutral point.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGGEN CURRENT and VALUES MON
METERINGGEN CURRENT.
Note:
The contents inside the first window are the default display seen by user entering this submenu.
User can navigate to the following items (as shown in the other two windows) by scrolling the
arrow keys on the faceplate of the relay. What users meet similar to this case later can be dealt
with in same way.
4.2.7.2 Transverse differential current and related values in CPU and MON
GEN TRVDIFF CURR
Id_TrvDiff1_Gen: 000.00 A
Id_3rdH_TrvDiff1_Gen: 000.00 A
Id_TrvDiff2_Gen: 000.00 A
Id_3rdH_TrvDiff2_Gen: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-2 Transverse differential current and related values in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_TrvDiff1_Gen transverse differential current of the first element of generator.

3rd harmonics component of transverse differential current of the first
Id_3rdH_TrvDiff1_Gen
Id_TrvDiff2_Gen transverse differential current of the second element of generator.
3rd harmonics component of transverse differential current of the second
Id_3rdH_TrvDiff2_Gen
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING GEN TRVDIFF CURR and VALUES
MON METERING GEN TRVDIFF CURR.

4.2.7.3 Differential current and related values in CPU and MON
GEN DIFF CURR
Id_Diff_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie

Id_SPDiff1_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Id_SPDiff2_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Id_SPTDiff_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icorr_Term_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icorr_SP1_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icorr_SP2_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icorr_NP_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Figure 4.2-3 Differential currents and related values of generator
Where:
Ie secondary calculated rated current of generator.
Id_Diff_Gen Phase A, B and C of per unit value of generator differential current.
Phase A, B and C of per unit value of phase-splitting branch 1 differential
Id_SPDiff1_Gen
current of generator.
Phase A, B and C of per unit value of phase-splitting branch 2 differential
Id_SPDiff2_Gen
Phase A, B and C of per unit value of phase-splitting transverse differential
Id_SPTDiff_Gen
Phase A, B and C of per unit value of corrected current at terminal of
Icorr_Term_Gen
generator.
Icorr_SP1_Gen Phase A, B and C of per unit value of branch1s corrected current.
Icorr_SP2_Gen Phase A, B and C of per unit value of branch2s corrected current.
Phase A, B and C of per unit value of corrected current at neutral point of
Icorr_NP_Gen
generator.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING GEN DIFF CURR and VALUES MON
METERING GEN DIFF CURR.

4.2.7.4 Voltages and related values in CPU and MON
GEN VOLTAGE
U_VT_Term_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 V

Upp_VT_Term_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 V
U1_VT1_Term_Gen: 000.00 V
Upp_Busbar: 000.00 000.00 000.00 V
U1_Busbar: 000.00 V
U2_Busbar: 000.00 V
GEN VOLTAGE
U0_DeltVT_Term_Gen: 000.00 V
U0_NP_Gen: 000.00 V
U0_3rdH_VT_Term_Gen: 000.00 V
U0_3rdH_NP_Gen: 000.00 V
U0_3rdH_Sta: 000.00 V
U0_Busbar: 000.00 V
Figure 4.2-4 Voltages and related values in CPU and MON
Where:
Phase A, B and C of voltage derived from VT at the generators

U_VT_Term_Gen
terminal.
Phase to phase voltages (AB, BC and CA) calculated from VT at the
Upp_VT_Term_Gen
generators terminal.
U1_VT1_Term_Gen Calculated positive sequence voltage of VT1.
U2_VT1_Term_Gen Calculated negative sequence voltage of VT1.
U0_VT1_Term_Gen Calculated zero sequence voltage of VT1.
Phase to phase voltages (AB, BC and CA) derived from busbar
Upp_Busbar
voltage transformer.
U1_Busbar Positive voltage derived calculated from busbar voltage transformer.
U2_Busbar Negative voltage derived calculated from busbar voltage transformer.
Zero sequence voltage derived from open-delta side of VT at the
U0_DeltVT_Term_Gen

Zero sequence voltage derived from open-delta side of VT at the

U0_NP_Gen
neutral point of generator.
U0_3rdH_VT_Term_Gen Calculated 3rd harmonics of VT at the generators terminal.
U0_3rdH_NP_Gen Calculated 3rd harmonics of VT at the neutral point of generator.
3rd harmonics differential voltage between the terminal and the neutral
Ud_3rdH_Sta
point of generator.
U0_Busbar Zero sequence voltage calculated from busbar voltage transformer.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING GEN VOLTAGE and VALUES MON
METERING GEN VOLTAGE.
4.2.7.5 Misc metering quantities of generator in CPU and MON
GEN MISC VALUES
P_Gen: + 000.00 %
Q_Gen: + 000.00 %
Accu_InvOvLd_Sta: 000.00 %
Accu_Therm_RotBody: 000.00 %
U/F_OvExc_Gen: 00.000
Accu_InvOvExc_Gen: 000.00 %
f_Gen: 000.00 Hz
Accu_UF1_Gen: 000.00 S
Figure 4.2-5 Misc metering quantities of generator
Where:
P_Gen Active power of generator.

Q_Gen Reactive power of generator.

Accu_InvOvLd_Sta Accumulation of thermal due to overload of stator.

Accumulation of thermal due to negative sequence current through
Accu_Therm_RotBody
stator result from interaction between rotor and stator.
U/F_OvExc_Gen Calculated ratio of per unit values of voltage and frequency
Accu_InvOvExc_Gen Accumulation of thermal due to overexcitation of generator.
f_Gen real-time calculated frequency of generator.
Accumulation of underfrequency condition time of generator to
Accu_UF1_Gen
decide operation of state 1 of underfrequency protection.
Accumulation of underfrequency condition time of generator to
Accu_UF2_Gen
decide operation of state 1 of underfrequency protection.
Positive sequence voltage of 2nd harmonics voltage of stator
U1_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen
derived from VT1 at the generators terminal.
Negative sequence voltage of 2nd harmonics voltage of stator
U2_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen
derived from VT1 at the generators terminal.
I_Shaft Shaft current through rotor body.
I_3rdH_Shaft 3rd harmonics component in shaft current.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING GEN MISC VALUES and VALUES
MON METERING GEN MISC VALUES.
4.2.7.6 Rotor Winding Metering in CPU and MON
ROTWDG METERING
U(+)_RotWdg: +0000.0 V
U(-)_RotWdg: +0000.0 V
U_RotWdg: +0000.0 V
Rg_RotWdg: 300.00 k
Location_EF_RotWdg: 050.00 %
I_RotWdg: -00078 A
I_Exc: 000.00 A
Accu_Therm_RotWdg: 000.00 %

ROTWDG METERING
Ig1_RotWdg: +0000.0 mA
Ig2_RotWdg: +0000.0 mA
U_Ext: 000.00 V
Figure 4.2-6 Rotor Winding Metering quantities of generator
Where:
U(+)_RotWdg voltage of positive pole of rotor to ground.

U(-)_RotWdg voltage of negative pole of rotor to ground.
U_RotWdg voltage of positive pole of rotor to negative pole.
Rg_RotWdg calculated grounded resistance of rotor.
Location_EF_RotWdg the position of earth fault in rotor
I_RotWdg excitation current through rotor winding.
I_Exc alternative excitation current on the rectifiers AC side.
Accu_Therm_RotWdg accumulation of thermal of rotor winding.
Ig1_RotWdg leakage current 1 of rotor winding.
Ig2_RotWdg leakage current 2 of rotor winding.
U_Ext the voltage of injection source.
Note:
When Ping-pang type rotor one point earth fault protection is adopted, the Ig1_RotWdg,
Ig2_RotWdg and U_Ext are fixed to display 0.
When rotor earth fault protection with square wave voltage injection is adopted, the U(+)_RotWdg
and U(-)_RotWdg are fixed to display 0, Location_EF_RotWdg is fixed to display 50%.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING ROTWDG METERING and VALUES
MON METERING ROTWDG METERING.

4.2.7.7 Injection Stator earth fault Protection Metering in CPU and MON
INJ METERING
U0_Gen: 000.00 V
I0_Gen: 000.00 A
U_Inj: 000.00 V
I_Inj: 000.00 mA
O
ui_Inj: 00.000
O
ui_Corr_Inj: 00.000
R_Sec: +3000.0
X_Sec: +3000.0
Figure 4.2-7 Misc metering quantities of generator
Where:
U0_Gen the filtered value of Usef by digital filter.

I0 the filtered value of Isef by digital filter.
U_Inj voltage of the 20Hz power supply.
I_Inj current of the 20Hz power supply.
ui_Inj phase angle between voltage and current of the 20Hz power supply.
ui_Corr_Inj corrected phase angle between voltage and current of the 20Hz power
supply.
R_Sec metering resistance of secondary side.
X_Sec metering reactance of secondary side.
Rcorr_Sec metering resistance of secondary side after compensation of RPS.
R_Pri metering resistance of secondary side after compensation of RI.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING INJ METERING and VALUES MON
METERING INJ METERING.

4.2.7.8 Excitation System Metering in CPU and MON
EXC AC METERING
Id_Diff_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie

Icorr_S1_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icorr_S2_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
I_S1_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_S1_Exc: 000.00 A
I2_S1Exc: 000.00 A
I0_S1_Exc: 000.00 A
I_S2_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
Exc System Metering
I1_S2_Exc: 000.00 A
I2_S2_Exc: 000.00 A
I0_S2_Exc: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-8 Excitation System metering of generator
Where:
Id_Diff_Exc Phase A, B and C of differential current of excitation transformer or exciter.

Icorr_S1_Exc Phase A, B and C of corrected current on the high voltage side of excitation
transformer or terminal side of exciter (Side 1).
Icorr_S2_Exc Phase A, B and C of corrected current on the low voltage side of excitation
transformer or neutral point side of exciter (Side 2).
I_S1_Exc Phase A, B and C current on side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I1_S1_Exc Positive sequence current of side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I2_S1_Exc negative sequence current of side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I0_S1_Exc zero sequence current of side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I_S2_Exc Phase A, B and C current on side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter
I1_S2_Exc Positive sequence current of side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I2_S2_Exc negative sequence current of side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I0_S2_Exc zero sequence current of side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.

Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING EXC AC METERING and VALUES
MON METERING EXC AC METERING.
4.2.7.9 Phase Angle of Generator relevant quantities
GEN PH ANG
o
_Term_Gen_&_SP1_Gen: 000 000 000
o
_Term_Gen_&_SP2_Gen: 000 000 000
o
_SP1_Gen_&_SP2_Gen: 000 000 000
o
ipp_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
o
ipp_SP1_Gen: 000 000 000
o
ipp_SP2_Gen: 000 000 000
o
vpp_VT_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
o
vpp_Busbar: 000 000 000
GEN PH ANG
o
_V3rdH_Gen: 000
o
vi_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
Figure 4.2-9 Phase Angle metering of generator
Where:
_Term_Gen_&_SP1_Gen phase angle between same-phase currents derived from CT at

generators terminal and at branch 1 of spilt phase generator.
_Term_Gen_&_SP2_Gen phase angle between same-phase currents derived from CT at
generators terminal and at branch 2 of spilt phase generator.
_SP1_Gen_&_SP2_Gen phase angle between same-phase currents derived from CT at
branch 1 and branch2 of spilt phase generator.
ipp_Term_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at generators terminal.
ipp_SP1_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at the phase-splitting branch 1.
ipp_SP2_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current

derived from CT at the phase-splitting branch 2.

vpp_VT_Term_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltage
derived from VT at generators terminal.
vpp_Busbar phase to phase angles between voltages(AB, BC and CA) of
busbar.
_V3rdH_Gen phase angle between 3rd harmonics voltage derived from
VT_Delta_Term and VT_NP.
vi_Term_Gen phase angle between same-phase voltage and current of
Access path in menu is VALUES PHASE ANGLE GEN PH ANG.
4.2.7.10 Phase Angle of excitation relevant quantities
EXC PH ANG
o
i_S1_Exc_&_S2_Exc: 000 000 000
o
ipp_S1_Exc: 000 000 000
o
ipp_S2_Exc: 000 000 000
Figure 4.2-10 Phase Angle metering of Excitation relevant quantities
Where:
i_S1_Exc_&_S2_Exc phase angle between same-phase currents derived from CT at side 1

and side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
ipp_S1_Exc phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
ipp_S2_Exc phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
Access path in menu is VALUES PHASE ANGLE EXC PH ANG.
4.3 Signaling
Signals here mean changes of binary inputs. All these signals can be displayed on LCD, locally
printed or sent to automation system of substation via communication channel.

4.3.1 Enabling Binary Inputs of generator protection
Prot EBI Status
EBI_Diff_Gen: 0
EBI_SPDiff1_Gen: 0
EBI_SPDiff2_Gen: 0
EBI_SPTDiff_Gen: 0
EBI_IntTurn_Gen: 0
EBI_PPF_Gen: 0
EBI_ROV_Sta: 0
EBI_V3rdH_Sta: 0
GEN PROT EBI

EBI_1PEF_RotWdg: 0
EBI_2PEF_RotWdg: 0
EBI_OvLd_Sta: 0
EBI_NegOC_Sta: 0
EBI_LossExc_Gen: 0
EBI_OOS_Gen: 0
EBI_VoltProt_Gen : 0
EBI_OvExc_Gen: 0
GEN PROT EBI
EBI_PwrProt_Gen: 0
EBI_FreqProt_Gen: 0
EBI_AccEnerg_Gen: 0
EBI_StShut_Gen: 0
EBI_BFP_GCB: 0
EBI_OC_Shaft: 0
Figure 4.3-1 Enabling Binary Inputs of generator protection
Where:

EBI_Diff_Gen Enabling binary input of differential protection of generator

EBI_SPDiff1_Gen Enabling binary input of differential protection of branch 1 of spilt phase
generator
EBI_SPDiff2_Gen Enabling binary input of differential protection of branch 2 of spilt phase
generator
EBI_SPTDiff_Gen Enabling binary input of phase-splitting transverse differential protection of
generator
EBI_IntTurn_Gen Enabling binary input of interturn protection of generator
EBI_PPF_Gen Enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of generator
EBI_ROV_Sta Enabling binary input of zero sequence overvoltage protection of stator
EBI_V3rdH_Sta Enabling binary input of 3rd harmonics voltage protection of generator
EBI_1PEF_RotWdg Enabling binary input of 1 point earth fault protection of rotor
EBI_2PEF_RotWdg Enabling binary input of 2 points earth fault protection of rotor
EBI_OvLd_Sta Enabling binary input of overload protection of stator
EBI_NegOC_Sta Enabling binary input of negative overcurrent protection of stator
EBI_LossExc_Gen Enabling binary input of loss-of-excitation protection of generator
EBI_OOS_Gen Enabling binary input of out-of-step protection of generator
EBI_VoltProt_Gen Enabling binary input of overvoltage and undervoltage protection of
generator
EBI_OvExc_Gen Enabling binary input of overexcitation protection of generator
EBI_PwrProt_Gen Enabling binary input of power protection of generator
EBI_FreqProt_Gen Enabling binary input of overfrequency and underfrequency protection of
generator
EBI_AccEnerg_Gen Enabling binary input of accidental energization protection of generator
EBI_StShut_Gen Enabling binary input of startup and shutoff protection of generator
EBI_BFP_GCB Enabling binary input of breaker failure protection of generator
EBI_OC_Shaft Enabling binary input of shaft overcurrent protection of rotor
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE GEN PROT EBI and VALUES MON BI
STATE GEN PROT EBI.

4.3.2 Enabling Binary Inputs of excitation protection
EXC PROT EBI
EBI_Diff_Exc: 0
EBI_Bak_Exc: 0
EBI_OvLd_Exc: 0
Figure 4.3-2 Enabling Binary Input list of excitation protection
Where:
EBI_Diff_Exc Enabling binary input of differential protection of excitation transformer of

exciter
EBI_Bak_Exc Enabling binary input of backup protection of excitation transformer of
exciter
EBI_OvLd_Exc Enabling binary input of overload protection of excitation transformer of
exciter
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE EXC PROT EBI and VALUES MON BI
STATE EXC PROT EBI.

4.3.3 Binary Inputs of mechanical protection
Figure 4.3-3 Binary Inputs of mechanical protection
Where:
EBI_Trp_MechRly x Enabling binary input of mechanical protection to allow mechanical repeater

x to initial tripping
BI_MechRly x Binary input indicating operation of mechanical repeater x
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE MECH RLY EBI and VALUES MON BI
STATE MECH RLY EBI.
4.3.4 Auxiliary Contacts
AUX BI
BI_52b_GCB: 0
BI_Wicket: 0
BI_1PEF_RotWdg: 0
BI_SyncCondenser: 0
BI_ElectrBrake_Gen: 0
BI_ExtProtTrp: 0
BI_PS_SuperV: 0
Figure 4.3-4 Auxiliary Contacts for used in protection logic
Where:
Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of circuit breaker at

BI_52b_GCB
generators terminal

BI_Wicket Binary input indicating the position of wicket gate of generator

BI_1PEF_RotWdg Binary input of rotor 1 point earth fault protection
BI_SyncCondenser Binary input indicating the synchronous condenser is put into operation
BI_ElectrBrake_Gen Binary input indicating the generator is in electric braking condition
BI_ExtProtTrp Binary input indicating the operation of generator protection
Binary input indicating the power supply for all binary input circuit is
BI_PS_Superv
working in good condition
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE AUX BI and VALUES MON BI STATE
AUX BI.
4.3.5 Internally generated binary inputs by MON
MON BI
MON.FD_Diff_Gen: 0
MON.FD_EF_Sta: 0
MON.FD_EF_RotWdg: 0
MON.FD_OvLd_Sta: 0
MON.FD_PPF_Gen: 0
MON.FD_Volt_&_OvExc_Gen: 0
MON.FD_FreqProt_Gen: 0
MON.FD_LossExc_&_OOS_Gen: 0
INTER GENERATED BI
MON.FD_Pwr_&_AccEnerg_Gen: 0
MON.FD_StShut_Gen: 0
MON.FD_Prot_Exc: 0
MON.FD_MechRly: 0
Figure 4.3-5 Auxiliary Contacts for used in protection logic
Where:
Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault

MON.FD_Diff_Gen
detector of differential protection of generator


MON.FD_EF_Sta
detector of earth fault protection of stator
MON.FD_EF_RotWdg
detector of earth fault protection of rotor
MON.FD_OvLd_Sta
detector of overload protection of stator
MON.FD_PPF_Gen
detector of backup protection of generator
MON.FD_Volt_&_OvExc_Gen detector of overvoltage and overexcitation protection of
generator
MON.FD_FreqProt_Gen
detector of frequency protection of generator
MON.FD_LossExc_&_OOS_Gen detector of loss-of-excitation and out-of-step protection of
generator
MON.FD_Pwr_&_AccEnerg_Gen detector of power protection and accidental energization
MON.FD_StShut_Gen
detector of startup and shutdown protection of generator
MON.FD_Prot_Exc
detector of protections of excitation transformer or exciter
MON.FD_MechRly
detector of mechanical protection of excitation transformer
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE MON BI and VALUES MON BI STATE
MON BI.
4.3.6 Other Binary Inputs
PS SUPERV BI
BI_PS_MechRly: 1
BI_PS_Opto: 1
BI_ResetTarget: 0
BI_Pulse_GPS: 0
BI_Print: 0
Figure 4.3-6 Others binary input

Where:
BI_PS_MechRly binary input indicating the power supply of mechanical repeater is in proper
working condition
BI_PS_Opto binary input indicating the power supply of optical isolators is in proper
working condition
BI_ResetTarget binary input of signal reset button
BI_Pulse_GPS binary input of GPS clock synchronous pulse
BI_Print binary input represents the print button
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE PS SUPERV BI and VALUES MON BI
STATE SUPERV BI.
4.4 Event & fault records

4.4.1 Introduction
The RCS-985GW is equipped with integral measurements, event, fault and disturbance recording
facilities suitable for analysis of complex system disturbances. The relay is flexible enough to allow
for the programming of these facilities to specific user application requirements and is discussed
below.
4.4.2 Event & Fault records

The relay records and time tags up to 32 events and stores them in non-volatile (battery backed up)
memory. This enables the system operator to establish the sequence of events that occurred
within the relay following a particular power system condition, switching sequence etc. When the
available space is exhausted, the oldest event is automatically overwritten by the new one.
The real time clock within the relay provides the time tag to each event, to a resolution of 1ms. The
event records are available for viewing either via the front plate LCD or remotely, via the
communications ports (courier and MODBUS versions only).
Local viewing on the LCD is achieved in the menu column entitled REPORT. This column allows
viewing of event and fault records and is shown by setting sequence No. of the event or fault
report by user. Refer to section 7.2.6 for details of operation method.
4.4.3 Type of event

An event may be a change of state of a control input or output relay, an alarm condition and
operation reports of protection etc.
4.4.4 Change of state of opto-isolated inputs

If one or more of the opto inputs has changed state since the last time that the protection algorithm
ran, the new status is logged as an event. When this event is selected to be viewed on the LCD,
the applicable cells will become visible as shown below:

Figure 4.4-1 Format of Event Report
Where Record NO. means the sequence No. of the record which is generated by RCS-985GW
automatically. Date: xxxx-xx-xx and Time: xx:xx:xx:xxxxms commonly comprise the absolute
time tag of the record. Binary input Name shows the name of the binary input whose state
changes. Changing manner shows how to change of the state of the binary input. For instance:
No. 011 BI CHANG REPORT

2007 - 01 - 01 15 : 19 : 00 : 003
EBI_Diff_Gen 0 -> 1
Figure 4.4-2 Binary input of differential protection change report
All the binary input that may be shown in the menu can be found in section 7.2.2.4, here list them
again.
Table 4.4-1 List of binary input of RCS-985GW
No. BI name No. BI name

1. EBI_Diff_Gen 30. EBI_Trp_MechRly1
2. EBI_SPDiff1_Gen 31. BI_MechRly1
3. EBI_SPDiff2_Gen 32. BI_MechRly2
4. EBI_SPTDiff_Gen 33. BI_MechRly3
5. EBI_IntTurn_Gen 34. BI_MechRly4

No. BI name No. BI name

6. EBI_PPF_Gen 35. BI_52b_GCB
7. EBI_ROV_Sta 36. BI_Wicket
8. EBI_V3rd_Sta 37. BI_1PEF_RotWdg
9. EBI_1PEF_RotWdg 38. BI_SyncCondenser
10. EBI_2PEF_RotWdg 39. BI_ElectrBrake_Gen
11. EBI_OvLd_Sta 40. BI_ExtProtTrp
12. EBI_NegOC_Sta 41. BI_PS_Superv
13. EBI_LossExc_Gen 42. BI_PS_MechRly
14. EBI_OOS_Gen 43. BI_PS_Opto
15. EBI_VoltProt_Gen 44. BI_Print
16. EBI_OvExc_Gen 45. BI_Pulse_GPS
17. EBI_PwrProt_Gen 46. BI_ResetTarget
18. EBI_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen 47. MON.FD_Diff_Gen
19. EBI_FreqProt_Gen 48. MON.FD_EF_Sta
20. EBI_AccEnerg_Gen 49. MON.FD_EF_RotWdg
21. EBI_StShut_Gen 50. MON.FD_OvLd_Sta
22. EBI_BFP_GCB 51. MON.FD_Bak_Gen
23. EBI_OC_Shaft 52. MON.FD_OV_&_OvExc_Gen
24. EBI_Diff_Exc 53. MON.FD_FreqProt_Gen
25. EBI_Bak_Exc 54. MON.FD_LossExc_&_OOS_Gen
26. EBI_OvLd_Exc 55. MON.FD_Pwr_&_AccEnerg_Gen
27. EBI_Trp_MechRly3 56. MON.FD_StShut_Gen
28. EBI_Trp_MechRly4 57. MON.FD_Prot_Exc
29. EBI_Trp_MechRly2 58. MON.FD_MechRly
4.4.5 Relay alarm conditions

Any alarm conditions generated by the relays will also be logged as individual events. The access
method and display format is similar to that of binary input changing record as shown as below.
Record No. ALARM REPORT

Data xxxx - xx xx Time xx : xx : xx : xxx
ALARM ELEMENT

Figure 4.4-3 Format of alarm report on LCD
The above figure shows the abbreviated description that is given to the various alarm conditions
and also a corresponding value between 0 and 31. This value is appended to each alarm event in
a similar way as for the input events previously described. It is used by the event extraction
software, such as RCSPC, to identify the alarm and is therefore invisible if the event is viewed on
the LCD.
The following table shows all of the alarm elements that may be displayed in this item.
Table 4.4-2 List of alarm elements
No. Alarm name No. Alarm name

1. Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS 36. Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
2. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 37. Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
3. Alm_VTS_Term_Gen 38. Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen
4. Alm_VTS_NP_Gen 39. Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen
5. Alm_DeltVTS_Term_Gen 40. Alm_LossExc_Gen
6. Alm_52b_GCB 41. Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc
7. Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd 42. Alm_Diff_Exc
8. Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen 43. Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg
9. Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen 44. Alm_MechRly2
10. Alm_CTS_SPDiff1_Gen 45. Alm_MechRly4
11. Alm_CTS_SPDiff2_Gen 46. Alm_MechRly3
12. Alm_Diff_Gen 47. Alm_MechRly1
13. Alm_SPTDiff_Gen 48. Alm_Inconsist_MechRly
14. Alm_SPDiff1_Gen 49. Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
15. Alm_SPDiff2_Gen 50. Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd
16. Alm_OC_Shaft 51. Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
17. Alm_Pwr_EF_RotWdg 52. Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
18. Alm_SensInjEF_Sta 53. Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
19. Alm_Pwr_Inj_EF_Sta 54. Alm_InvalidSetting
20. Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen 55. Alm_ModifiedSetting
21. Alm_ElectrBrake_Gen 56. Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
22. Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg 57. Alm_TripOutput
23. Alm_OvExc_Gen 58. Alm_InnerComm
24. Alm_OvLd_Sta 59. Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
25. Alm_NegOC_Gen 60. Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
26. Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 61. Alm_InconsistFD
27. Alm_ROV_Sta 62. Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
28. Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta 63. Alm_BI_CPUBrd
29. Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta 64. Alm_RAM_MONBrd
30. Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 65. Alm_ROM_MONBrd
31. Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 66. Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
32. Alm_UF1_Gen 67. Alm_DSP_MONBrd

No. Alarm name No. Alarm name

33. Alm_UF2_Gen 68. Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
34. Alm_OF_Gen 69. Alm_MONBrd
35. Alm_RevP_Gen 70. Alm_Sample_MONBrd
4.4.6 Protection element pickup and trips

Any operation of protection elements, (either a pickup or a trip condition) will be logged as an
event record, consisting of a text string indicating the operated element and an event sequence
NO.. Again, this number is intended for not only use by the event extraction software, such as
RCSPC, but also for the user, and is therefore visible when the event is viewed on the LCD. The
below figure shows the format of protection element operation record.
Record No. TRIP REPORT

Data xxxx - xx xx Time xx : xx : xx : xxx
OPERATE ELEMENT xxx ms
Figure 4.4-4 Format of trip report
Where:
Record NO. means the sequence No. of the record which is generated by RCS-985GW
automatically.
Date: xxxx-xx-xx and Time: xx:xx:xx:xxxxms commonly comprise the absolute time tag of the
record.
Operation Element shows the name of the operation element. If there are more than one
elements operating, they will scroll one by one to display on LCD.
xxx ms shows the relative time of operation element to fault detector of the relay.
The following table lists all the operation elements that may be displayed on LCD.
Table 4.4-3 List of operation elements
No. Operation element name No. Operation element name

1. Op_InstDiff_Gen 36. Op_UF1_Gen
2. Op_PcntDiff_Gen 37. Op_UF2_Gen
3. Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen 38. Op_OF_Gen

No. Operation element name No. Operation element name

4. Op_InstSPTDiff_Gen 39. Op_Z1_Gen
5. Op_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 40. Op_Z2_Gen
6. Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 41. Op_OC1_Exc
7. Op_UF_OC_StShut_Gen 42. Op_OC2_Exc
8. Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen 43. Op_RevP_Gen
9. Op_InstSPDiff1_Gen 44. Op_BFP1_GCB
10. Op_PcntSPDiff1_Gen 45. Op_BFP2_GCB
11. Op_InstSPDiff2_Gen 46. Op_AccEnerg_Gen
12. Op_PcntSPDiff2_Gen 47. Op_Flash1_GCB
13. Op_SensTrvDiff1_Gen 48. Op_OC_Shaft
14. Op_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen 49. Op_Flash2_GCB
15. Op_SensTrvDiff2_Gen 50. Op_InstDiff_Exc
16. Op_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen 51. Op_PcntDiff_Exc
17. Op_SensROV_Sta 52. Op_Ext_OOS_Gen
18. Op_UnsensROV_Sta 53. Op_Int_OOS_Gen
19. Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta 54. Op_MechRly1
20. Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta 55. Op_MechRly2
21. Op_1PEF_RotWdg 56. Op_MechRly3
22. Op_2PEF_RotWdg 57. Op_MechRly4
23. Op_ROC_Sta 58. Op_LossExc1_Gen
24. Op_Inj_EF_Sta 59. Op_LossExc2_Gen
25. Op_OvLd_Sta 60. Op_LossExc3_Gen
26. Op_InvOvLd_Sta 61. TrpOutp1
27. Op_NegOC1_Gen 62. TrpOutp2
28. Op_NegOC2_Gen 63. TrpOutp3
29. Op_InvNegOC_Gen 64. TrpOutp4
30. Op_OvLd_RotWdg 65. TrpOutp5
31. Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg 66. TrpOutp6
32. Op_OC1_Gen 67. TrpOutp7
35. Op_OV_Gen 70. TrpOutp10
36. Op_UV_Gen 71. TrpOutp11
37. Op_OvExc_Gen 72. TrpOutp12
38. Op_InvOvExc_Gen 73.
4.4.7 Viewing event records via RCSPC support software

What the event records are extracted and viewed on a PC they look slightly different than what
viewed on the LCD. The following figure shows an example of how various events appear when
displayed using RCSPC:

Figure 4.4-5 Trip reports seen by RCSPC
4.5 Disturbance Record

The integral disturbance recorder has an area of memory specifically set aside for record storage.
The number of records that may be stored by the relay is dependent upon the selected recording
duration. The recorder of CPU board can typically store a minimum of 32 records, among them 8
records with instantaneous waveform. The record is composed of tripping element, faulty phase,
operation time and the waveform content is composed of differential currents, corrected current of
each side of generator or transformer, three-phase current of each side, zero sequence current of
each side (if available), three-phase voltages, zero sequence voltage of each side, negative
sequence voltage and tripping pulse.
The MON board can store up to 4 seconds (24 sampling points per cycle) or 8 seconds (12
sampling points per cycle) continual waveform, which including all channels analog quantities
(sampled data, differential currents and so on), all the binary input changing state, binary output,
pick up flags of fault detectors, alarm signals, operation signals and tripping signals. Disturbance
records continue to be recorded until the available memory is exhausted, at which time the oldest
record(s) are overwritten to make space for the newest one.
It is not possible to view the disturbance records locally via the LCD; they must be extracted using
suitable software such as RCSPC.
The CPU board can also record latest 8 cycles of waveform in normal operation condition, which is
composed of three phases current, corrected current of each side for differential protection, three
phases voltage and zero sequence voltage of each side. This function can help user to check the
poles correctness of secondary circuit by comparing the phase of related quantities shown in
wave figure. This manual gives the detail instruction of getting normal operation waveform in
section 7.2.6.
4.6 Time Synchronization

In modern protective schemes it is often desirable to synchronize the relays real time clock so that
events from different relays can be placed in chronological order. This can be done using the

IRIG-B input, if fitted, or via the communication interface connected to the substation control
system. In addition to these methods the RCS-985GW range offers the facility to synchronize via
an opto-input. Pulsing this input will result in the real time clock snapping to the nearest minute.
The recommended pulse duration is 20ms to be repeated no more than once per minute. An
example of the time sync. function is shown.
Time of Sync. Pulse Corrected Time

19:47:00 to 19:47:29 19:47:00
19:47:30 to 19:47:59 19:48:00
Note:
The above assumes a time format of hh:mm:ss

Chapter 6 Software Overview
Chapter 5 Hardware Description
5.1 Hardware overview

The relay hardware is based on a modular design whereby the relay is made up of an assemblage
of several modules that are drawn from a standard range. Some modules are essential while
others are optional depending on the users requirements.
The case materials of the relay are constructed from pre-finished steel that has a conductive
covering of aluminum and zinc. This provides good earthing at all joints giving a low impedance
path to earth that is essential for performance in the presence of external noise.
The boards and modules use a multi-point earthing strategy to improve the immunity to external
noise and minimize the effect of circuit noise. Ground planes are used on boards to reduce
impedance paths and spring clips are used to ground the module metalwork. Heavy duty terminal
blocks are used at the rear of the relay for the current and voltage signal connections. Medium
duty terminal blocks are used for the digital logic input signals, the output relay contacts, the power
supply and the rear communication port. A BNC connector is used for the optional IRIG-B signal.
9-pin female D-connector is used at the front of the relay for data communication.
Inside the relay the PCBs plug into the connector blocks at the rear, and can be removed from the
front of the relay only. The connector blocks to the relays CT inputs are provided with internal
shorting links inside the relay which will automatically short the current transformer circuits before
they are broken when the board is removed. The front panel consists of a membrane keypad with
tactile dome keys, an LCD and 5 LEDs mounted on an aluminum face plate.
5.1.1 Front view

The RCS-985GW is made of a single layer 8U height 19 chassis with 15 connectors on its rear.
Figure 5.1-1 shows their front view.

RCS-985
GENERATOR PROTECTION
HEALTHY
VT ALARM
GRP
CT ALARM
ENT
ALARM
ESC
TRIP
NARI RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LD
Figure 5.1-1 Front view of RCS-985GW
Components mounted on its front include a 240128 dot matrix LCD, a 9-button keypad, 5 LED
indicators, a signal reset button, a DB9 connector for communication with PC.
The five LED indicators are, from top to bottom:
HEALTHY Equipment running normally

VT ALARM Voltage circuit failure
CT ALARM Current circuit failure
ALARM Abnormal
TRIP Tripping output
As to the buttons of the keypad, ENT is enter, GRP is setting group selector and ESC is
escape.

5.1.2 Rear view
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
1A 1A 1B 1B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2A 2A 2B 2B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
3A 3A 3B 3B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
4A 4A 4B 4B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
5B 5B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
6B 6B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
7B 7B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
8C
8B 8B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
9B 9C
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Figure 5.1-2 Rear view of RCS-985GW
5.1.3 Functional block diagram of RCS-985GW
5.1.3.1 Functional block diagram of RCS-985GW

C P L D
D C 220 V
or 110 V
C P L D
DC/DC
Figure 5.1-3 Functional block diagram of RCS-985GW

5.1.3.2 Brief description of operation
The equipment RCS-985GW uses Motorola 32 bits monolithic microprocessor MC68332 as

control kernel for output logic and management functions, and high-speed digital signal processor
DSP for protection calculation. Sampling rate of the equipment is 24 points per cycle. Real time
data are processed parallel for all algorithms during whole process of fault. So the equipment can
ensure very high inherent reliability and security.
AC currents and voltages of CT and VT are transferred to low voltage signals by isolating
transformers and are inputted to CPU module and MON module. Data and logic are processed
respectively in these two modules with same hardware. The CPU module carries out functions of
protection algorithms, tripping logic, event record and printing. The MON module comprises
general fault detector and fault recorder. The fault detector will connect positive pole of power
supply of output relays after pickup. Format of the record is compatible with COMTRADE, and the
data recorded can be uploaded via separate serial port for communication or printing.
Power supply part is located in DC module. It converts DC 250/220/125/110 V into different DC

voltage levels needed by various modules of the equipment. DC module also comprises 24V and
250/220/125/110V opto-couplers for binary inputs.
AC current and voltage are converted to low voltage signals in modules AC1 and AC2. Two ratings
of AC current are option, 1A or 5A. It shall be stated definitely during ordering and checked during
commissioning.
Binary outputs of tripping commands, tripping signal outputs and status binary input parts are
comprised in three modules: RLY, SIG1 and SIG2. 24V and 250/220/125/110V opto-couplers are
used here for binary input.
Briefly, the equipment is composed of ten modules to achieve the work of generator protection.
The modules are AC voltage and current input module1(AC1), AC current input modules(AC2),
management/record module(MON), protection CPU module(CPU), power supply module(DC),
binary input module (OPT2), signal modules(SIG1 and SIG2), tripping contacts output(RLY), and
human machine interfaceHMI.
The relay hardware is based on a modular design whereby the relay is made up of an assemblage
of several modules.
5.2 Standard connectors and terminals

5.2.1 General description
There are 15 connectors for external connections mounted on rear panel of the equipment as
shown in Figure 5.1-2, of which, 12 connectors are 30 pins while 3 connectors are 18 pins.
Connectors with 30 pins are used for DC power supply, binary input, communication and printer,
tripping, alarm and other signal output and AC voltage input. Numbers of these connectors are 1A,
1B, 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 5B, 6B, 7B and 8B. Figure 5.2-1 a) shows layout of 30 pins of these
connectors.
Connectors with 18 pins are used for AC voltage input and current input. Numbers of these

connectors are 8C, 9B and 9C. Figure 5.2-1 b) shows layout of pins of these connectors.
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
a) connector with 30 pins b) connector with 18 pins
Figure 5.2-1 Layout of pins of two kinds of connectors
Each connector will be introduced in detail in the following sections.
5.2.2 Pins definition of 1A connectors.

Connector 1A: 30 pins male connector for tripping output
For showing the relation of each terminal clearly, the terminals location shown in the Figure may
be different from the real physical location, and we neednt figure out the blank terminals.
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Figure 5.2-2 Connector 1A of RCS-985GW
Pin No. Symbol Function Description

1A1 Blank
1A30 Blank
1A3-1A5 BO_TrpOutp1-1 tripping output channel 1-1
5.2.3 Pins definition of 1B connectors
Connector 1B: 30 pins male connector for tripping output

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Figure 5.2-3 Connector 1B of RCS-985GW

1B1-1B3 BO_TrpOutp2-4 tripping output channel 2-4
1B21 -1B23 BO_TrpOutp8-1 tripping output channel 8-1
5.2.4 Pins definition of 2A connectors
Connector 2A: 30 pins male connector for signal output

1 7 13 19 25 3 9 15 21 27 5 11 17 23 29
2 8 14 20 26 4 10 16 22 28 6 12 18 24 30

Binary output of local signal
2A1 common terminal 1 common terminal 1
2A1-2A7 BO_Diff_Gen the first generator differential protection tripping

2A1-2A13 BO_EF_Sta stator earth fault protection tripping

2A1-2A19 BO_OvLd_Sta stator overload protection tripping
2A1-2A25 BO_LossExc generator loss-of-excitation protection tripping
2A2-2A8 BO_InterTurn_Gen generator interturn fault protection tripping
2A2-2A14 BO_EF_RotWdg rotor earth fault protection tripping
generator negative sequence overload protection
2A2-2A20 BO_NegOC_Gen
tripping
2A2-2A26 BO_OSS_Gen generator out-of-step protection tripping
Binary output of remote signal
2A3-2A9 BO_Diff1_Gen the first generator differential protection tripping
tripping
Binary output of event recorder
2A5-2A11 BO_Diff_Gen the first generator differential protection tripping
tripping
Connector 2B: 30 pins male connector for signal output


2A1-2B1 BO_OV_Gen generator over-voltage protection tripping
2A1-2B7 BO_StShut_Gen generator startup and shutoff protection tripping
incomplete differential protection of generator
2A1-2B13 BO_SPDiff_Gen
tripping
2A1-2B19 BO_AccEnerg_Gen generator accidental energization protection tripping
2A1-2B25 BO_Diff_Exc exciter differential protection tripping
2A2-2B2 BO_OvExc_Gen generator over excitation protection tripping
2A2-2B8 BO_BFP_GCB breaker failure protection of generator tripping
Phase-to-phase backup protection of generator
2A2-2B14 BO_Bak_Gen
tripping
2A2-2B20 BO_Trp_MechRly mechanical protection tripping
2A2-2B26 BO_Bak_Exc backup protection of excitation transformer tripping
tripping
2A4-2B16 BO_Bak_Gen
tripping
tripping
2A6-2B18 BO_Bak_Gen
tripping

Note:
The above table shows the typical tripping signals. Users can redefine these signals by configure
the settings [config settings] using RCSPC, which is shown in section 6.2.4.
Connector 3A: 30 pins male connector for signal and alarm output.
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

3A1 Common terminal Common terminal
3A1-3A3 BO_FAIL Equipment being blocked
3A1-3A5 BO_Alm_Abnor Equipment alarm
3A1-3A7 BO_Alm_CTS CT circuit failure alarm
3A1-3A9 BO_Alm_VTS VT circuit failure alarm
3A1-3A11 BO_Alm_OvLd Overload alarm
3A1-3A13 BO_Alm_NegOC Negative sequence overcurrent alarm
3A1-3A15 BO_Alm_OvLd_Exc Excitation overload alarm
3A1-3A17 BO_Alm_EF_Sta Stator earth fault alarm
3A1-3A19 BO_Alm_1PEF_Rot 1 point earth fault of rotor alarm
3A1-3A21 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen Loss-of-excitation alarm
3A1-3A23 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen Out-of-step alarm
3A1-3A25 BO_Alm_UF_Gen Under frequency alarm
3A1-3A27 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen Reverse power alarm
3A1-3A29 BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen Overexcitation alarm
3A2 Common terminal Common terminal
3A2-3A4 BO_FAIL Equipment being blocked
3A2-3A6 BO_Alm_Abnor Equipment alarm
3A2-3A8 BO_Alm_CTS CT circuit failure alarm
3A2-3A10 BO_Alm_VTS VT circuit failure alarm
3A2-3A12 BO_Alm_OvLd Overload alarm
3A2-3A14 BO_Alm_NegOC Negative sequence overcurrent alarm
3A2-3A16 BO_Alm_OvLd_Exc Excitation overload alarm

3A2-3A18 BO_Alm_EF_Sta Stator earth fault alarm

3A2-3A20 BO_Alm_1PEF_Rot 1 point earth fault of rotor alarm
3A2-3A22 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen Loss-of-excitation alarm
3A2-3A24 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen Out-of-step alarm
3A2-3A26 BO_Alm_UF_Gen Under frequency alarm
3A2-3A28 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen Reverse power alarm
3A2-3A30 BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen Overexcitation alarm
Connector 3B: 30 pins male connector for alarm and other output

Binary output of abnormality
Normal opened contact indicating operation of
3B1-3B3 BO1_OC_BFI overcurrent element for initial breaker failure
protection
Normal closed contact indicating operation of
3B5-3B7 BO2_OC_BFI overcurrent element for initial breaker failure
protection
3B9-3B11 BO1_Reserved1 reserved normal open contact 1
3B13-B15 BO2_Reserved1 reserved normal open contact 1
3B25-3B27 BO_Reserved reserved
3B2 Blank
3B4 Common terminal Common terminal
3B4-3B26 BO_FAIL Equipment being blocked
3B4-3B28 BO_Alm_Abnor Equipment alarm
3B4-3B06 BO_Alm_CTS CT circuit failure alarm
3B4-3B08 BO_Alm_VTS VT circuit failure alarm
3B4-3B10 BO_Alm_OvLd Overload alarm
3B4-3B12 BO_Alm_NegOC Negative sequence overcurrent alarm
3B4-3B14 BO_Alm_OvLd_Exc Excitation overload alarm

3B4-3B16 BO_Alm_EF_Sta Stator earth fault alarm

3B4-3B18 BO_Alm_1PEF_Rot 1 point earth fault of rotor alarm
3B4-3B20 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen Loss-of-excitation alarm
3B4-3B22 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen Out-of-step alarm
3B4-3B24 BO_Alm_UF_Gen Under frequency alarm
3B4-3B29 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen Reverse power alarm
3B4-3B30 BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen Overexcitation alarm
Connector 4A: 30 pins male connector for status input (via 220V/250V or 110V/125V opto-coupler)
+ _
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

4A1 common terminal Common terminal
4A1-4A3 BO_MechRly3-1 Binary output 1 of mechanical repeater 3
Binary input of supervising power supply for
4A11-4A14 BI_Pwr_MechRly
mechanical repeater relay
Binary input (via 220V or 110V opto-coupler)

4A17 BI_MechRly3 Binary input of external mechanical repeater3

Binary input of auxiliary contact(via 220V or 110V opto-coupler)
Monitoring auxiliary output contact of power supply of
4A21 BI_PS_Superv
mechanical protection
4A22 BI_52b_GCB Auxiliary contact of generator breaker
4A23 Reserved Reserved
4A26 BI_Wicket Binary input of position contact of wicket gate
4A27 PWR+ Positive pole of mechanical repeaters power supply.
4A28 Blank
4A29 PWR- Negative pole of mechanical repeaters power supply.
4A30 Blank
Connector 4B: 30 pins male connector for binary input

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
+24V
0V
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

4B30 OPTO- negative pole of DC 24V for 24V opto-coupler
4B29 OPTO+ positive pole of DC 24V for 24V opto-couple
Binary input (via 24V opto-coupler)
4B1 Blank
4B2 Blank
Enabling binary input of the first generator differential
4B3 EBI_Diff_Gen
protection
4B4 EBI_IntTurn_Gen Enabling binary input of generator interturn protection
Enabling binary input of zero sequence overvoltage
4B5 EBI_ROV_Sta
stator earth fault protection
Enabling binary input of 3rd harmonics voltage stator
4B6 EBI_V3rd_Sta
earth fault protection
4B7 EBI_1PEF_RotWdg Enabling binary input of rotor 1 point earth fault

protection
Enabling binary input of rotor 2 points earth fault
4B8 EBI_2PEF_RotWdg
protection
4B9 EBI_OvLd_Sta Enabling binary input of overload protection of stator
Enabling binary input of stator negative sequence
4B10 EBI_NegOC_Gen
overcurrent protection
Enabling binary input of generator loss-of-excitation
4B11 EBI_LossExc_Gen
protection
Enabling binary input of generator out-of-step
4B12 EBI_OOS_Gen
protection
Enabling binary input of generator overvoltage
4B13 EBI_VoltProt_Gen
protection
Enabling binary input of generator overexcitation
4B14 EBI_OvExc_Gen
protection
Enabling binary input of generator reverse power
4B15 EBI_PwrProt_Gen
protection
Enabling binary input of generator frequency
4B16 EBI_FreqProt_Gen
protection
Enabling binary input of generator accidental
4B17 EBI_AccEnerg_Gen
energization protection
Enabling binary input of generator startup and
4B18 EBI_StShut_Gen
shutdown protection
Enabling binary input of excitation transformer
4B19 EBI_Diff_Exc
differential protection
4B20 EBI_Bak_Exc Enabling binary input of excitation backup protection
Enabling binary input of external mechanical repeater
4B21 EBI_Trp_MechRly3
3 for tripping
4 for tripping
2 for tripping
1 for tripping
4B25 EBI_Bak_Gen Enabling binary input of generator backup protection
Enabling binary input of generator split-phase
4B26 EBI_SPTDiff_Gen
transverse differential protection
4B27 Blank
4B28 Blank
Connector 5B: 30 pins male connector for status input


5B27 PWR- negative pole of DC power supply
5B25 PWR+ positive pole of DC power supply
5B16 OPTO- negative pole of DC 24V for 24V opto-coupler
5B17 OPTO+ positive pole of DC 24V for 24V opto-coupler
Binary input (via 24V opto-coupler)
Enabling binary input of excitation overload
5B1 EBI_OvLd_Exc
protection
Enabling binary input of generator shaft overcurrent
5B2 EBI_OC_Shaft
protection
Enabling binary input of spilt phase 1 differential
5B3 EBI_SPDiff1_Gen
protection
Enabling binary input of spilt phase 2 differential
5B4 EBI_SPDiff2_Gen
protection
Enabling binary input of circuit breaker failure
5B5 EBI_CBF_GCB
protection
5B6 Reserved Reserved binary input
5B13 BI_Print Binary input of print button
5B14 BI_Pulse_GPS Binary input of clock synchronization pulse
5B15 BI_ResetTarget Binary input of signal reset button
5B18 Blank
5B19 BI_1PEF_RotWdg Binary input of rotor 1 point earth fault protection
Binary input indicating the synchronize condenser
5B20 BI_SyncCondenser
generator is put into operation
Binary input indicating the electric brake condition of
5B21 BI_ElectrBrake_Gen
generator

Binary input indicating the generator protection

5B22 BI_ExtProtTrp
operates
Binary input used for monitoring the power supply of
5B23 BI_PS_Opto
all the BIs
5B24 Blank
5B26 Blank
5B28 Blank
5B29 Earth Earth
5B30 Earth Earth
5.2.11 Pins definition of 6B, 7B connectors
Connector 6B, 7B: 30 pins male connector for communication and printing.
Note:
The definitions of connector 6B and connector 7B are same.
Figure 5.2-11 Connectors 6B, 7B of RCS-985GW
Communication port
6B1/7B1 RS485A
For GPS clock synchronizing
6B3/7B3 RS485B
6B5/7B5 RS485A
For SAS or RTU (first)
6B7/7B7 RS485B
6B9/7B9 RS485A
For SAS or RTU (Second)
6B11/7B11 RS485B
6B21/7B21 RS232TX
For printer
6B23/7B23 RS232RX
6B27/7B27 Ground of communication
6B30/7B30 Ground of chassis
Connector 8B: 30 pins for voltage input

1 2 7 8 9 11 13 14 17 18 21 22 25 26 29 30
3 4 5 6 10 12 15 16 19 20 23 24 27 28
Voltage input
8B1 UA of three-phase voltage of TV at generators terminal (polarity mark)
8B2 UA of three-phase voltage of TV at generators terminal
8B3 UB of three-phase voltage of TV at generators terminal (polarity mark)
8B4 UB of three-phase voltage of TV at generators terminal
8B5 UC of three-phase voltage of TV at generators terminal (polarity mark)
8B6 UC of three-phase voltage of TV at generators terminal
8B7 Reserved voltage channel (polarity mark)
8B8 Reserved voltage channel
8B9-11 UAB of three-phase voltage of TV at HV side of transformer
8B10-12 UBC of three-phase voltage of TV at HV side of transformer
8B13 U0 at terminal of generator (polarity mark)
8B14 U0 at terminal of generator
8B19 Zero-sequence voltage of transformers neutral point (polarity mark)
8B20 Zero-sequence voltage of transformers neutral point
8B21 Zero-sequence voltage of generators neutral point (polarity mark)
8B22 Zero-sequence voltage of generators neutral point
8B25 DC voltage channel (Positive)

8B29 DC voltage channel (Negative)

Note:
For injecting rotor earth fault, DC voltage should be connected to 8B25 and 8B29
5.2.13 Pins definition of 8C connectors
Connector 8C: 18 pins for currents input
20K
Figure 5.2-13 Connector 8C of RCS-985GW
Terminal Name Function

8C1 3I0 Zero sequence current input for stator earth
8C2 3I0 fault protection
8C3 UR+2
DC voltage input of rotor
8C5 UR-2
8C7 IR+
DC current input of rotor
8C9 IR-
8C11 Test terminal
8C15 Axis of rotor DC voltage input for rotor earth fault protection
8C17 XUR
others Reserved
Note:
For voltage injecting stator earth fault protection, input channels of zero sequence voltage are
8B21 and 8B22, and then input channels of zero sequence current are 8C1 and 8C2.
Connector 9B: 18 pins for current input

I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC
I 'trans1 I trans1 I ' shaft I shaft I 'trans 2 I trans 2
Current input
IA of three-phase current of HV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B1
neutral point of exciter
IA of three-phase current of HV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B2
neutral point of exciter (polarity mark)
IB of three-phase current of HV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B3
IB of three-phase current of HV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B4
IC of three-phase current of HV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B5
IC of three-phase current of HV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B6
IA of three-phase current of LV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B7
terminal side of exciter
IA of three-phase current of LV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B8
terminal side of exciter (polarity mark)
IB of three-phase current of LV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B9
IB of three-phase current of LV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B10
IC of three-phase current of LV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B11
IC of three-phase current of LV side of excitation transformer or of the
9B12
9B13 Transverse current 1
9B14 Transverse current 1(polarity mark)
9B15 Shaft current
9B16 Shaft current(polarity mark)
9B17 Transverse current 2

9B18 Transverse current 2(polarity mark)
5.2.15 Pins definition of 9C connectors
Connector 9C: 18 pins for current input

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC
TO LPF TO LPF
TO LPF
I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC
13 14 15 16 17 18
Figure 5.2-15 Connector 9C of RCS-985GW
9C1 IA of three-phase current of generators terminal

9C2 IA of three-phase of generators terminal (polarity mark)
9C3 IB of three-phase current generators terminal
9C4 IB of three-phase current generators terminal (polarity mark)
9C5 IC of three-phase current generators terminal
9C6 IC of three-phase current generators terminal (polarity mark)
9C7 IA of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch1 of generator
9C8 IA of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch1 of generator (polarity mark)
9C9 IB of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch1 of generator
9C10 IB of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch1 of generator (polarity mark)
9C11 IC of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch1 of generator
9C12 IC of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch1 of generator (polarity mark)
9C13 IA of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch2 of generator
9C14 IA of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch2 of generator (polarity mark)
9C15 IB of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch2 of generator
9C16 IB of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch2 of generator (polarity mark)
9C17 IC of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch2 of generator
9C18 IC of three-phase current of phase-splitting branch2 of generator (polarity mark)

5.3 Output
5.3.1 Tripping outputs
The equipment provides 12 groups of tripping relays with 29 pairs of contacts totally as shown in
following figure. These tripping relays can be configured by tripping output logic setting, and
practical and flexible tripping modes can be provided by each protective function then. Tripping
output logic setting is a specific setting of each certain protective function. Please refer to Chapter
7 for details of setting.
Trip CB of GROUP1--TrpOutp1 Trip CB of GROUP4--TrpOutp4 Trip CB of GROUP9--TrpOutp9
TrpOutp1-1 TrpOutp4-1 TrpOutp9-1

1A03 1A05 1A18 1A20 1B25 1B27
TrpOutp1-2 TrpOutp4-2
1A07 1A09 1A22 1A24 Trip CB of GROUP10--TrpOutp10
TrpOutp1-3
1A11 1A13 Trip CB of GROUP5--TrpOutp5 TrpOutp10-1
1B29 1B30
TrpOutp1-4
1A15 1A17 TrpOutp5-1
1A26 1A28 Trip CB of GROUP11--TrpOutp11
Trip CB of GROUP2--TrpOutp2 TrpOutp5-2
1B02 1B04 TrpOutp11-1
1B14 1B16
1A19 1A21 1B06 1B08 TrpOutp11-2
1B18 1B20
1A23 1A25 1B10 1B12
Trip CB of GROUP12--TrpOutp12
TrpOutp2-3 Trip CB of GROUP6--TrpOutp6
1A27 1A29
TrpOutp12-1
TrpOutp2-4 TrpOutp6-1 1B22 1B24
1B01 1B03 1B05 1B07
TrpOutp12-2
TrpOutp6-2 1B26 1B28
Trip CB OF GROUP3--TrpOutp3 1B09 1B11
TrpOutp6-3
TrpOutp3-1 1B13 1B15
1A02 1A04
TrpOutp3-2 Trip CB of GROUP7--TrpOutp7
1A06 1A08
1A10 1A12 1B17 1B19
TrpOutp3-4
1A14 1A16 Trip CB of GROUP8--TrpOutp8
1B21 TrpOutp8-1
1B23
Figure 5.3-1 List of tripping outputs
The tripping output logic setting is a 4 digits hexadecimal number or a 16 bits binary number.
Every bit corresponds to a circuit breaker. The breaker will be tripped if the corresponding bit is set
as 1 and not tripped if the bit is set as 0.
Table 5.3-1 Tripping logic and contacts of output relays
No Bit No. Tripping group No. Quantity of tripping contacts

1 Bit 0 Tripping function enabled
2 Bit 1 TrpOutp1: group 1 of tripping output 4


5.3.2 Signaling outputs

The equipment provides 18 signals and each signal consists of 1 magnetic latching contact (for
local signals) and 2 wiper-type contacts (for SOE and remote signals). See the figure below.
Local signal Remote signal Event Record
2A01 2A03 2A05
BO_Diff_Gen BO_Diff_Gen BO_Diff
2A07 2A09 2A11
BO_EF_Sta BO_EF_Sta BO_EF_Sta
2A13 2A15 2A17
BO_OvLd_Sta BO_OvLd_Sta BO_OvLd_Sta
2A19 2A21 2A23
BO_LosExc_Gen BO_LosExc_Gen BO_LosExc_Gen
2A25 2A27 2A29
BO_OV_Gen BO_OV_Gen BO_OV_Gen
2B01 2B03 2B05
BO_StShut_Gen BO_StShut_Gen BO_StShut_Gen
2B07 2B09 2B11
BO_SPDiff_Gen BO_SPDiff_Gen BO_SPDiff_Gen
2B13 2B15 2B17
BO_AccEnerg_Gen BO_AccEnerg_Gen BO_AccEnerg_Gen
2B19 2B21 2B23
BO_Diff_Exc BO_Diff_Exc BO_Diff_Exc
2B25 2B27 2B29
2A02 2A04 2A06
BO_InterTurn_Gen BO_InterTurn_Gen BO_InterTurn_Gen
2A08 2A10 2A12
BO_EF_Rot BO_EF_Rot BO_EF_Rot
2A14 2A16 2A18
BO_NegOC_Sta BO_NegOC_Sta
BO_NegOC_Sta
2A20 2A22 2A24
BO_OOS_Gen BO_OOS_Gen BO_OOS_Gen
2A26 2A28 2A30
BO_OvExc_Gen BO_OvExc_Gen BO_OvExc_Gen
2B02 2B04 2B06
BO_BFP_GCB BO_BFP_GCB BO_BFP_GCB
2B08 2B10 2B12
BO_Bak_Gen BO_Bak_Gen BO_Bak_Gen
2B14 2B16 2B18
BO_Trp_MechRly BO_Trp_MechRly BO_Trp_MechRly
2B20 2B22 2B24
BO_Bak_Exc BO_Bak_Exc BO_Bak_Exc
2B26 2B28 2B30
Figure 5.3-2 List of signaling outputs

5.3.3 Alarming outputs

Local signal Remote signal Event record
3A01 3A02 3B04
BO_FAIL BO_FAIL BO_FAIL
3A03 3A04 3B26
BO_ALM_Abnor BO_ALM_Abnor BO_ALM_Abnor
3A05 3A06 3B28
BO_ALM_CTS BO_ALM_CTS BO_ALM_CTS
3A07 3A08 3B06
BO_ALM_VTS BO_ALM_VTS BO_ALM_VTS
3A09 3A10 3B08
BO_ALM_OvLd BO_ALM_OvLd BO_ALM_OvLd
3A11 3A12 3B10
BO_ALM_NegOC BO_ALM_NegOC BO_ALM_NegOC
3A13 3A14 3B12
BO_ALM_OvLD_Exc BO_ALM_OvLD_Exc BO_ALM_OvLD_Exc
3A15 3A16 3B14
BO_ALM_EF_Sta BO_ALM_EF_Sta BO_ALM_EF_Sta
3A17 3A18 3B16
BO_ALM_1PEF_Rot BO_ALM_1PEF_Rot BO_ALM_1PEF_Rot
3A19 3A20 3B18
BO_ALM_LossEXC_Gen BO_ALM_LossEXC_Gen BO_ALM_LossEXC_Gen
3A21 3A22 3B20
BO_ALM_OOS_Gen BO_ALM_OOS_Gen BO_ALM_OOS_Gen
3A23 3A24 3B22
BO_ALM_UF_Gen BO_ALM_UF_Gen BO_ALM_UF_Gen
3A25 3A26 3B24
BO_ALM_PwrPort_Gen BO_ALM_PwrPort_Gen BO_ALM_PwrPort_Gen
3A27 3A28 3B29
BO_ALM_OvExc_Gen BO_ALM_OvExc_Gen BO_ALM_OvExc_Gen
3A29 3A30 3B30
Figure 5.3-3 List of alarming outputs
5.3.4 Other outputs
Figure 5.3-4 List of other outputs

Chapter 7 Settings
Chapter 6 Settings
The relay must be configured to the system and application by means of appropriate settings. The
settings of this relay include equipment settings, system settings, protection element settings and
calculated settings.
Note:
All current settings in this chapter are secondary current converted from primary current by
reference CT ratio. Zero sequence current or voltage setting is configured according to 3I0 or 3U0
and negative sequence current setting according to I2 or U2.
6.1 Equipment parameters

6.1.1 Setting list
Table 6.1-1 List of equipment settings
No. Symbol Range Step Default

1 Setting_Group 01 1 0
2 Equip_ID 6 characters maximum BYQ001
3 Comm_Addr 0255 1 1
4 COM1_Baud 1.2/2.4/4.8 / 9.6 /14.4/ 19.2 / 38.4 kbit/s 19.2 kbit/s
5 COM2_Baud 1.2/2.4/4.8 / 9.6 /14.4/ 19.2 / 38.4 kbit/s 19.2 kbit/s
6 Printer_Baud 1.2/2.4/4.8 / 9.6 /19.2 kbit/s 9.6k bit/s
7 Protocol 0000-FFFF 0011
logic setting 1 - enable, 0 disable
8 En_Auto_Print 0/1 0
9 En_Net_Print 0/1 0
10 En_Remote_Cfg 0/1 0
11 GPS_Pulse 0/1 0
Note:
Symbols of the parameter listed in above table are used for communication, printing and
displaying on LCD.
6.1.2 Setting instruction of the parameters
1 Setting_Group
Two setting groups can be configured for the equipment, and only one is active at a time. However,
equipment parameters and system parameters are common for all protection setting groups.
2 Equip_ID

Chapter 7 Settings
The setting consists of ASCII codes, which is as identification for report printing only. It can be
configured according to the name or number of generator.
3 Comm_Addr
The address used for the host computer to identify the equipment, usually provided by substation
system. If the equipment is not connected to automation system, equipment address may be
random.
4 Com1_Baud
The baud rate of serial port 1 shall be selected from specified range.
5 Com2_Baud
The baud rate of serial port 2 shall be selected from specified range.
6 Printer_Baud
The baud rate used for printer port shall be selected from specified range.
7 Protocol
The logic setting consists of sixteen binary digits but four hexadecimal digits can be viewed
through device LCD screen. Every digit has a dedicated meaning and some digits have no
definition.
Following will be seen on PC through RCSPC software.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
B: MODBUS
A: MODBUS
B: LFP
A: LFP
B: 103
A: 103
The definitions of digits are:
Table 6.1-2 Definition of logic setting of communication protocol
Bit Definition
0 communication port A using protocol IEC 60870-5-103
1 communication port A using proprietary protocol LFP
2 communication port A using MODBUS protocol
3 No definition
4 communication port B using protocol IEC 60870-5-103
5 communication port B using proprietary protocol LFP
6 communication port B using MODBUS protocol
7-15 No definitions
For example, if logic setting [Protocol] is set as 0011, it means communication both port A and B
both use IEC 60870-5-103 protocol.

Chapter 7 Settings
8 En_Auto_Print
This setting shall be set as 1 if automatic report printing is expected after the relay operates
when a fault occurs. Otherwise, it shall be set as 0. It is suggested that the user may set this
parameter of the equipment as 1 (i.e. automatic printing), if the equipment is always connected
directly with a printer, or set as 0 (i.e. not automatic printing) if the equipment is connected with a
printer by a switch on panel.
9 En_Net_Print
Set it as 1 if shared network printer is used for printing. Set it as 0 if dedicated printer is used.
Network printer means several protection equipments share one printer through a printer
management unit and RS-485 port. Dedicated printer means the protection equipment connected
with a printer through RS232 port directly.
10 En_Remote_Cfg
Set it as 0 if only local configuration is permitted. Set it as 1 if local and remote configurations
are both permitted.
11 GPS_Pulse
Set it as 1 for minute pulse and 0 for second pulse.
6.1.3 Setting path

Access path in menu is:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> EQUIP SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
6.2 System Settings

6.2.1 Logic settings of configuring functions
6.2.1.1 Settings list
Table 6.2-1 List of protection configuration setting
No. Symbol Range Default

1 En_Diff_Gen 0/1 0
2 En_SPDiff1_Gen 0/1 0
3 En_SPDiff2_Gen 0/1 0
4 En_SPTDiff_Gen 0/1 0
5 En_IntTurn_Gen 0/1 0
6 En_OC_Gen 0/1 0
7 En_Z_Gen 0/1 0
8 En_EF_Sta 0/1 0
9 En_Inj_EF_Sta 0/1 0
10 En_EF_RotWdg 0/1 0

Chapter 7 Settings

11 En_OvLd_Sta 0/1 0
12 En_NegOC_Sta 0/1 0
13 En_LossExc_Gen 0/1 0
14 En_OOS_Gen 0/1 0
15 En_OV&UV_Gen 0/1 0
16 En_OvExc_Gen 0/1 0
17 En_PowerProt_Gen 0/1 0
18 En_OF&UF_Gen 0/1 0
19 En_StShut_Gen 0/1 0
20 En_AccEnerg_Gen 0/1 0
21 En_BFP_GCB 0/1 0
22 En_OC_Shaft 0/1 0
23 En_Diff_Exc 0/1 0
24 En_Bak_Exc 0/1 0
25 En_OvLd_RotWdg 0/1 0
26 En_MechRly 0/1 0
Disable/
27 En_TestMode() Disable
Enable
Note:
Symbols of the parameter listed in above table are used for communication, printing and
displaying on LCD. Setting marked with means that it is can not be seen on LCD or by printing
and only can be seen through RCSPC software.
6.2.1.2 Explanation of the parameters for setting
1 En_Diff_Gen
This logic setting is used for configuration of protection functions. Setting it as 1 means the
generator differential protection is enabled and setting as 0 means the protection is disabled.
2 En_SPDiff1_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable branch 1 of phase-splitting differential protection.
3 En_SPDiff2_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable branch 2 of phase-splitting differential protection.
4 En_SPTDiff_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable phase-splitting transverse differential protection.
5 En_IntTurn_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable interturn fault protection.

Chapter 7 Settings
6 En_OC_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable overcurrent protection of generator.
7 En_Z_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable phase-to-phase backup protection of generator.
8 En_EF_Sta
This logic setting is used to enable earth fault protection of stator.
9 En_Inj_EF_Sta
This logic setting is used to external voltage-injecting earth fault protection of stator.
10 En_EF_RotWdg
This logic setting is used to earth fault protection of rotor.
11 En_OvLd_Sta
This logic setting is used to enable overload function of stator.
12 En_NegOC_Sta
This logic setting is used to enable negative sequence overcurrent protection of stator.
13 En_LossExc_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable loss-of-excitation protection of generator.
14 En_OOS_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable out-of-step protection of generator.
15 En_OV&UV_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable overvoltage and undervoltage protection of generator.
16 En_OvExc_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable overexcitation protection of generator.
17 En_PowerProt_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable overpower and underpower protection of generator.
18 En_OF&UF_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable overfrequency and underfrequency protection of generator.
19 En_StShut_Gen
This logic setting is used to enable all relative protections in Startup/shutdown conditions of
generator.
20 En_AccEnerg_Gen

Chapter 7 Settings
This logic setting is used to enable relevant protection in case of accident energization of
generator.
21 En_BFP_GCB
This logic setting is used to enable breaker failure protection of generator circuit breaker.
22 En_OC_Shaft
This logic setting is used to enable shaft current circulating protection of generator.
23 En_Diff_Exc
This logic setting is used to enable differential protection of exciting transformer or exciter.
24 En_Bak_Exc
This logic setting is used to enable backup protection of exciting transformer or exciter.
25 En_OvLd_RotWdg
This logic setting is used to enable overload function of rotor winding.
26 En_MechRly
This logic setting is used to enable mechanical protection.
27 En_TestMode
This logic setting is configured especially for equipment debugging status. It is only seen by
RCSPC, which is used for generating messages of alarm or operation element for remote PC.
Enable: enable sending all tripping contacts signals, protection tripping signals, alarm signals
and monitoring signals through RCSPC software.
Disable: disable the function mentioned above.
6.2.1.3 Setting path
All logic settings of configuring functions are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> PROT CONFIG -> [setting symbol]
6.2.2 Generator system parameters
After one selects current and voltage channel according to the requirement of specific application,
next step is to configure generator system parameters. Please note voltage or current setting of
channel selecting in implicit configuration settings is almost corresponding to the setting of ratio of
VT or CT except few ones which will be mentioned later.
6.2.2.1 Setting list
Table 6.2-2 List of generator system settings

1 fn_Gen 50/60 Hz 50

Chapter 7 Settings

2 Pn_Gen 0-6000.0 MW 0.1 MW 300
3 PF_Gen 0.00-1.00 0.01 0.85
4 U1n_Gen 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 20
5 U1n_VT_Term_Gen 0-600.00 kV 0.01 V 11.55
6 U2n_VT_Term_Gen 57.74-110.00 V 0.01 V 57.74
7 U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen 33.33-110.00 V 0.01 V 57.74
8 U1n_VT_NP_Gen 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 11.55
9 U2n_VT_NP_Gen 0-330.00 V 0.01 V 57.74
10 I1n_CT_Term_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 12000
11 I2n_CT_Term_Gen 1A/5A 1A 5
12 k_SP1_Gen 0-100.00 % 0.01 % 50
13 k_SP2_Gen 0-100.00 % 0.01 % 50
14 I1n_CT_SP1_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 12000
15 I2n_CT_SP1_Gen 1A/5A 1A 5
16 I1n_CT_SP2_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 12000
17 I2n_CT_SP2_Gen 1A/5A 1A 5
18 I1n_CT_TransvDiff_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 600
19 I2n_CT_TransvDiff_Gen 1A,5A 1A 5
20 I1n_RotWdg 0-60000 A 1A 1000
21 U2n_Shunt_RotWdg 0-100.00 mV 0.01 mV 75
22 I2n_CT_Inj_EF_Sta 1A,5A 1A 5
Note:
Symbol of the parameters listed in above table are used for communication, printing and
displaying on LCD.
6.2.2.2 Setting instruction of the parameters
1 fn_Gen
This setting indicates the nominal frequency of power system in which the generator protection
equipment is used.
2 Pn_Gen
Capacity of active power of the generator shall be configured as its name plate stated.
3 PF_Gen
Rated power factor of generator.
4 U1n_Gen
System rated voltage at the terminal of generator. This setting is used for calculating the rated

Chapter 7 Settings
current of generator. It should be set according to the real operating voltage of the power system.
5 U1n_VT_Term_Gen
Rated primary voltage of VT at the terminal of generator. This parameter can be configured as
either phase voltage or phase-to-phase voltage value. For example, if the terminal VT ratio is
20kV 100V 100V
, this parameter and the following two (NO.6 and NO.7) can be set as
3 3 3
11.55kV, 57.74V and 33.33V or can be set as 20kV, 100V and 57.74V. This is used for substation
automation system. From this setting and the next two ones, VT ratio can be got. Secondary
voltage and current recorded by the equipment will be transferred to primary value by multiplying
VT ratio when fault oscillograms is sent to the host.
6 U2n_VT_Term_Gen
Rated secondary voltage of VT at the terminal of generator.
7 U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen
Rated secondary open-delta voltage at the terminal of generator.
8 U1n_VT_NP_Gen
Rated primary voltage of VT at the neutral point of generator.
9 U2n_VT_NP_Gen
Rated secondary voltage of VT at the neutral point of generator.
10 I1n_CT_Term_Gen
Rated primary current of CT at the terminal of the generator.
11 I2n_CT_Term_Gen
Rated secondary current of CT at the terminal of the generator.
12 k_SP1_Gen
Branching coefficient of the first group of windings to the whole one of stator. At the generator
neutral point, two channels of TA input are reserved which can satisfy the requirement both
differential protection and phase-splitting transverse differential protection. The branching
coefficient can be set according to the proportion of per branch occupying in the whole winding.
For the case that only one branch can be drawn out from the neutral point of generator, the
branching coefficient of the first one group branch must be set as 100% and the other branching
coefficient must be set as 0%.
13 k_SP2_Gen
Branching coefficient of the second group of windings to the whole of stator.

Chapter 7 Settings
14 I1n_CT_SP1_Gen
Rated primary current of CT of the first splitting branch of stator.
15 I2n_CT_SP1_Gen
Rated secondary current of CT of the first splitting branch of stator.
16 I1n_CT_SP2_Gen
Rated primary current of CT of the second splitting branch of stator.
17 I2n_CT_SP2_Gen
Rated secondary current of CT of the second splitting branch of stator.
18 I1n_CT_TransvDiff_Gen
Rated primary current of CT used for transverse differential protection.
19 I2n_CT_TransvDiff_Gen
Rated secondary current of CT used for transverse differential protection.
20 I1n_RotWdg
Primary rated current of rotor. This setting and the next one can be set conveniently by inputting
the rated primary and secondary parameters of the shunt.
21 U2n_Shunt_RotWdg
Secondary rated voltage of rotor shunt.
22 I2n_CT_Inj_EF_Sta
Secondary rated current of injecting zero sequence current used for earth fault protection of stator.
All settings of generator system parameters are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> GEN SYS SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
Note:
These parameters are as important as the settings. They have to be configured according to
actual application on site.
6.2.3 System parameters of excitation transformer or exciter
Table 6.2-3 List of excitation transformer of exciter settings

Chapter 7 Settings

1 fn_Exc 50,100, 150Hz 50
2 Sn_Exc 0-100.00 MVA 0.01 MVA 0.5
3 U1n_S1_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 20
4 U1n_S2_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
5 I1n_CT_S1_Exc 0-60000 A 1A 20
6 I2n_CT_S1_Exc 1A,5A 1
7 I1n_CT_S2_Exc 0-60000 A 1A 60
8 I2n_CT_S2_Exc 1A,5A 1
Logic setting 1 - enable, 0 disable
9 Opt_Exc 0, 1 0
10 Yy12_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
11 Dd12_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
12 Dy11_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
13 Yd11_Conn_ET 0, 1 1
14 Dy1_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
6.2.3.2 Setting instruction of the parameters
1 fn_Exc
This setting indicates the nominal frequency of exciter. If excitation transformer is used, this setting
can be set as 50Hz and the other settings in this table should be set according to relevant
parameters of excitation transformer.
2 Sn_Exc
Capacity of the exciter or excitation transformer shall be configured as its name plate stated.
3 U1n_S1_Exc
The system rated voltage on HV side of the excitation transformer. This setting is used to calculate
the correction coefficient of differential protection of excitation transformer.
If exciter is used, this setting and NO.4 setting are all set as the rated voltage of exciter.
4 U1n_S2_Exc
System rated voltage on LV side of the excitation transformer. This setting is used to calculate the
correction coefficient of differential protection of excitation transformer.
5 I1n_CT_S1_Exc
Primary rated current of the CT on HV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the terminal of
the exciter.
6 I2n_CT_S1_Exc
Secondary rated current of the CT on HV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the terminal of

Chapter 7 Settings
the exciter.
7 I1n_CT_S2_Exc
Primary rated current of the CT on LV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the neutral point
of the exciter.
8 I2n_CT_S2_Exc
Secondary rated current of the CT on LV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the neutral
point of the exciter.
9 Opt_Exc
Exciter is used in the system. If this setting is set as 1, that means exciter is used in the generator
system instead of excitation transformer. Otherwise means the contrary.
10 Yy12_Conn_ET
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Yy-12 mode.
Note:
In the symbol of Yy-12, the first letter Y represents the connection mode of windings on HV side,
and the other y represents the connection mode of windings on LV side, 12 represents
connection group between HV and LV windings. The following four settings are similar to this one.
11 Dd12_Conn_ET
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Dd-12 mode.
12 Dy11_Conn_ET
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Dy-11 mode.
13 Yd11_Conn_ET
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Yd-11 mode.
14 Dy1_Conn_ET
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Dy-1 mode.
Main Menu -> SETTING -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> EXC SYS Settings -> [setting symbol]
6.2.4 Implicit configuration settings
The settings in the following list are associated with application-specific primary layout of
generator and exciter, tripping logics. These settings can not be seen on LCD of equipment and
only be viewed and configured on PC through RCSPC software in the submenu INSIDE
SETTINGS. These settings are usually configured in factory or configured by field commission

Chapter 7 Settings
engineer according to the design drawing and project requirement.
Table 6.2-4 List of implicit configuration settings

1 Gen () 0/1 0
2 Gen, ExcTr() 0/1 1
3 Gen, Exciter() 0/1 0
4 Opt_Polar_CT () 0000-FFFF 003F
5 Cfg_ElectrBrake_Blk_Func() 0000-FFFF 0000
6 TargLog_Diff_Gen () 0-18 1:SIG1
7 TargLog_SPDiff1_Gen () 0-18 13:SIG13
8 TargLog_SPDiff2_Gen () 0-18 13:SIG13
9 TargLog_SPTDiff_Gen () 0-18 2:SIG2
10 TargLog_IntTurn_Gen () 0-18 2:SIG2
11 TargLog_OC_Gen () 0-18 14:SIG14
12 TargLog_Z_Gen () 0-18 14:SIG14
13 TargLog_EF_Sta () 0-18 3:SIG3
14 TargLog_EF_RotWdg () 0-18 4:SIG4
15 TargLog_OvLd_Sta () 0-18 5:SIG5
16 TargLog_NegOC_Gen () 0-18 6:SIG6
17 TargLog_LossExc_Gen () 0-18 7:SIG7
18 TargLog_OOS_Gen () 0-18 8:SIG8
19 TargLog_VoltProt_Gen () 0-18 9:SIG9
20 TargLog_OvExc_Gen () 0-18 10:SIG10
21 TargLog_PwrProt_Gen () 0-18 11:SIG11
22 TargLog_FreqProt_Gen () 0-18 13:SIG13
23 TargLog_StShut_Gen () 0-18 11:SIG11
24 TargLog_AccEnerg_Gen () 0-18 15:SIG15
25 TargLog_BFP_Gen () 0-18 12:SIG12
26 TargLog_OC_Shaft () 0-18 16:SIG16
27 TargLog_Diff_Exc () 0-18 17:SIG17
28 TargLog_Bak_Exc () 0-18 18:SIG18
29 TargLog_OvLd_Exc () 0-18 18:SIG18
30 TargLog_MechRly () 0-18 16:SIG16
Note:
For definitions of 0-18 in column range, please refer to section 6.2.4.2.

Setting marked with means that it is can not be seen on LCD or by printing and only can be

Chapter 7 Settings
seen through RCSPC software.
6.2.4.2 Definitions of tripping signals
There are eighteen kinds of tripping signals in the equipment, which can be configured by the user.
The signal contacts is explained in section 5.2, such as TRIP_SIG1 and so on. 0-18 in range
column of above table represents the signal definitions shown below:
0: NONE (No definition)

1: SIG1 (The TRIP_SIG1 relay contacts will operate)
6.2.4.3 Explanation of the parameters and notice for setting
1 [Gen], ]Gen, ExcTr], ]Gen, Exciter ]()
These three settings are the logic settings of generator connection.
Settings [Gen] as 1 means the scheme type consists of only the generator.
Settings [Gen, Exctr] as 1 means the scheme type consists of generator and excitation
transformer.
Settings [Gen, Exciter] as 1 means the scheme type consists of generator and exciter.
Note:
Only one of the three settings can be set as 1.
2 Opt_Polar_CT ()
This is the logic setting of CT polarity definition, which consists of sixteen binary digits. Every digit
has dedicated meaning and some digits have no definition.
Generally, CT polarity definition is as Figure 1.1-1 and Figure 1.1-2 show. However if some CT

Chapter 7 Settings
polarity direction is reversed by incorrect wiring connecting, there is still chance to correct it by
configuring this logic setting easily. Please set the corresponding digit of the logic setting.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Curr_Chann6(9C-14,16,18)
Curr_Chann5(9C-8,10,12)
Curr_Chann2(9B-8,10,12)
Curr_Chann-4(9C-2,4,6)
Curr_Chann1(9B-2,4,6)
Reserved
Table 6.2-5 Definition of logic setting of CT polarity

Bit Definition
0 CTs polarity of current channel 1 (9B-2,4,6) reversed
1 CTs polarity of current channel 2 (9B-8,10,12) reversed
2 Reserved
3 CTs polarity of current channel 4 (9C-2,4,6) reversed
6-15 No definition
3 Cfg_ElectrBrake_Blk_Func ()
This is the configuration setting of electric-braking block protections, which consists of sixteen
binary digits. Every digit has dedicated meaning and some digits have no definition.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Blk_AccEnerg_Gen
Blk_NegOvLd_Gen
Blk_FreqProt_Gen
Blk_LossExc_Gen
Blk_InvOvLd_Gen
Blk_IntTurn_Gen
Blk_StShut_Gen
Blk_OvExc_Gen
Blk_RevP_Gen
Blk_OOS_Gen
Blk_Bak_Gen
Blk_Diff_Gen
Blk_EF_Sta
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Table 6.2-6 Definition of logic setting of electric-braking block protection

Bit Definition

Chapter 7 Settings
0, 1,16 Reserved
2 Block differential protection
3 Block interturn fault protection
4 Block backup protection
5 Block inverse time overload protection
6 Block negative sequence overload protection
7 Block earth fault of stator protection
8 Block loss of excitation protection
9 Block reverse power protection
10 Block over excitation protection
11 Block frequency protection
12 Block out of step protection
13 Block accidental energization protection
14 Block startup and shutdown protection
Note:
Settings of No.5-30 define the tripping signal contacts of protections, such as SIG0. It is suggested
to configure settings as default settings.
4 TargLog_Diff_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of differential protection of generator.
5 TargLog_SPDiff1_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of branch 1 of splitting phase differential
6 TargLog_SPDiff1_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of branch 2 of splitting phase differential
7 TargLog_SPTDiff_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of splitting phase transverse differential
8 TargLog_IntTurn_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of inter turn fault protection of generator.
9 TargLog_OC_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of over current protection of generator.
10 TargLog_Z_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of impedance protection of generator.
11 TargLog_EF_Sta ()

Chapter 7 Settings
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of earth fault protection of stator.
12 TargLog_EF_RotWdg ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of earth fault protection of rotor winding.
13 TargLog_OvLd_Sta ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of over load protection of stator.
14 TargLog_NegOC_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of negative sequence over current protection of
generator.
15 TargLog_LossExc_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of loss excitation protection of generator.
16 TargLog_OOS_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of out of step protection of generator.
17 TargLog_VoltProt_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of voltage protection of generator.
18 TargLog_OvExc_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of over excitation protection of generator.
19 TargLog_PwrProt_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of power protection of generator.
20 TargLog_FreqProt_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of frequency protection of generator.
21 TargLog_StShut_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of startup and shutdown protection of generator.
22 TargLog_AccEnerg_Gen ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of accidental energizes protection of generator.
23 TargLog_BFP_GCB ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of breaker failure protection of generator.
24 TargLog_OC_Shaft ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of frequency protection of generator.
25 TargLog_Diff_Exc ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of differential protection of exciter.

Chapter 7 Settings
26 TargLog_OvLd_Exc ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of over load protection of exciter.
27 TargLog_MechRly ()
Logic setting of selecting tripping signal contacts of mechanical protection.
6.3 Protection Settings

6.3.1 Generator differential protection settings
Table 6.3-1 List of generator differential protection settings

1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen 0.101.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.2
2 I_InstDiff_Gen 2.0014.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 4
3 I_Alm_Diff_Gen 0.051.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.1
4 Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen 0.000.50 0.01 0.05
5 Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen 0.300.80 0.01 0.5
6 TrpLog_Diff_Gen 0000FFFF 1 1FFF
7 En_InstDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
8 En_PcntDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
9 En_DPFC_Diff_Gen 0, 1 1
10 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
Note:
Symbols of the parameters listed in above table are used for communication, printing and
displaying on LCD.
6.3.1.2 Explanation of the settings
1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen
This is pickup setting of percentage current differential protection, which is also the setting of fault
detector of percentage differential protection. It shall be higher than maximum unbalance current
when the generator operates on normal rated load, i.e.
I cdqd = K rel 2 0.03I f 2 n or I cdqd = K rel I unb.0 (Equation 6.3-1)
Where:
I f 2 n is secondary rated current of generator,

Chapter 7 Settings
I f 1n
I f 2n =
n fLH
Where:
I f 1n is primary rated current of generator and n fLH is ratio of generator CT.
Pn / cos
I f 1n =
3U f 1n
Where:
Pn is rated capacity of generator;
cos is power factor of generator and

U f 1n is rated voltage of generator terminal.
K rel is reliability factor, 1.5 in general;
I unb.0 is the measured actual unbalance current during rated load of generator, 0.2 I f 2 n -0.3
I f 2 n is recommended for reference.
Where:
I cdqd represents the setting [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen].
2 I_InstDiff_Gen
Setting of unrestrained differential protection.
Unrestraint differential protection is a complementary part of differential protection. Its current
setting shall be higher than maximum unbalance current due to breakers asynchronous closure.
For large unit generator and transformer, it can be set as 3 or 4 times of rated current. 4 times of
rated current is recommended.
3 I_Alm_Diff_Gen
Setting of differential current abnormality alarm shall be higher than maximum differential current
4 Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection, it shall be:
K bl1 = K rel K cc K er (Equation 6.3-2)
Where:
K rel is reliability factor which is considered to be 1.0~2.0 in general;

Chapter 7 Settings
K cc is the type factor of CT, 0.5 in general;
K er is error factor of CT ratio, no more than 0.1.
K bl1 represents [Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen] which is set as 0.05~0.1 in general.
5 Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen
Maximum value of restraint coefficient of the differential characteristic curve.
With type factor of CT not considered, the maximum unbalance current is,
K unb. max = K ap K er K k . max (Equation 6.3-3)
Where:
K ap is non periodic component factor, usually no less than 2.0;
K er is error factor of CT ratio, no more than 0.1;
I k . max is periodic component of secondary value of external three phase short circuit current and it
can be taken as 4 times of rated current if it is less than 4 times of rated current.
Maximum slope of percentage differential protection is:
I unb.max* I cdqd * 2kbl1

kbl 2 =
I k .max* 2
where:
I unb. max* I cdqd* and I k . max* are all per unit value of rated current of generator;
kbl 2 ([Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen] ) is taken as 0.50 generally.
If the percentage differential protection is configured based on rules mentioned above, when
phase-to-phase metallic short circuit fault occurs at the terminal of generator, sensitivity factor will
meet requirement K sen 2 surely.
6 TrpLog_Diff_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection is used to specify which breaker or breakers
will be tripped by this protection. This word comprises 16 binary bits as follows and is displayed as
a hexadecimal number of 4 digits from 0000H to FFFFH on LCD of equipment. The tripping output

Chapter 7 Settings
logic settings is specified as follows:
bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TJ12: Trip Breaker 12
TJ9: Trip Breaker 9
TJ8: Trip Breaker 8
TJ7: Trip Breaker 7
TJ6: Trip Breaker 6
TJ5: Trip Breaker 5
TJ4: Trip Breaker 4
TJ3: Trip Breaker 3
TJ2: Trip Breaker 2
TJ1: Trip Breaker 1
Protection Enabled
No definition
No definition
No definition
Function
Note:
Trip Breaker 1 just means to drive tripping output channel 1 and please refer to section 5.3.
Set bit 0 as 1 means this protection element will trip breaker or breakers. The bit
corresponding to the breaker to be tripped shall be set as1 and other bits shall be 0. For
example, if differential protection is defined to trip breaker 5 (tripping output channel 5), the bit
0 and 5 bit shall be set as 1 and other bits 0. Then a hexadecimal number 0021H is
formed as the tripping output logic setting.
Please note that tripping output logic settings of the equipment have to be set on basis of
application-specific drawings.
All the tripping logic settings mentioned below is defined as same as this one.
7 En_InstDiff_Gen
Unrestrained instantaneous differential protection enabled. If this setting is set as 1, it means this
protection is enabled. Otherwise it means the protection is disabled.
8 En_PcntDiff_Gen
Percentage differential protection enabled.
9 En_DPFC_Diff_Gen
DPFC percentage differential protection enabled.
10 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen
If this logic setting is set as 1, it means percentage differential protection will be blocked when CT
circuit failure happens. Otherwise it means the function is disabled.
All settings of differential protection settings are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol]

Chapter 7 Settings
6.3.2 Branch 1 of splitting-phase differential protection settings
Table 6.3-2 List of branch 1 of splitting-phase differential protection settings

1 I_Pkp_PcntSPDiff1_Gen 0.101.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.2
2 I_InstSPDiff1_Gen 2.0014.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 4
3 I_Alm_SPDiff1_Gen 0.051.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.1
4 Slope1_PcntSPDiff1_Gen 0.000.50 0.01 0.05
6 TrpLog_SPDiff1_Gen 0000FFFF 1 1FFF
7 En_InstSPDiff1_Gen 0, 1 1
8 En_PcntSPDiff1_Gen 0, 1 1
9 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPDiff1_Gen 0, 1 1
Note:
Settings listed in above table can be set similar to that of generator differential protection, except
the ratio of CTs.
1 I_Pkp_PcntSPDiff1_Gen
This is pickup setting of percentage branch 1 of splitting-phase current differential
protection(SPDiff1), which is also the setting of fault detector of SPDiff1 protection. 0.2~0.3 I f 2 n is
recommended for reference.

2 I_InstSPDiff1_Gen
Setting of unrestrained differential current of SPDiff1 protection. 4Ie is recommended.
3 I_Alm_SPDiff1_Gen
Setting of differential current abnormality alarm of SPDiff1 protection shall be higher than
maximum differential current.
4 Slope1_PcntSPDiff1_Gen
Setting of the first slope of SPDiff1 protection. 0.1 is recommended.
Maximum value of restraint coefficient of the SPDiff1 protection characteristic curve. 0.5 is
recommended.
6 TrpLog_SPDiff1_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of SPDiff1 protection is used to specify which breaker or breakers will

Chapter 7 Settings
be tripped by this protection.
7 En_InstSPDiff1_Gen
Unrestrained instantaneous SPDiff1 protection enabled. If this setting is set as 1, it means this
8 En_PcntSPDiff1_Gen
Percentage SPDiff1 protection enabled.
9 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPDiff1_Gen
If this logic setting is set as 1, it means percentage SPDiff1 protection will be blocked when CT
All settings of branch 1 of splitting-phase differential protection settings are accessible in the
following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN SPDIFF1 PROT --> [setting symbol]
6.3.3 Branch 2 of splitting-phase differential protection settings
Table 6.3-3 List of branch 2 of splitting-phase differential protection settings

1 I_Pkp_PcntSPDiff2_Gen 0.101.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.2
2 I_InstSPDiff2_Gen 2.0014.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 4
3 I_Alm_SPDiff2_Gen 0.051.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.1
6 TrpLog_SPDiff2_Gen 0000FFFF 1 1FFF
7 En_InstSPDiff2_Gen 0, 1 1
8 En_PcntSPDiff2_Gen 0, 1 1
9 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPDiff2_Gen 0, 1 1
1 I_Pkp_PcntSPDiff2_Gen
This is pickup setting of percentage branch 1 of splitting-phase current differential protection
(SPDiff2), which is also the setting of fault detector of SPDiff2 protection. 0.2~0.3 I f 2 n is
recommended for reference.

2 I_InstSPDiff2_Gen
Setting of unrestrained differential current of SPDiff2 protection. 4Ie is recommended.

Chapter 7 Settings
3 I_Alm_SPDiff2_Gen
Setting of differential current abnormality alarm of SPDiff2 protection shall be higher than
maximum differential current.
Setting of the first slope of SPDiff2 protection. 0.1 is recommended.
Maximum value of restraint coefficient of the SPDiff2 protection characteristic curve. 0.5 is
recommended.
6 TrpLog_SPDiff2_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of SPDiff2 protection is used to specify which breaker or breakers will
be tripped by this protection.
7 En_InstSPDiff2_Gen
Unrestrained instantaneous SPDiff2 protection enabled. If this setting is set as 1, it means this
8 En_PcntSPDiff2_Gen
Percentage SPDiff2 protection enabled.
9 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPDiff2_Gen
If this logic setting is set as 1, it means percentage SPDiff2 protection will be blocked when CT
All settings of branch 2 of splitting-phase differential protection settings are accessible in the
following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN SPDIFF2 PROT --> [setting symbol]
6.3.4 Splitting-phase transverse differential protection settings
Table 6.3-4 List of splitting-phase transverse differential protection settings

1. I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0.10 1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.2
2. I_InstSPTDiff_Gen 2.00 14.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 4
3. I_Alm_SPTDiff_Gen 0.02 1.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.1
4. Slope1_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0.00 -- 0.50 0.01 0.05
5. Slope2_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0.30 0.80 0.01 0.5
6. TrpLog_SPTDiff_Gen 0000 -- FFFF 1 1FFF

Chapter 7 Settings

7. En_SPTInstDiff_Gen 01 1
8. En_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 01 1
9. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 01 1
1 I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
This is pickup setting of splitting-phase transverse percentage current differential protection, which
is also the setting of fault detector of this protection. It shall be higher than maximum unbalance
current when the generator operates on normal rated load, i.e.
I ' op.0 = K rel ( I ' unb.1 + I unb.2

'
)
Where:
I ' op.0 : represents the setting [I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen],
K rel : is reliability coefficient. In general, Krel = 1.3 1.5,
I ' unb.1 : is unbalance current due to amplitude error between the CTs used in this protection in
' ' '

load condition. In practical application, I unb.1 = 0.06 I 2n . Here, I 2n is the secondary rated
current of CT.
I ' unb.2 : the second type unbalance current. Because each shunt branch of every phase is
distributed in different groove on the surface of rotor for hydro generator and the air gap field of
each groove is different, therefore this second type unbalance current appears.
User can also get the maximum unbalance current value by metering the real transverse
unbalance current in full load condition of the generator. Generally speaking, the value is a little
greater than the one of differential protection of generator.
For reference, it can be set as I

'
op.0 = 0.5 I ' e . Here, I e' is secondary rated current of generator.
2 I_InstSPTDiff_Gen
Setting of unrestrained splitting-phase transverse differential protection.
3 I_Alm_SPTDiff_Gen
Alarm setting of splitting-phase transverse differential protection.
4 Slope1_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection

Chapter 7 Settings
5 Slope2_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
6 TrpLog_SPTDiff_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of splitting-phase transverse differential protection.
7 En_SPTInstDiff_Gen
Instantaneous splitting-phase transverse differential protection enabled.
8 En_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
Percentage splitting-phase transverse differential protection enabled.
9 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
If this logic setting is set as 1, it means percentage splitting-phase transverse differential

protection will be blocked when CT circuit failure happens. Otherwise it means the function is
disabled.
Settings of generator phase-splitting transverse protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN SPTDIFF PROT->[setting symbol]
6.3.5 Settings of turn-to-turn fault protection of generator
Table 6.3-5 List of turn-to-turn fault protection settings

1 I_SensTrvDiff1_Gen 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 2.0
2 I_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 10
3 I_SensTrvDiff2_Gen 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 2.0
4 I_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 10
5 TrpLog_TrvDiff_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF
6 En_SensTrvDiff1_Gen 01 1
7 En_SensTrvDiff2_Gen 01 1
8 En_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen 01 1
9 En_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen 01 1
6.3.5.2 Explanation of the parameters and notice for setting
1 I_SensTrvDiff1_Gen
Current setting of high sensitive transverse differential protection of branch 1 of splitting-phases.
Setting of this protection shall be higher than maximum unbalance current during normal operation
condition. Reliability factor can be more than 2. The setting value is usually:

Chapter 7 Settings
I op = 0.05 I f ln / na
Where:
I OP represents the setting [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen].
I f ln is primary rated current of generator and
na is ratio of zero sequence CT of transverse differential protection.
Phase current restraint factor is a fixed coefficient in the program.
2 I_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen
Current setting of high-setting transverse differential protection of branch 1 of splitting-phases.
It is equivalent to traditional transverse differential protection. Setting of this protection is as follows

which shall be higher than maximum unbalance current during external short circuit fault.
I op =0.20 ~ 0.30I f ln / na
Where:
I OP represents the setting [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen].
I f ln is primary rated current of generator and
na is ratio of zero sequence CT of transverse differential protection.
3 I_SensTrvDiff2_Gen
Current setting of high sensitive transverse differential protection of branch 2 of splitting-phases.
4 I_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen
Current setting of high-setting transverse differential protection of branch 2 of splitting-phases.
5 TrpLog_TrvDiff_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of transverse differential protection of generator.
6 En_SensTrvDiff1_Gen
Enable high sensitive transverse differential protection of branch 1 of splitting-phases.
7 En_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen
Enable high-setting transverse differential protection of branch 1 of splitting-phases.
8 En_SensTrvDiff2_Gen

Chapter 7 Settings
Enable high sensitive transverse differential protection of branch 2 of splitting-phases.
9 En_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen
Enable high-setting transverse differential protection of branch 2 of splitting-phases.
Settings of generator turn-to-turn protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN INTTURN PROT --> [setting
symbol].
6.3.6 Settings of over current protection of generator
Table 6.3-6 List of over current protection of generator

1 V_NegOV_VCE_Gen 1.00 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2 Vpp_VCE_Gen 2.00 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3 I_OC1_Gen 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
4 t_OC1_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
5 TrpLog_OC1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
6 I_OC2_Gen 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 17
7 t_OC21_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
8 TrpLog_OC21_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0F01
9 t_OC22_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
10 TrpLog_OC22_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0F01
11 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen 01 1
12 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Gen 01 1
13 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen 01 1
14 Opt_ExcMode_Gen 01 1
1 V_NegOV_VCE_Gen
Negative sequence voltage setting of composite voltage control element. Setting and displayed
value of negative sequence voltage are U2.
Setting of negative sequence voltage relay shall be higher than unbalance voltage during normal
operation, generally
U op.2 = (0.06 - -0.08 ) U n
Where: U n is secondary rated voltage.

Chapter 7 Settings
Sensitivity factor shall be checked by phase-to-phase short circuit fault on HV side bus of main
transformer:
U 2. min
K sen =
U op 2
Where:
U 2. min is minimum negative sequence voltage at location of the equipment during phase-to-phase
short circuit fault on HV side bus of main transformer. K sen 1.5 is required.
2 Vpp_VCE_Gen
Setting of phase-to-phase under voltage of composite voltage control element.
Its operating voltage U op can be set as following:
For turbine generator, U op = 0.6U gn and for hydro-generator, U op = 0.7U gn
Where U gn is rated phase-to-phase voltage of generator.
Sensitivity factor shall be checked by three-phase short circuit fault on HV side bus of main
transformer:
U op
K sen =
X t I k(3.max
)
( 3)
Where I k . max is maximum secondary fault current during three-phase short circuit on HV side bus
of main transformer; X t is reactance of main transformer, X t = Z t . K sen 1.2 is required.
3 I_OC1_Gen
Setting of overcurrent protection stage 1.
Setting of overcurrent relay shall be higher than rated current of generator.
K rel
I op = I gn
Kr
Where:
K rel is reliability factor, 1.3 1.5;

Chapter 7 Settings
K r is release factor, 0.85 0.95;
I gn is secondary rated current of generator.
Sensitivity factor of overcurrent relay shall be checked by following:
I k( 2. min
)
K sen =
I op
Where:
I k( 2. min
)
is minimum fault current through location of the relay during phase-to-phase metallic short
circuit on HV side of main transformer. K sen 1.2 is required.
4 t_OC1_Gen
Time delay of overcurrent protection stage 1. Delay of this protection shall be higher than that of
operation of backup protection of step-up transformer. This protection is used for islanding and
generator shutting off.
5 TrpLog_OC1_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of overcurrent protection stage 1.
6 I_OC2_Gen
Setting of overcurrent protection stage 2. Setting of overcurrent relay shall be higher than rated
current of transformer.
7 t_OC21_Gen
The first time delay of overcurrent protection stage2.
8 TrpLog_OC21_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of overcurrent protection stage2 with the first time delay.
9 t_OC21_Gen
The second time delay of overcurrent protection stage2.
10 TrpLog_OC21_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of overcurrent protection stage2 with the second time delay.
11 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen
Enable controlling function to stage 1 of overcurrent protection by Composite Voltage Element.
12 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Gen

Chapter 7 Settings
Enable controlling function to stage 2 of overcurrent protection by Composite Voltage Element.
13 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen
Protection performance during VT circuit failure.
1: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, composite voltage element will be disabled if
corresponding logic setting is set as 1.
0: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, the voltage-controlled overcurrent element will
become an pure overcurrent relay without composite voltage element controlling.
14 Opt_ExcMode_Gen
That the setting is set as 1 indicates the excitation mode of generator is in self-shunt excitation
mode. In that case, the protection will remember the current value at the initiation of fault, and
operates based on it, no matter whether the current will decrease due to the descending excitation
voltage result from terminal voltages getting down when external fault occurs. Once this setting is
set as 1, the backup overcurrent protection of generator is always controlled by composite
voltage element.
Settings of generator over current protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN OC PROT --> [setting symbol]
6.3.7 Settings of distance protection of generator
Table 6.3-7 List of distance protection of generator

1 Z_Fwd_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 20
2 Z_Rev_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 20
3 t_Z1_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
4 TrpLog_Z1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0FFF
5 t_Z2_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
6 TrpLog_Z2_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0FFF
1 Z_Fwd_Gen
Positive direction impedance setting of distance protection. Here positive direction means the
direction is pointing to the transformer instead of generator itself.
If the value of this setting is greater than the next one, then the characteristic of distance protection
is set as excursive impedance circle; if it is equal to the next one, the characteristic is whole
impedance circle; if the next one is set as 0, the characteristic becomes directional impedance.
Generally, low impedance protection is considered as the backup protection of generator in case

Chapter 7 Settings
that voltage-controlled overcurrent protection cant satisfy the sensitivity requirement of generator.
2 Z_Rev_Gen
Negative direction impedance setting of distance protection. In general, this setting is set as
5-10% of the positive direction impedance setting.
3 t_Z1_Gen
Delay of distance protection stage1.
4 TrpLog_Z1_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of distance protection stage 1.
5 t_Z2_Gen
Delay of distance protection stage2.
6 TrpLog_Z2_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of distance protection stage 2.
Settings of generator distance protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN DIST PROT --> [setting symbol]
6.3.8 Settings of earth fault protection of stator windings
Table 6.3-8 List of earth fault protection settings of stator windings

1 V_SensROV_Sta 0.10 50.00 V 0.01 V 2.0
2 V_UnsensROV_Sta 0.10 50.00 V 0.01 V 10
3 t_ROV_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
4 k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta 0.50 10.00 0.01 1
5 k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta 0.50 10.00 0.01 1
6 k_V3rdH_Diff_Sta 0.10 2.00 0.01 1
7 t_V3rdHProt_Sta 0.00 10.00S 0.01 S 3
8 TrpLog_EF_Sta 0000 FFFF 1 1FFF
9 En_Alm_ROV_Sta 01 1
10 En_Trp_ROV_Sta 01 1
11 En_Trp_UnsensRov_Sta 01 1
12 En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta 01 1
13 En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta 01 1
14 En_Alm_V3rdH_Sta 01 1
15 En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta 01 1

Chapter 7 Settings
1 V_SensROV_Sta
Setting of fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection.
Setting of this protection U op shall be higher than maximum unbalance voltage U unb. max of single
phase VT at neutral point during normal operation, that is:
U op = K relU unb. max
Where:
K rel is reliability factor, 1.2 1.3 generally; Uunb.max is the maximum measured fundamental
unbalance zero sequence voltage derived from single VT at the neutral point of generator.
To assure its security, user should check the transferred zero sequence voltage through coupling
capacitance between HV side and LV side of transformer when external earth fault occurs on the
HV side of the transformer. Meanwhile, settings, including time delay and operation setting, should
be considered to cooperate with that of earth fault protection of the system.
Note:
The zero sequence voltage used in this protection comes from VT at the neutral point of generator.
2 V_UnsensROV_Sta
Setting of high-setting fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection.
Only zero sequence voltage at neutral point is taken for high setting zone of fundamental zero
sequence voltage protection. Its setting is usually 20 V 25 V.
Zero sequence voltage transferred by coupling capacitance per phase between HV and LV side
windings of step-up transformer shall be checked when external fault occurs at HV side of the
transformer. Coordination both on setting and delay between this protection and system earth fault
protection could be achieved then.
3 t_ROV_Sta
Delay of fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection.
4 k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta
Ratio setting of 3rd harmonics before incorporation of generator in power network.

Let the third harmonic voltage at the end and neutral point of generator be Ut and Un , ratio
setting of third harmonic voltage percentage earth fault protection shall be

Chapter 7 Settings

Ut Un >
Where:
3 nTVN
= K rel during pre-configuration,
nTV 0
Krel is reliability factor, 1.3 1.5 in general;
nTV0 is ratio of open-delta zero sequence voltage at the terminal of generator;
nTVN is ratio of zero sequence VT on neutral point.
During incorporation of generator to power system, the ratio U 3T / U 3N changes considerably
owing to variation of equivalent capacitive reactance at generator terminal. So two different

settings are designed for protection before and after connection of generator with system, and
these two settings can be switched over with alternation of contacts position of the terminal
breaker.
The setting shall be (1.3 1.5) 1 before incorporation and (1.3 1.5) 2 after that.
Where 1 and 2 are the maximum real-measured third harmonic voltage ratio before and
after incorporation respectively.
5 k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta
Ratio setting of 3rd harmonics after incorporation in power network.
6 k_V3rdH_Diff_Sta
Restraint coefficient of percentage third harmonic voltage earth fault protection.

U t k p U n > k zd U n
Where:

k p is automatic tracing regulation factor;
kzd is restraint factor [3rdHarm Diff. Ratio], 0.3 is recommended.
U t is 3rd harmonics derived from the terminal of generator.

Chapter 7 Settings
U n is 3rd harmonics derived from the neutral point of generator.
7 t_V3rdHProt_Sta
Delay of percentage third harmonic voltage earth fault protection. It shall be longer than that of
backup protection against external fault .
8 TrpLog_EF_Sta
Tripping output logic setting of stator earth fault protection.
9 En_Alm_ROV_Sta
Enable alarm function of zero sequence overvoltage.
10 En_Trp_ROV_Sta
Enable zero sequence overvoltage protection.
11 En_Trp_UnsensRov_Sta
Enable tripping function of high-setting zero sequence overvoltage protection
12 En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
Enable alarm function of third harmonic voltage ratio element .
13 En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
Enable alarm function of third harmonics differential voltage.
14 En_Alm_V3rd_Sta
Enable alarm function of percentage third harmonic voltage element.
15 En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta
Enable tripping function of third harmonic voltage ratio element.
Settings of stator earth fault protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> STA EF PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.9 Settings of external voltage-injecting earth fault protection of stator
Table 6.3-9 List of external voltage-injecting earth fault protection settings of stator

1 R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta 0.10 30 k 0.01 k 10
2 R_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta 0.10 30 k 0.01 k 5
3 t_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 4

Chapter 7 Settings
4 t_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 2

5 I_ROC_Inj_EF_Sta 0.00 4.00 A 0.001 A 0.1
6 V_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta 0.00 15.00 V 0.01 V 0.5
7 I_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta 0.00 40 mA 1 mA 0.5
8 corr_Inj_EF_Sta 0.00 360.0 0.1 0
9 R_Inj_EF_Sta 0.00 3000.0 0.1 0
10 X_Inj_EF_Sta 0.00 3000.0 0.1 0
11 Rp_Inj_EF_Sta 0.00 3000.0 0.1 3000
12 k_R_Inj_EF_Sta 0.00 20.0 0.01 15
13 TrpLog_Inj_EF_Sta 0000 FFFF 1 1FFFF
14 En_Alm_R_Inj_EF_Sta 01 1
15 En_Trp_R_Inj_EF_Sta 01 1
16 En_Trp_ROC_Inj_EF_Sta 01 1
17 En_Freq_Blk_Inj_EF_Sta 01 1
18 En_TestMode_Inj_EF_Sta 01 0
1 R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta
Resistance setting of external voltage-injecting earth fault protection of stator for alarm.
2 R_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta
Resistance setting of external voltage-injecting earth fault protection of stator for tripping.
3 t_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta
Time delay setting of external voltage-injecting earth fault protection of stator for alarm.
4 t_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta
Time delay setting of external voltage-injecting earth fault protection of stator for tripping.
5 I_ROC_Inj_EF_Sta
Current setting of zero-sequence overcurrent protection. Cooperating with the criteria of earthing
resistance, zero-sequence current criteria acts as backup protection against earth fault within 80%
of the stators winding apart from the terminal of generator. This criteria responses to the current
flowing thought the connection line between generator neutral point and the ground. This setting
can be set as:
U N sec 1
I opK rel 0.2
RL nCT
Where:
UNsec is secondary voltage of ground-transformer when single-phase metallic short circuit fault

Chapter 7 Settings
occurs at the terminal of generator;
nCT is ratio of inter-CT connected at secondary side of ground-transformer;
RL is secondary load resistance of secondary side of ground-transformer.
K rel is reliability coefficient. Generally 1.1~1.3 is recommended.
6 V_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta
Voltage setting of zero-sequence voltage element for supervising the working condition of external
power supply. If measured zero-sequence voltage is below this setting and measured
zero-sequence current is below the next one, it means the external power supply fails.
7 I_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta
Current setting of zero-sequence current element for supervising the working condition of external
power supply.
8 corr_Inj_EF_Sta
Correction Angle to eliminate angle error of the CTs and angle distortions caused by a less than
ideal earthing or neutral transformer. The correct setting for this parameter can only be determined
with a primary test. The adjustment should be made for the tripping value.
9 R_Inj_EF_Sta
The setting is used to compensate the resistance caused by the angle error of the CTs and angle
distortions caused by a less than ideal earthing or neutral transformer. The correct setting for this
parameter can only be determined with a primary test. The adjustment should be made for the
tripping value.
10 X_Inj_EF_Sta
The setting is used to compensate the reactance caused by the angle error of the CTs and angle
distortions caused by a less than ideal earthing or neutral transformer.
Note:
In large power units with generator circuit breaker, applications can be found where there is some
additional loading equipment on the low-voltage side of the unit transformer to reduce the
influence by the zero voltage when the generator circuit breaker is open. The 20 Hz source is
connected via the neutral transformer in the generator neutral point. With the generator circuit
breaker closed, the protection measures the loading resistance on the unit transformer side, which
can be mistaken for an earth resistance.
11 Rp_Inj_EF_Sta
Parallel load resistance value.

Chapter 7 Settings
12 k_Rp_Inj_EF_Sta
Compensate coefficient for parallel load resistance value.
13 TrpLog_Inj_EF_Sta
Tripping output logic setting of external voltage-injecting stator earth fault protection.
14 En_Alm_R_Inj_EF_Sta
Enable alarm function of external voltage-injecting stator earth fault protection.
15 En_Trp_R_Inj_EF_Sta
Enable trip function of external voltage-injecting stator earth fault protection.
16 En_Trp_ROC_Inj_EF_Sta
Enable zero-sequence overcurrent element act on in external voltage-injecting stator earth fault
protection.
17 En_Freq_Blk_Inj_EF_Sta
Enable frequency element block the external voltage-injecting stator earth fault protection.
18 En_TestMode_Inj_EF_Sta
Enable test mode in external voltage-injecting stator earth fault protection. It can be enabled only
when test the protection settings
Settings of voltage-injection stator earth fault protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> INJ STA EF PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.10 Settings of earth fault protection of rotor
Table 6.3-10 List of earth fault protection settings of rotor

1 R_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg 0.10 100.00 k 0.01 k 20
2 R_1PEF_RotWdg 0.10 100.00 k 0.01 k 20
3 t_1PEF_RotWdg 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
4 V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 0.10 10.00 V 0.01 V 2
5 t_2PEF_RotWdg 0.00 - 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
6 TrpLog_EF_RotWdg 0000 FFFF 1 0FFF
7 Opt_Scheme_EF_Prot 0,1,2 1
8 En_Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg 01 1
9 En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 01 1
10 En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg 01 1

Chapter 7 Settings
11 En_2PEF_RotWdg 01 1
12 En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 01 1
6.3.10.2 Explanation of setting
1 R_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg
Impedance setting of sensitive stage of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
General specification of generator specifies that insulation resistance of its excitation winding shall
be higher than 1 M for air cooled and hydrogen-cooled turbine generator during cooling state,
and 2 k for water cooled excitation winding. General specification of hydro-generator specifies
that insulation resistance of its excitation winding shall be higher than 0.5 k in any case.
Sensitive stage of this protection is used for alarm. Its setting could be 20 k 80 k generally.
2 R_1PEF_RotWdg
Impedance setting of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
Setting of one point earth fault protection can be 20 k for air cooled and hydrogen-cooled
turbine generator and 2.5 k for water cooled excitation winding. This protection can be used for
alarm or generator shutting with delay.
Actual measured insulation resistance is used for this protection.
3 t_1PEF_RotWdg
Delay of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
4 V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg
Second harmonics voltage setting of two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
5 t_2PEF_RotWdg
Delay of two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
6 TrpLog_EF_RotWdg
Tripping output logic setting of earth fault protection of rotor.
7 Opt_Scheme_EF_Prot
Scheme setting of earth fault protection of rotor:
0: protection with double ends injecting voltages.
1: protection with only one end injecting voltage.
2: protection with ping pong switch principle. And if select this scheme, the hardware of NO.8 is
special.
8 En_Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg
Enable alarm function of sensitive stage of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.

Chapter 7 Settings
9 En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
Enable alarm function of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
10 En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg
Enable tripping function of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
11 En_2PEF_RotWdg
Enable two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
12 En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg
Enable second harmonics used in two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
Settings of rotor earth fault protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> ROTWDG EF PROT --> [setting
symbol].
6.3.11 Settings of thermal overload protection of stator
Table 6.3-11 List of thermal overload protection settings of stator

1 I_OvLd_Sta 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 10
2 t_OvLd_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
3 TrpLog_OvLd_Sta 0000 FFFF 1 000F
4 I_Alm_OvLd_Sta 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 7
5 t_Alm_OvLd_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
6 I_InvOvLd_Sta 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 6
7 tmin_InvOvLd_Sta 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
8 A_Therm_Sta 1.00 100.00 0.01 40
9 Kb_Therm_Sta 0.00 10.00 0.01 1
10 TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta 0000 FFFF 1 0FFF
1 I_OvLd_Sta
Setting of definite time overload protection.
Setting of this protection is determined by the requirement of reliable release during permissive
continuous load current of generator.
Ign
IOP = Krel
Kr

Chapter 7 Settings
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1.05 generally;
Kr is release factor, 0.85 0.95;
Ign is secondary rated current of generator.
Delay of this protection shall be longer than maximum delay of backup protection. Alarm will be
issued or load will be reduced when it operates.
2 t_OvLd_Sta
Delay of definite time overload protection.
3 TrpLog_OvLd_Sta
Tripping output logic setting of definite time overload protection.
4 I_Alm_OvLd_Sta
Setting of definite time overload alarm.
5 t_Alm_OvLd_Sta
Delay of alarm issued by definite time overload element.
6 I_InvOvLd_Sta
Pickup current of inverse time overload protection.
Characteristic of this protection is indefinite time relationship between multiple of load current and
corresponding permissive duration which is determined by permissive overload capability of stator
provided by the factory.
K tc
t=
I *2 K sr2
Where:
Ktc is heat capacity factor of stator winding;
I* is per unit value of load current referred to rated current of stator;
Ksr is heat dissipation factor, 1.0 1.05 generally.
Minimum delay for upper limit of this protection shall coordinate with unrestraint protection.
Current setting of lower limit of this protection shall coordinate with definite time overload

Chapter 7 Settings
protection mentioned above, namely
Ign
IOP.min = Kc0Krel
Kr
Where: KC0 is coordination factor, 1.05 in general.
7 tmin_InvOvLd_Sta
Delay of upper limit of inverse time overload protection.
8 A_Therm_Sta
Thermal capacity parameter of stator winding.
9 Kb_Therm_Sta
Heat dissipation factor for inverse time overload.
10 TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time overload protection.
Settings of stator overload protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> STA OVLD PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.12 Settings of negative sequence overload protection
Table 6.3-12 List of negative sequence overload protection settings

1 I_NegOC1_Sta 0.10 20.00 A 0.01 A 10
2 t_NegOC1_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
3 TrpLog_NegOC1_Sta 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
4 I_NegOC2_Sta 0.10 20.00 A 0.01 A 10
5 t_NegOC2_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
6 TrpLog_NegOC2_Sta 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
7 I_Alm_NegOC_Sta 0.10 20.00 A 0.01 A 1.0
8 t_Alm_NegOC_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
9 I_InvNegOC_Sta 0.05 5.00 A 0.01 A 0.5
10 I_Neg_Perm_Sta 0.05 5.00 A 0.01 A 0.4
11 tmin_InvNegOC_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
12 A_Therm_Sta 1 100.00 0.01 40
13 TrpLog_InvNegOC_Sta 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF

Chapter 7 Settings
1 I_OvLd_Sta
Setting of stage 1 of definite time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Setting of this protection is determined by the threshold under which this protection can release
reliably, that threshold value is continuously permissive negative sequence current I2 . So,
I 2 I gn
I OP = K rel
Kr
Where:
I OP is the setting [I_OvLd_Sta].
Krel is reliability factor, 1.05;
Kr is release factor, 0.85 0.95;
I2 is per unit value of continuously permissive negative sequence current,
Ign is secondary rated current of generator.
2 t_NegOC1_Sta
Delay of stage 1 of definite time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Delay of this protection shall be longer than maximum delay of backup protection. Alarm will be
issued when it operates.
3 TrpLog_NegOC1_Sta
Tripping output logic setting of stage 1 of definite time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
4 I_NegOC2_Sta
Setting of stage 2 of definite time negative sequence overcurrent protection. The setting method
is as same as that of stage 1.
5 t_NegOC2_Sta
Delay of stage 2 of definite time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Delay of this protection shall be longer than maximum delay of backup protection. This stage can
be used to trip breakers.
6 TrpLog_NegOC2_Sta

Chapter 7 Settings
Tripping output logic setting of stage 2 of definite time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
7 I_Alm_NegOC_Sta
Setting of alarm issued by negative sequence overcurrent element.
8 t_Alm_NegOC_Sta
Delay of alarm issued by negative sequence overcurrent element.
9 I_InvNegOC_Sta
Pickup current of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Characteristic of this protection is determined by permissive negative sequence overload

capability of rotor surface provided by the manufacturer.
A
t=
I I22
2
2*
Where:
A is permissive negative sequence current factor of rotor surface;
I2* is per unit value of negative sequence current of generator;
I2 is per unit value of permissive continues negative sequence current.
Minimum delay for upper limit of this protection shall coordinate with unrestraint protection.
10 I_Neg_Perm_Sta
Permitted continuous currents of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent protection for lasting
operation.
Current setting of lower limit of this protection shall be the operating current corresponding to
delay 1000 s, namely
A
I OP.min = + I 22
1000
This protection is used for Islanding or program tripping.
11 tmin_InvNegOC_Sta
Delay of upper limit of inverse negative sequence overcurrent protection. Minimum delay for upper
limit of this protection shall coordinate with unrestraint protection.
12 A_Therm_Rot
Heat dissipation factor for inverse time negative sequence overcurrent.

Chapter 7 Settings
13 TrpLog_InvNegOC_Rot
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time overcurrent protection.
Settings of stator negative sequence overcurrent protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN NEGOC PROT --> [setting
symbol].
6.3.13 Settings of Loss-of-Excitation protection
Table 6.3-13 List of loss-of-excitation protection settings

1 Xd_Gen 0.00-2.00 0.001 0.9
2 Xq_Gen 0.00-2.00 0.001 0.6
3 Xs_Gen 0.00-2.00 0.001 0.4
4 Xd_Gen 0.00-2.00 0.001 0.3
5 Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 0.01 50.00 % 0.01 % 10
6 V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 0.1 600.00 V 0.01 V 30
7 V_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen 0.1 600.00 V 0.01 V 50
8 k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 0.10 10.00 (pu) 0.01 (pu) 2
9 P_SalientPole_Gen 0.00 30.00 % 0.01 % 10
10 V_UV_LossExc_Gen 10.00 100.00 V 0.01 V 85
11 t_LossExc1_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.5
12 t_LossExc2_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 1.0
13 t_LossExc3_Gen 0.10 3000.00 S 0.01 S 3.0
14 TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF
17 En_Z_LossExc1_Gen 01 1
18 En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen 01 1
19 En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen 01 1
20 En_BusUV_LossExc2_Gen 01 1
25 En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 01 1
26 Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen 01 0
27 Opt_Circle_Z_LossExc_Gen 01 1

Chapter 7 Settings
1 Xd_Gen
The per unit value of transverse synchronous reactance of generator.
2 Xq_Gen
The per unit value of vertical synchronous reactance of generator.
3 Xs_Gen
The per unit value of system reactance.
4 Xd_Gen
The per unit value of transient reactance of generator.
In the following figure,
jx
Xc
R
Xa
Xb
Figure 6.3-1 Impedance circle of loss of excitation protection
For asynchronous impedance cycle, there are:
X d' U gn na
2
Xa =
2 S gn nv
X' U n 2
X b = ( X d + d ) gn a
2 S gn nv
Where:
'
Xd and Xd are unsaturated per unit value of transient reactance (NO.4) and synchronous
reactance (No.1) of generator,
Ugn and Sgn are rated voltage and rated apparent power of generator;
na and nv are CT ratio and VT ratio.

Chapter 7 Settings
For steady state stability limit circle, here:
2
U gn na
Xc = Xs
S gn nv
X d'
2
U gn na
X b = ( X d + )
2 S gn nv
Where:
Xs is equivalent reactance (No.3) on system side (including step-up transformer) connected with
the generator (per unit value, reference capacity is apparent power of the generator).
Asynchronous impedance circle and steady state stability limit circle can be selected by logic
setting [Opt_Circle_Z_LossExc_Gen] (No. 27).
For practical project, impedance between asynchronous impedance circle and steady state
stability limit circle can be selected for optimal combination of reliability and speed.
5 Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen
Reverse power setting of reactive power
Reverse reactive power criterion:
Qjx
Qzdl = Krel
Pgn
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1 - 1.3;
Qjx is permissive incoming reactive power to the generator;
Pgn is rated active power of the generator.
Reverse reactive power criterion can be selected by logic setting [En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen] (NO.
25).
6 V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen
Low voltage setting of rotor. There are two low voltage setting of rotor, they are
a) Excitation undervoltage criterion
U fd .op = K rel U fd 0

Chapter 7 Settings
Where:
U fd .op is the setting [V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen].
Krel is reliability factor, 0.20 0.50;
Ufd0 is rated excitation voltage of the generator without load.
b) Variable excitation voltage criterion
For a generator connecting with power system, there is a necessary excitation voltage Ufd0 for
keeping steady state stability.
Variable excitation voltage criterion is
P Pt
U fd .op K xs U fd 0
Sn
K xs = K rel ( X d + X S )
Where:
Kxs is rotor voltage criterion coefficient.
Xd and Xs are per unit value of synchronous reactance of generator and equivalent reactance of
system connecting with the generator (referred to rated capacity of the generator);
P is current active power of the generator;

Pt is the salient pole power of generator, i.e. NO. 9 setting.
Ufd0 is rated excitation voltage of generator without load;
7 V_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen
Rated excitation voltage of the generator without load.
8 k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen
Restrained coefficient of low voltage criterion of rotor.
9 P_SalientPole_Gen

Chapter 7 Settings
Setting of salient pole power of rotor of the generator, especially for hydro generator.
10 V_UV_LossExc_Gen
Low voltage setting for busbar undervoltage criterion.
This criterion is used mainly to prevent voltage collapse due to loss of excitation of generator for a
system without enough spare reactive power. Voltage on bus of system side is adopted for this
criterion.
Under voltage criterion for three phase simultaneously:
U op.3 ph = K rel U h. min
Where:
Uh.min is minimum normal operation voltage of HV side of the system.
This criterion can also be configured as 0.85 0.90 times of terminal voltage of generator.
11 t_LossExc1_Gen
Delay of loss-of-excitation protection stage 1
12 t_LossExc2_Gen
13 t_LossExc3_Gen
14 TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of loss-of-excitation protection stage1
17 En_Z_LossExc1_Gen
Enable impedance criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage1
18 En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen
Enable the criterion of rotor voltage in loss-of-excitation protection stage1

Chapter 7 Settings
19 En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen
Enable alarm function of loss-of-excitation protection stage1
20 En_BusUV_LossExc2_Gen
Enable the low voltage criterion of busbar in loss-of-excitation protection stage2
Enable impedance criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage2
Enable impedance criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage3.
25 En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen
Enable reverse power criterion
26 Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen
Configure low voltage criterion.
0, choose busbar voltage.
1, choose terminal voltage of generator.
27 Opt_Circle_Z_LossExc_Gen
Impedance circle option.
0, choose steady state stability circle.
1, choose asynchronous impedance cycle.
Note:
Following criterion are recommended for various stages of this protection:
Criterion Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

Stator side impedance
Under voltage criterion of system
Rotor voltage
Delay ( s ) 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 Long delay

Chapter 7 Settings
Settings of generator loss-of-excitation protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN LOSSEXC PROT --> [setting
symbol].
6.3.14 Settings of out-of-step protection
Table 6.3-14 List of out-of-step protection settings

1 Za_OOS_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 10
2 Zb_OOS_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 5
3 Zc_OOS_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 5
4 _Reach_OOS_Gen 60.00 90.00 0.1 85
5 _Inner_OOS_Gen 60.00 150.00 0.1 120
6 n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen 1-1000 1 5
7 n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen 1-1000 1 2
8 Ibrk_GCB 1.00 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
9 TrpLog_OOS_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF
10 En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen 01 1
11 En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen 01 1
12 En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen 01 1
13 En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen 01 1
Explanation of the settings
Out-of-step protection operates only when out-of-step occurs in power system. Then, based on
situation at that time, the dispatching center will adopt islanding, generator shutting or restraint
and other necessary measures. Only if center of oscillation situates within the generator or near
the generator, or the oscillation lasts too long, and phase difference of electro-motive force
between two sides of the breaker less than 90, this protection will trip.
Characteristic of this protection comprises three parts: lens part , boundary part and
reactance line part . See the following figure.

Chapter 7 Settings
jx
Za
U
D
Zc 3
OL
IL
1 IR
OR
0
R
1
Zb
2
L R
Figure 6.3-2 Impedance of out-of-step protection
1 Za_OOS_Gen
Impedance setting A of out-of-step protection.

Refer to Figure 6.3-2 , this setting can be set by means of the following formula.
2
U gn na
Za = ( X S + X C )
S gn nv
Where:
X C is per unit value of equivalent reactance of transformer connecting to the generator;
X S is equivalent reactance of power system network;
Ugn and Sgn are rated voltage and rated apparent power of generator;
na and nv are CT ratio and VT ratio.
2 Zb_OOS_Gen
Impedance setting B of out-of-step protection.

Refer to Figure 6.3-2, this setting can be set by means of the following formula.
2
U gn na
Zb = X
'
S gn nv
d
Where:
X d' is transient reactance of generator;
3 Zc_OOS_Gen
Impedance setting C of out-of-step protection. Reactance line is the dividing line of oscillation
center. Refer to Figure 6.3-2, this setting can be set by means of the following formula. In practice,

Chapter 7 Settings
0.9 times of transformer impedance is recommended.

2
U gn na
Z c = 0 .9 X c
S gn nv
4 _Reach_OOS_Gen
Reach angle of system impedance.
= 80- 85according to the real angle of system.
5 _Inner_OOS_Gen
Internal angle of lens characteristic . The following formula is for reference,

2Z r
= 180 2 arctan
Z a + Zb
1
Zr RL. min
1.3
Where RL. min is minimum load impedance of generator.
6 n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen
Pole sliding number setting for external fault of generator. When the oscillation center situates
outside the protected section, times of pole sliding shall be set as 2 15 for alarm and more than
15 for tripping.
7 n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen
Pole sliding number setting for internal fault of generator. When the oscillation center situates
within the protected section, time of pole sliding shall be set as 1-2 in general.
8 Ibrk_GCB
Tolerating current of breaker in tripping. This is an auxiliary criterion and is determined by

interruption capacity of the circuit breaker.
9 TrpLog_OOS_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of out-of-step protection.
10 En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
Enable alarm in out-of-step case outside the generator.
11 En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen
Enable tripping in out-of-step case outside the generator.
12 En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen

Chapter 7 Settings
Enable alarm in out-of-step case inside the generator.
13 En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen
Enable tripping in out-of-step case inside the generator.
Settings of generator out-of-step protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN OOS PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.15 Settings of voltage protection
Table 6.3-15 List of voltage protection settings

1 V_OV_Gen 0.10 200.00 V 0.01V 150
2 t_OV_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01S 0.3
3 TrpLog_OV_Gen 0000 FFFF 1 1FFF
4 V_UV_Gen 0.10 100.00 V 0.01V 80
5 t_UV_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01S 1.5
6 TrpLog_UV_Gen 0000 FFFF 1 1FFF
1 V_OV_Gen
Voltage setting of overvoltage protection.

Setting of overvoltage protection of stator shall base on permissive overvoltage capability provided
by the factory or insulation condition of the stator.
For turbo-generator with capacity more than 200 MW,
U op = 1.3U gn
Where:
U gn is the secondary rated phase-to-phase voltage.
This is used for islanding and excitation shutting with delay 0.5 s.
For hydro-generator,
U op = 1.5U gn
For hydro-generator with SCR excitation,
U op = 1.3U gn

Chapter 7 Settings
2 t_OV_Gen
Delay of overvoltage protection.
3 TrpLog_OV_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of overvoltage protection.
4 V_UV_Gen
Voltage setting of under voltage protection
5 t_UV_Gen
Delay of under voltage protection
6 TrpLog_UV_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of under voltage protection.
Settings of generator voltage protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN VOLT PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.16 Settings of over excitation protection of generator
Table 6.3-16 List of over excitation protection settings of generator

1 k_OvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.4
2 t_OvExc_Gen 0.1 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1
3 TrpLog_OvExc_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
4 k_Alm_OvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.1
5 t_Alm_OvExc_Gen 0.1 10.00 S 0.1 S 10
6 k0_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.5
7 t0_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1
8 k1_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.45
9 t1_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 2
10 k2_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.4
11 t2_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 5
12 k3_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.3
13 t3_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 15
14 k4_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.25
15 t4_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 30
16 k5_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.1
17 t5_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1000
18 TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF

Chapter 7 Settings
1 k_OvExc_Gen
Setting of definite time over excitation protection.
U
B U gn
N = = = U / f = 1.3 or data provided by the factory
Bn f
f gn
2 t_OvExc_Gen
Delay of definite time over excitation protection.
3 TrpLog_OvExc_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of definite time over excitation protection. The function of this
protection is used for islanding, excitation shutting or programming, excitation reducing etc.
4 k_Alm_OvExc_Gen
Setting of over excitation alarm. Setting of alarm shall be lower than that of over excitation
protection. 1.1 is recommended.
5 t_Alm_OvExc_Gen
Delay of over excitation alarm.
6 k0_InvOvExc_Gen
Upper limit of inverse time over excitation protectionn0
7 t0_InvOvExc_Gen
Delay of upper limit of inverse time over excitation protection.
8 k1_InvOvExc_Gen
Inverse time over excitation factor1n1. Setting range of various inverse time over excitation
coefficient s is 1.1 2.0. However setting of upper limit (NO.6) of over excitation factor n0 shall be
higher than that of over excitation factor1 n1, that of factor1 n1 shall be higher than that of factor2
n2, etc..
9 t1_InvOvExc_Gen
Delay at the point n1 on inverse time over excitation curvet1

The range of delay of various inverse time over excitation protection stage is 0s to 6000 s,
ie.,0--50 min. Delay of upper limit (NO.7) of over excitation factor shall be shorter than that of over
excitation factor1, that of factor1 shall be shorter than that of factor2, etc..
10 k2_InvOvExc_Gen
Inverse time over excitation factor n2.
11 t2_InvOvExc_Gen
Delay at the point n2 on inverse time over excitation curvet2

Chapter 7 Settings
12 k3_InvOvExc_Gen
Inverse time over excitation Ratio n3.
13 t3_InvOvExc_Gen
Delay at the point n3 on inverse time over excitation curvet3.
14 k4_InvOvExc_Gen
15 n4_InvOvExc_Gen
16 k5_InvOvExc_Gen
17 n5_InvOvExc_Gen
18 TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time over excitation protection.
Settings of generator overexcitation protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN OVEXC PROT --> [setting
symbol].
6.3.17 Settings of power protection of generator
Table 6.3-17 List of power protection settings of generator

1 P_RevP_Gen 0.50 10.00 % 0.01% 2
2 t_Alm_RevP_Gen 0.10 25.00 S 0.1 S 10
3 t_Trp_RevP_Gen 0.10 3000.0 S 0.1 S 10
4 TrpLog_RevP_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF
5 En_Wicket_Ctrl_PwrProt_Gen 0,1 1
1 P_RevP_Gen
Power setting of reverse power protection.
Pop = K rel ( P1 + P2 )

Chapter 7 Settings
Where:
K rel is reliability coefficient, 0.5 0.8 generally;
P1 is minimum loss of turbine during reverse power operation, 2% - 4% of rated power generally;
P2 is minimum loss of generator during reverse power operation, P2 = (1 ) Pgn generally,
is efficiency factor of generator, 98.6% - 98.7%;
Pgn is rated power of generator.
Pop is set as 1% - 2% of rated active power generally, and 1% is recommended.
2 t_Alm_RevP_Gen
Delay of reverse power alarm. For reverse power protection without steam valve contact blocking,
delay 15 s for alarm.
3 t_Trp_RevP_Gen
Delay of reverse power protection. For reverse power protection without steam valve contact
blocking, according to permissive operation time of reverse power, delay 1 min 3 min is set for
islanding in general.
For program reverse power protection with steam valve contact blocking, delay 0.5 s 1.50 s is
set for islanding.
4 TrpLog_RevP_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of reverse power protection.
5 En_Wicket_Ctrl_PwrProt_ Gen
Enable the position contact of steam valve to block the power protection.
Settings of generator power protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN PWR PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.18 Settings of frequency protection
Table 6.3-18 List of frequency protection settings

1 f_UF1_Gen 45.00 51.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 48.5
2 t_UF1_Gen 0.10 3000.00 s 0.01s 10
3 f_UF2_Gen 45.00 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 48

Chapter 7 Settings

4 t_UF2_Gen 0.10 3000.00 s 0.01s 1
5 TrpLog_UF_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF
6 f_OF_Gen 50.00 60.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 51.5
7 t_OF_Gen 0.10 1000.00 s 0.01s 2
8 TrpLog_OF_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF
9 En_Alm_UF1_Gen 01 1
10 En_Trp_UF1_Gen 01 1
11 En_Alm_UF2_Gen 01 1
12 En_Trp_UF2_Gen 01 1
13 En_Alm_OF_Gen 01 1
14 En_Trp_OF_Gen 01 1
1 f_UF1_Gen
Frequency setting of under frequency protection stage1.

Permissive range of frequency during operation for large turbo-generator with capacity more than
300 MW is 48.5 Hz 50.5 Hz.
Recommended permissive operation time of abnormal frequency for large generator is as follows.
Table 6.3-19 Operating time under differential frequency
Freq. Permissive operating time Freq. Permissive operating time
Hz accumulated, min once, s Hz accumulated, min once, s
51.5 30 30 48.0 300 300
51.0 180 180 47.5 60 60
48.5-50.5 Continuous 47.0 10 10
Two stages of under frequency protection are provided in which function of accumulated operating
time is equipped for stage 1(NO.2 setting).
One stage of over frequency protection are provided, in which no function of accumulated
operating time is equipped.
Each zone can be used for alarm or tripping by configuration of logic setting.
2 t_UF1_Gen
The sum of delay setting of under frequency protection stage1.
3 f_UF2_Gen
Frequency setting of under frequency protection stage2.
4 t_UF2_Gen

Chapter 7 Settings
Delay of under frequency protection stage2.
5 TrpLog_UF_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of under frequency protection.
6 f_OF_Gen
Frequency setting of over frequency protection.
7 t_OF_Gen
Delay of over frequency protection.
8 TrpLog_OF_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of over frequency protection.
9 En_Alm_UF1_Gen
Enable alarm function of under frequency protection stage1.
10 En_Trp_UF1_Gen
Enable tripping function of under frequency protection stage1.
11 En_Alm_UF2_Gen
Enable alarm function of under frequency protection stage2.
12 En_Trp_UF2_Gen
Enable tripping function of under frequency protection stage2.
13 En_Alm_OF_Gen
Enable alarm function of over frequency protection.
14 En_Trp_OF_Gen
Enable tripping function of over frequency protection.
Settings of generator frequency protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN FREQ PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.19 Settings of startup and shutdown protection of generator
Table 6.3-20 List of startup and shutdown protection settings of generator

1 f_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen 40.0 50.0Hz 0.01 Hz 45
2 I_UF_OC_StShut_Gen 0.10 - 50.00 A 0.01 A 1

Chapter 7 Settings

3 t_UF_OC_StShut_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 10
4 I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 10.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
5 TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF
6 V_StaROV_StShut_Gen 5 25.0 V 0.01 V 10
7 t_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0.10 10.0 S 0.01 S 10
8 TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF
9 En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 01 1
10 En_UFOC_StShut_Gen 01 1
11 En_ROV_StShut_Gen 01 1
1 f_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen
Frequency setting for blocking startup and shutdown protection of generator.

Startup and shutdown protection is used for earth fault and phase-to-phase fault of stator during
low speed operation of the generator. Its algorithm is insensitive to variation of frequency.
This protection is auxiliary protection of generator during low frequency operation. Blocking
setting of this protection is 0.8 0.9 times of rated frequency.
2 I_UF_OC_StShut_Gen
Current setting of low frequency overcurrent protection.
3 t_UF_OC_StShut_Gen
Current setting of low frequency overcurrent protection in startup and shutdown condition.
4 I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen
Differential current setting for the differential protection of generator in startup and shutdown
condition. Setting of this protection shall be higher than unbalance differential current in full load
and rated frequency condition,
I op = K rel I unb
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1.30 1.50 generally;
Iunb is the unbalance differential current in full load and rated frequency condition.
5 TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of low frequency differential protection of generator in startup and
shutdown condition.
6 V_StaROV_StShut_Gen

Chapter 7 Settings
Zero sequence voltage setting of stator earth fault protection in startup and shutdown condition.
For earth fault, zero sequence voltage derived from neutral point is adopted as criterion with
setting 10 V in general and delay not shorter than that of fundamental zero sequence voltage earth
fault protection for stator in normal condition.
7 t_StaROV_StShut_Gen
Delay of stator earth fault protection in startup and shutdown condition.
8 TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of stator earth fault protection in startup and shutdown condition.
9 En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen
Enable differential current protective element of generator.
10 En_UFOC_StShut_Gen
Enable underfrequency overcurrent protective element of generator.
11 En_ROV_StShut_Gen
Enable low frequency zero sequence voltage protective element of stator.
Settings of generator startup and shutdown protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN STSHUT PROT --> [setting
symbol].
6.3.20 Settings of accidental energization protection of generator
Table 6.3-21 List of accidental energization protection settings of generator

1 f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen 40 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 45
2 I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen 0.10 - 50.00 A 0.01 A 3
3 t_AccEnerg_Gen 0.0 1.00 S 0.01 A 0.1
4 TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen 0000- FFFF 1 1FFF
5 I_Neg_Flash_GCB 0.1 20.0 A 0.01 A 3
6 t_Flash1_GCB 0.1 - 10.0 S 0.01 A 3
7 TrpLog_Flash1_GCB 0000 FFFF 1 1FFF
8 t_Flash2_GCB 0.1 - 10.0 S 0.01 A 3
9 TrpLog_Flash2_GCB 0000 FFFF 1 1FFF
10 En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 01 1
11 En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 01 1

Chapter 7 Settings
1 f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen
Frequency setting for blocking accident energization protection of generator.

Frequency blocking setting shall be 80% - 90% of the rated frequency, i.e., 40 Hz 45 Hz.
2 I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen
Current setting of accident energization overcurrent protection.

Current setting shall be 50% of minimum accidental closing current (generator side) during
process of generator starting up but having not been excited. If accidental closing current of circuit
breaker on auxiliary transformer side shall be considered, current setting shall base on minimum
accidental closing current during this condition. The current used for this setting is derived from the
CT at the terminal of generator.
In general, this setting shall be in excess of 1.3 times of rated current of generator.
3 t_AccEnerg_Gen
Delay of accident energization overcurrent protection.
4 TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen
Tripping output logic setting of accident energization overcurrent protection.
5 I_Neg_Flash_GCB
Negative sequence current setting of breaker flashover protection.

This setting shall be higher than possible unbalance current during normal operation. It must be
set according to the secondary current of the CT at the terminal of generator.
6 t_Flash1_GCB
Delay 1 of breaker flashover protection.
7 TrpLog_Flash1_GCB
Tripping output logic setting of breaker flashover protection with time delay 1.
8 t_Flash2_GCB
Delay 2 of breaker flashover protection.
9 TrpLog_Flash2_GCB
Tripping output logic setting of breaker flashover protection with time delay 2.
If impulse current may be higher than capacity of circuit breaker during asynchronous closing, the
protection shall shut off the excitation firstly. If current passing through circuit breaker is lower than
permissive value, the protection can trip the circuit breaker on outlet.
Permissive tripping current of circuit breaker shall be configured as that provided by factory.
10 En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen

Chapter 7 Settings
Enable blocking function in under frequency condition.
11 En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen
Enable breaker position auxiliary contact blocking function.

If asynchronous unwanted closing is considered, breaker position contact blocking shall be
selected.
Settings of generator accidental energization protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GEN ACCENERG PROT --> [setting
symbol].
6.3.21 Settings of breaker failure protection of generator
Table 6.3-22 List of breaker failure protection settings of generator

1 V_NegOV_BFP_GCB 1.00 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2 Vpp_UV_BFP_GCB 2.00 -- 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3 I_BFP_GCB 0.10 -- 20.00 A 0.01 A 3
4 I_NegOC_BFP_GCB 0.10 -- 20.00 A 0.01 A 3
5 t_BFP1_GCB 0.0 - 10.0 S 0.01 S 3
6 TrpLog_BFP1_GCB 0000 FFFF 1 1FFF
7 t_BFP2_GCB 0.0 - 10.0 S 0.01 S 3
8 TrpLog_BFP2_GCB 0000 FFFF 1 1FFF
9 I_BO_OC_GEN 0.10 -- 100.00 A 0.01A 5.5
10 t_BO_OC_GEN 0.0 - 10.0 S 0.01 S 9
11 En_NegOC_Ctrl_BFP_GCB 01 1
12 En_VCE_Ctrl_BFP_GCB 01 1
13 En_BO_OC_GEN 01 1
1 V_NegOV_BFP_GCB
Setting of negative sequence voltage control element of breaker failure protection.
2 Vpp_UV_BFP_GCB
Setting of phase-to-phase under voltage control element of breaker failure protection.

If the setting [En_VCE_Ctrl_BFP_GCB] is enabled and any one of the two criterions above is
met ,including negative sequence voltage control element and phase-to-phase under voltage
control element, the BFP will be active.
3 I_BFP_GCB

Chapter 7 Settings
Overcurrent setting of breaker failure protection.
4 I_NegOC_BFP_GCB
Negative sequence overcurrent setting of breaker failure protection
5 t_BFP1_GCB
Time delay of breaker failure protection stage 1.
6 TrpLog_BFP1_GCB
Tripping output logic setting of breaker failure protection stage 1.
7 t_BFP2_GCB
Time delay of breaker failure protection stage 2.
8 TrpLog_BFP2_GCB
Tripping output logic setting of breaker failure protection stage 2.
9 I_BO_OC_GEN
Over current setting of generator terminal CT. It is used only for signal output.
10 t_BO_OC_GEN
Time delay of over current of generator terminal CT.
11 En_NegOC_Ctrl_BFP_GCB
Logic setting of enabling negative sequence current to block breaker failure protection.
12 En_VCE_Ctrl_BFP_GCB
Logic setting of enabling voltage control element, including negative sequence voltage control
element and phase-to-phase under voltage control element, to block breaker failure protection.
13 En_BO_OC_GEN
Logic setting of enabling binary output of overcurrent of generator terminal CT.
Settings of breaker failure protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> GCB BFP PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.22 Settings of shaft over current protection of generator
Table 6.3-23 List of shaft over current protection settings

1 I_Alm_OC_Shaft 0.10 100.0 mA 0.1 mA 10

Chapter 7 Settings

2 t_Alm_OC_Shaft 0.00 3000 S 0.1 S 1
3 I_OC_Shaft 0.10 100.0 mA 0.1 mA 10
4 t_OC_Shaft 0.10 25.00 S 0.01 S
5 TrpLog_OC_Shaft 0000 FFFF 1 1FFF
6 En_1stH_OC_Shaft 01 1
7 En_3rdH_OC_Shaft 01 0
1 I_Alm_OC_Shaft
Alarm current setting of shaft overcurrent protection.
2 t_Alm_OC_Shaft
Time delay of alarm stage of shaft overcurrent protection.
3 I_OC_Shaft
Tripping current setting of shaft overcurrent protection.
4 t_OC_Shaft
Time delay of tripping stage of shaft overcurrent protection.
5 TrpLog_OC_Shaft
Tripping output logic setting of shaft overcurrent protection.
6 En_1stH_OC_Shaft
Enable system frequency element be shaft of operation of the protection.
7 En_3rdH_OC_Shaft
Enable third harmonics element be shaft of operation of the protection.
Settings of generator shaft overcurrent protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> SHAFT OC PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.23 Settings of differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter
Table 6.3-24 List of differential protection settings of excitation transformer or exciter

1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc 0.10 1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2 I_InstDiff_Exc 2.0 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3 I_Alm_Exc 0.10 1.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.2

Chapter 7 Settings

4 Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc 0.00 0.50 0.01 0.1
5 Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc 0.50 0.80 0.01 0.7
6 k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc 0.10 0.35 0.01 0.15
7 TrpLog_Diff_Exc 0000 FFFF 1 1FFF
8 En_InstDiff_Exc 01 1
9 En_PcntDiff_Exc 01 1
10 Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc 01 1
11 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc 01 1
1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc
Setting of pickup value of percentage differential current of excitation transformer or exciter. In

practice, for excitation transformer, characteristic of CT on two sides may differ significantly and
the unbalance differential current may be larger than that of main transformer. So for pickup
setting, 0.3 Ie is recommended.
2 I_InstDiff_Exc
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection.
3 I_Alm_Exc
Alarm current setting of differential protection.
4 Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc
Restraint coefficient of the first slope of the differential characteristic curve.
5 Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc
6 k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc
Restraint coefficient of second harmonics.
7 TrpLog_Diff_Exc
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection of excitation transformer of exciter.
8 En_InstDiff_Exc
Enable unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter.
9 En_PcntDiff_Exc
Enable percentage differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter.
10 Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc

Chapter 7 Settings
Inrush current blocking mode. Select criterion of Inrush current detection.

0, discrimination by harmonics;
1, waveform distortion criterion is used.
11 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc
Enable differential protection blocked by CT circuit failure.

Setting 0: Differential protection is not blocked by CT circuit failure.
Setting 1: Differential protection is blocked by CT circuit failure
Settings of excitation differential protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> EXC DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.24 Settings of overcurrent protection of excitation transformer or exciter
Table 6.3-25 List of overcurrent protection settings of excitation transformer or exciter

1 I_OC1_Exc 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
2 t_OC1_Exc 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
3 TrpLog_OC1_Exc 0000 FFFF 1 0081
4 I_OC2_Exc 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
5 t_OC2_Exc 0.00 25.00 S 0.01 S 1.5
6 TrpLog_OC2_Exc 0000 FFFF 1 0081
1 I_OC1_Exc
Setting of definite time overcurrent protection stage 1.
2 t_OC1_Exc
Delay of definite time overcurrent protection stage 1.
3 TrpLog_OC1_Exc
Tripping output logic setting of definite time overcurrent protection.
4 I_OC2_Exc
Setting of definitive time overcurrent protection stage 2.
5 t_OC2_Exc
Delay of definite time overcurrent protection stage 2.

Chapter 7 Settings
6 TrpLog_OC2_Exc
Tripping output logic setting of definite time overcurrent protection stage 2.
Settings of excitation backup protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> EXC BAK PROT --> [setting symbol].
Note:
The current used in the overcurrent protection is derived from the CT at the HV side of excitation
transformer or the CT at the neutral point of exciter.
6.3.25 Settings of overload protection of excitation
Table 6.3-26 List of overload protection settings of exciter

1 I_OvLd_RotWdg 0.10 100.00 A 0.01A 10
2 t_OvLd_RotWdg 0.00 25.00 S 0.01S 1
3 TrpLog_OvLd_RotWdg 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
4 I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 0.10 100.00 A 0.01A 7
5 t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 0.10 25.00 S 0.01S 2
6 I_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 50.00 A 0.01A 6
7 tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 10.00 S 0.01S 1
8 A_Therm_RotWdg 1.00 100.00 0.01 40
9 Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.1 - 50.00A 0.01A 1
10 TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0000 - FFFF 1 1FFF
11 Opt_AI_RotWdg 0,1 0
12 Opt_Curr_RotWdg 0,1 0
1 I_OvLd_RotWdg
Setting of overload protection of rotor winding. If the measured current is inputted by DC type, the
unit of the setting is kA. Otherwise, A is the unit of AC type current.
2 t_OvLd_RotWdg
Delay setting of overload protection of rotor winding.
3 TrpLog_OvLd_RotWdg
Tripping output logic setting of overload protection of rotor winding.
4 I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg

Chapter 7 Settings
Current setting of overload alarm.
5 t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
Delay of overload alarm.
6 I_InvOvLd_RotWdg
Pickup current of inverse time overload protection.
7 tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg
Delay of upper limit of inverse time overload protection.
8 A_Therm_RotWdg
Thermal capacity parameter of excitation winding.
9 Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg
Reference current setting of inverse time overload.
10 TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time overload protection.
11 Opt_AI_RotWdg
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input.

0: AC current input for overload protection of rotor winding.
1: DC current input for overload protection of rotor winding.
12 Opt_Curr_RotWdg
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input.

0: the side 2 current of excitation transformer input for overload protection of rotor winding.
1: the side 1 current of excitation transformer input for overload protection of rotor winding.
Settings of excitation overload protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> EXC OVLD PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.3.26 Settings of mechanical protection
Table 6.3-27 List of mechanical protection settings

1 t_MechRly1 0.00 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
2 TrpLog_MechRly1 0000 - FFFF 1 0011
3 t_MechRly2 0.00 6000.0 S 0.1S 1

Chapter 7 Settings

5 t_MechRly3 0.00 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
7 t_MechRly4 0.00 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
1 t_MechRly1
Time delay of output contact of external mechanical contact input 1 repeater.
2 TrpLog_MechRly1
Tripping output logic setting of output contact of mechanical contact input 1.
3 t_MechRly2
4 TrpLog_MechRly2
5 t_MechRly3
6 TrpLog_MechRly3
7 t_MechRly4
8 TrpLog_MechRly4
Settings of mechanical protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> MECH RLY PROT --> [setting symbol].
6.4 Calculated parameters

The settings listed in the following tables calculated by the RCS-985GW itself automatically, they
need not to be set by user. The settings are calculated according to the system parameters that
user input, include primary rated currents, secondary rated currents, secondary rated voltages and
correction coefficients used in all kinds of differential protection relays. Listing of the calculated
settings is only for reference of setting check or commission.

Chapter 7 Settings
6.4.1 Setting list
Table 6.4-1 List of calculated parameters
Primary rated current

NO. Signal Range Note
1 I1b_CT_Gen 0-60000 A
2 I1b_CT_SP1_Gen 0-60000 A
3 I1b_CT_SP2_Gen 0-60000 A
4 I1b_CT_S1_Exc 0-6500.0 A
5 I1b_CT_S2_Exc 0-6500.0 A
Secondary rated current
1 I2b_CT_Gen 0-10.00 A
2 I2b_CT_SP1_Gen 0-10.00 A
3 I2b_CT_SP2_Gen 0-10.00 A
4 I2b_CT_S1_Exc 0-10.00 A
5 I2b_CT_S2_Exc 0-10.00 A
Secondary rated voltage
1 U2b_Term_Gen 0-120.00 V
2 U2b_DeltVT_Term_Gen 0-120.00 V
3 U2b_NP_Gen 0-300.00 V
4 k_DeltVT_Gen 0.01-3.00
Diff Corr Coef
1 k_Diff_Gen 0-16.000
2 k_SP1_Diff_Gen 0-16.000
3 k_SP2_Diff_Gen 0-16.000
4 k_S1_Diff_Exc 0-16.000
5 k_S2_Diff_Exc 0-16.000
6.4.2 Explanation of the parameters
1 1b_CT_Gen
Primary rated current of generator calculated by RCS-985GW according to parameters input.
2 I1b_CT_SP1_Gen
Primary rated current of the first splitting branch at the neutral point of generator calculated by
RCS-985GW according to parameters input.
3 I1b_CT_SP2_Gen
Primary rated current of the second splitting branch at the neutral point of generator calculated by

Chapter 7 Settings
4 I1b_CT_S1_Exc
Primary rated current at HV side of excitation transformer or terminal side of exciter calculated by
5 I1b_CT_S2_Exc
Primary rated current at LV side of excitation transformer or neutral point side of exciter calculated
by RCS-985GW according to parameters input.
6 I2b_CT_Gen
Secondary rated current of generator calculated by RCS-985GW according to parameters input.
7 I2b_CT_SP1_Gen
Secondary rated current of the first splitting branch at the neutral point of generator calculated by
8 I2b_CT_SP2_Gen
Secondary rated current of the second splitting branch at the neutral point of generator calculated
9 I2b_CT_S1_Exc
Secondary rated current at HV side of excitation transformer or terminal side of exciter calculated
10 I2b_CT_S2_Exc
Secondary rated current at LV side of excitation transformer or neutral point side of exciter
calculated by RCS-985GW according to parameters input.
11 U2b_VT_Term_Gen
Secondary rated current at the terminal of generator calculated by RCS-985G according to

parameters input.
12 U2b_DeltVT_Term_Gen
Secondary rated zero sequence voltage derived from open-delta side of VT at the terminal of
generator calculated by RCS-985G according to parameters input.
13 U2b_DeltVT_NP_Gen
Secondary rated zero sequence voltage derived from open-delta side of VT at the neutral point of
generator calculated by RCS-985GW according to parameters input.
14 k_DeltVT_Gen
Balance coefficient of zero sequence voltage of generator. The setting is used to adjust zero
sequence of generator terminal to the same base as the one of neutral point.
15 k_Diff_Gen

Chapter 7 Settings
Correction coefficient for generator differential protection.
16 k_SP1_Diff_Gen
Correction coefficient of current of the first splitting branch at the neutral point side of generator for
generator differential protection.
17 k_SP2_Diff_Gen
Correction coefficient of current of the second splitting branch at the neutral point side of generator
for generator differential protection.
18 k_S1_Diff_Exc
Correction coefficient of current of HV side of excitation transformer or terminal side of exciter for
excitation differential protection.
19 k_S2_Diff_Exc
Correction coefficient of current of LV side of excitation transformer or neutral point side of exciter
for excitation differential protection.
6.4.3 Setting path
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> CALC SETTINGS -> PRI RATED CURR -> [setting symbol]
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> CALC SETTINGS -> SEC RATED CURR -> [setting symbol]
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> CALC SETTINGS -> SEC RATED VOLT -> [setting symbol]
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> CALC SETTINGS -> DIFF CORR COEF -> [setting symbol]

Chapter 7 Settings

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

User can access the relay from the front panel of the device. Local communication with the relay is
possible using a computer (PC) with the RCSPC software via an RS232 port on the front panel.
Furthermore, remote communication is also possible switched-in substation automatic system via
a RS485 port.
This chapter describes human machine interface (HMI), menu tree and LCD display. At the same
time how to input settings using keypad is described in detail. Finally, this chapter introduces the
RCSPC software and wave analysis software.
7.1 User interfaces and menu structure

The settings and functions of the RCS-985GW protection relay can be accessed both from the
front panel keypad and LCD, and via the front and rear communication ports. Information on each
of these methods is given in this section to describe how to start using the relay.
7.2 Introduction to the relay

7.2.1 Front panel
The front panel of the relay is shown in Figure 7.2-1. The human-machine interface consists of a
human-machine interface (HMI) module which allows a communication as simple as possible for
the user.
Figure 7.2-1 Front view of the protection
The front panel of the relay includes the following, as indicated in Figure 7.2-1.

Table 7.2-1 Description of each part
No. Brief description
1 A 320*240 dots liquid crystal display (LCD)
2 The relay front panel features control pushbutton switches with LEDs that facilitate local
control. Factory default settings associate specific relay functions with these 9
direct-action pushbuttons and LEDs e.g.
3 A 9-key keypad comprising 4 arrow keys ( , , and ), an plus key (+), a minus
key (-), a escape key ( ESC) and a active group setting key (GRP)
4 A 9-pin female D-type front port for communication with a PC locally to the relay (up to
15m distance) via an EIA(RS)232 serial data connection, which providing internal signal
monitoring and high speed local downloading of software.
5 Name of protection
6 Name of manufacture
7.2.2 LCD
A 320*240 dots liquid crystal display (LCD) with LED backlight. The backlight can be switched on
automatically whenever the keypad is operated or operation or alarm issued. Backlight will be
turned off after a while.
7.2.2.1 Default Display
The front panel menu has a default display under normal state after powered-up. If there is no
keypad activity for the 5 minutes timeout period, the default will return again and the LCD backlight
will turn off. To provide more information, the default display a typical single-line scheme generator
system and relevant quantities in operation condition, as shown below.

Version 985GW3 3.03 2007-01-22 10:28:03 Grp: 0

Real clock
DIF: 0.00Ie Diff Curr. Of Gen
DIF1: 0.00Ie Diff Curr. Of SP1
DIF2: 0.00Ie Diff Curr. Of SP2
Term voltage 0.00V DIS: 0.00Ie Diff Curr. Of SPT
Term current 0.00A DIE: 0.00Ie Diff Curr. Of Exc
F: 0.00 Hz Frequency
P: +0.00 %
Power
NP Current 0.00A Q: +0.00 %
0.00 UR : 0.0 V Rotor voltage
NP voltage V
Rg : ......k Earth resistance
Figure 7.2-2 Default display of RCS-985GW
7.2.2.2 Fault report
Whenever there is an un-eliminated fault record in the relay, the default display will be replaced by
fault report.
NO. of SOE No. 002 Trip Report

Real Time: 2006 - 06 - 15 14 : 15 : 00 : 003
hh--mm--ss--ms
0025ms Op_Diff_Gen
Relative Time
Protection element
Figure 7.2-3 Fault display of RCS-985GW
All the protection elements listed below may be displayed.
Table 7.2-2 List of operation elements
No. Operation element name Note

Operation of instantaneous unrestraint differential protection
1. Op_InstDiff_Gen
of generator
2. Op_PcntDiff_Gen Operation of percentage differential protection of generator
Operation of DPFC (Deviation of Power Frequency

3. Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen
Component) differential protection of generator


Operation of instantaneous phase-splitting transverse
4. Op_InstSPTDiff_Gen
differential protection of generator
Operation of percentage phase-splitting transverse

5. Op_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
Operation of differential current element of startup and shut

6. Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen
off protection of generator
Operation of low frequency overcurrent element of startup

7. Op_UF_OC_StShut_Gen
and shut off protection of generator
Operation of residual over voltage element of startup and
8. Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen
shut off protection of generator
9. Op_InstSPDiff1_Gen
of branch 1 of splitting phase of generator
Operation of percentage differential protection of branch 1 of

10. Op_PcntSPDiff1_Gen
splitting phase of generator

11. Op_InstSPDiff2_Gen
of branch 1 of splitting phase of generator
Operation of percentage differential protection of branch 1 of

12. Op_PcntSPDiff2_Gen
splitting phase of generator
Operation of transverse differential protection of branch 1 of

13. Op_SensTrvDiff1_Gen
generator
Operation of unsensitive stage of transverse differential

14. Op_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen
protection of branch 1 of generator
Operation of transverse differential protection of branch 2 of

15. Op_SensTrvDiff2_Gen
generator
Operation of unsensitive stage of transverse differential

16. Op_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen
protection of branch 2 of generator
Operation of sensitive stage zero sequence over voltage

17. Op_SensROV_Sta
element of earth fault protection of stator
Operation of unsensitive stage zero sequence over voltage

18. Op_UnsensROV_Sta
element of earth fault protection of stator
Operation of 3rd harmonics ratio earth fault protection of

19. Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta
stator
Operation of 3rd harmonics differential earth fault protection

20. Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta
of stator
21. Op_1PEF_RotWdg Operation of 1 point earth fault protection of rotor


22. Op_2PEF_RotWdg Operation of 2 point earth fault protection of rotor
23. Op_ROC_Sta Operation of zero sequence overcurrent protection of stator
Operation of 20Hz external voltage-injecting earth fault

24. Op_Inj_EF_Sta
protection of stator
25. Op_OvLd_Sta Operation of definitive time overload protection of stator
26. Op_InvOvLd_Sta Operation of inverse time overload protection of stator
Operation of stage 1 of negative sequence overcurrent

27. Op_NegOC1_Gen
protection of rotor
Operation of stage 2 of negative sequence overcurrent

28. Op_NegOC2_Gen
protection of rotor
Operation of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent

29. Op_InvNegOC_Gen
protection of rotor
Operation of definitive time overload protection of rotor

30. Op_OvLd_RotWdg
winding
Operation of inverse time overload protection of rotor

31. Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg
winding
32. Op_OC1_Gen Operation of stage 1 of overcurrent protection of generator
Operation of stage 2 of overcurrent protection of generator

33. Op_OC21_Gen
with time delay 1
Operation of stage 2 of overcurrent protection of generator
34. Op_OC22_Gen
with time delay 2
35. Op_OV_Gen Operation of overvoltage protection of generator
36. Op_UV_Gen Operation of undervoltage protection of generator
Operation of definite time overexcitation protection of

37. Op_OvExc_Gen
generator
Operation of inverse time overexcitation protection of
38. Op_InvOvExc_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 1 of underfrequency protection of
39. Op_UF1_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 2 of underfrequency protection of

40. Op_UF2_Gen
generator
41. Op_OF_Gen Operation of overfrequency protection of generator
42. Op_Z1_Gen Operation of stage 1 of distance protection of generator
43. Op_Z2_Gen Operation of stage 2 of distance protection of generator


44. Op_OC1_Exc Operation of stage 1 of overcurrent protection of generator
45. Op_OC2_Exc Operation of stage 2 of overcurrent protection of generator
46. Op_RevP_Gen Operation of reverse power protection of generator
Operation of stage 1 of breaker failure protection of

47. Op_BFP1_GCB
generator
Operation of stage 2 of breaker failure protection of

48. Op_BFP2_GCB
generator
49. Op_AccEnerg_Gen Operation of accidental energization protection of generator
50. Op_Flash1_GCB Operation of stage 1 of flashover protection of generator
51. Op_OC_Shaft Operation of shaft overcurrent protection of generator
52. Op_Flash2_GCB Operation of stage 2 of flashover protection of generator
53. Op_InstDiff_Exc Operation of instantaneous differential protection of exciter
54. Op_PcntDiff_Exc Operation of percentage differential protection of exciter
55. Op_Ext_OOS_Gen Operation of out-of-step protection outside zone of generator
56. Op_Int_OOS_Gen Operation of out-of-step protection inside zone of generator
57. Op_MechRly1 Operation of repeater of external mechanical input 1
Operation of stage 1 of loss-of-excitation protection of

61. Op_LossExc1_Gen
generator

62. Op_LossExc2_Gen
generator

63. Op_LossExc3_Gen
generator
64. TrpOutp1 Tripping output 1 relay


7.2.2.3 Alarm report
Whenever there is an un-eliminated internal failure record in the relay, the default display will be
replaced by alarm report.
NO. of SOE No. 002 Alarm Report

Real Time: 2006 - 06 - 15 14 : 15 : 00 : 003
hh--mm--ss--ms
Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS
Relative Time
Alarm element
Figure 7.2-4 Alarm display of RCS-985GW
All the alarm elements listed below may be displayed.
Table 7.2-3 List of alarm elements
No. Information (on LCD) Note

1. Alm_RAM_CPUBrd CPU module RAM damaged.
2. Alm_ROM_CPUBrd CPU module flash memory damaged.
3. Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd CPU module EEPROM damaged.
Protection setting has not been modified after modification of
4. Alm_InvalidSetting
rated secondary current of CT.
5. Alm_ModifiedSetting Modified settings.
6. Alm_PwrLoss_Opto Power supply of the optical couplers for binary inputs lost.
7. Alm_TripOutput Binary output driving transistor damaged.
8. Alm_InnerComm CPU module cant communicate with MON module.
9. Alm_DSP_CPUBrd CPU module DSP damaged.
10. Alm_Sample_MONBrd FPGA in CPU module damaged.
11. Alm_Sample_CPUBrd FPGA in MON module damaged.
12. Alm_RAM_MONBrd MON module RAM damaged.
13. Alm_ROM_MONBrd MON module flash memory damaged.
14. Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd MON module EEPROM damaged.


15. Alm_DSP_MONBrd MON module DSP damaged.
16. Alm_BI_CPUBrd Binary input in CPU module and MON module is different.
17. Alm_MonBrd MON module alarms.
18. Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd The DSP1 chip on CPU board damaged.
19. Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd The DSP2 chip on CPU board damaged.
Disagreement between pickup of fault detectors in modules CPU
20. Alm_InconsitFD
and MON.
21. Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd Pickup of fault detectors in CPU module lasts for more than 10 s.
Pickup of fault detectors in MON module lasts for more than 10
22. Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
s.
23. Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen Circuit failure of CT used for differential protection of generator.
Circuit failure of CT used for phase-splitting transverse
24. Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen
Circuit failure of CT used in branch 1 of phase-splitting
25. Alm_CTS_SPDiff1_Gen
Circuit failure of CT used in branch 2 of phase-splitting
26. Alm_CTS_SPDiff2_Gen
27. Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc Circuit failure of CT used for differential protection of exciter.
Circuit failure of VT at terminal of generator blocks the third
28. Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS
harmonic voltage.
29. Alm_TVS_HVS_Tr Circuit failure of VT at the HV side of transformer.
30. Alm_TVS_Term_Gen Circuit failure of VT at the terminal of generator.
31. Alm_TVS_NP_Gen Circuit failure of VT at the neutral point of generator.
Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotW
32. Circuit failure of VT that is used by loss-of-excitation protection.
dg
The position of circuit breaker at terminal of generator is
33. Alm_52b_GCB
abnormal.
Differential current of generator is in excess of normally
34. Alm _Diff_Gen
endurable level.
Phase-splitting transverse differential current of generator is in
35. Alm_SPTDiff_Gen
excess of normally endurable level.
Branch 1 of phase-splitting differential current of generator is in
36. Alm _SPDiff1_Gen
Branch 2 of phase-splitting differential current of generator is in
37. Alm _SPDiff2_Gen
38. Alm_OC_Shaft Alarm stage of shaft overcurrent operates.
39. Alm_Pwr_EF_RotWdg Injection power of rotor protection is abnormal.
Alarm indicating operation of sensitive stage of 1 point earth fault
40. Alm_SensInjEF_Sta


Alarm indicating operation of external voltage-injecting stator
41. Alm_Pwr_Inj_EF_Sta
earth fault protective element.
Alarm indicating operation of overcurrent element used for
42. Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen
driving a set of contact to block other circuit.
43. Alm_ElectrBrake_Gen Alarm indicating operation of electric-braking element.
Alarm indicating 2 points earth fault protection has been put input
44. Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg
operation after operation of 1 point earth fault protection of rotor.
45. Alm_OvExc_Gen Alarm indicating operation of over excitation protective element.
46. Alm_OvLd_Sta Alarm indicating operation of overload element of stator.
Alarm indicating operation of negative overcurrent protective
47. Alm_NegOC_Gen
element of stator.
Alarm indicating operation of overload protective element of rotor
48. Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
winding.
49. Alm_ROV_Sta Zero sequence voltage alarm signal in earth fault of stator.
Alarm indicating operation of 3rd harmonics ratio earth fault
50. Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
Alarm indicating operation of 3rd harmonics differential earth
51. Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
fault protective element of stator.
Alarm indicating operation of sensitive stage of one point earth
52. Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg
fault protective element of rotor.
Alarm indicating operation of normal stage of one point earth
53. Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
fault protective element of rotor.
Alarm indicating operation of stage 1 of under frequency
54. Alm_UF1_Gen
protective element of generator.
Alarm indicating operation of stage 2 of under frequency
55. Alm_UF2_Gen
protective element of generator.
Alarm indicating operation of over frequency protective element
56. Alm_OF_Gen
of generator.
Alarm indicating operation of reverse power protective element
57. Alm_RevP_Gen
of generator.
Alarm indicating out-of-step of system occurs while its oscillation
58. Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
center is outside protective zone.
Alarm indicating out-of-step of system occurs and its oscillation
59. Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
center is inside protective zone.
60. Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen Alarm indicating accelerate out-of-step occurs.
61. Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen Alarm indicating decelerate out-of-step occurs.
Alarm indicating operation of loss-of-excitation protective
62. Alm_LossExc_Gen
element.
Differential current of exciter is in excess of normally endurable
63. Alm_Diff_Exc
level.
64. Alm_MechRly4 Alarm indicating operation of mechanical repeater 4.


68. Alm_Inconsist_MechRly The circuit of mechanical protection is abnormal.
69. Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly The power of mechanical protection is abnormal.
7.2.2.4 Change of Binary inputs
Whenever there is change of state of any binary input, the default display will be replaced by
change report of binary input as shown as below.
NO. of SOE No. 002 BI Chang Report

Real Time: 2006 - 06 - 15 14 : 15 : 00 : 003
hh--mm--ss--ms
Binary input name EBI_Diff_Gen 10
Change maner
Figure 7.2-5 Binary input state changing display of RCS-985GW
All the binary inputs listed below may be displayed.
Table 7.2-4 List of binary input change elements
NO. BI_Chg Element Brief description

1 EBI_Diff_Gen Enabling binary input of differential protection of generator
Enabling binary input of differential protection of branch 1 of
2 EBI_SPDiff1_Gen
spilt phase generator.
Enabling binary input of differential protection of branch 2 of
3 EBI_SPDiff2_Gen
spilt phase generator.
Enabling binary input of phase-splitting transverse differential
4 EBI_SPTDiff_Gen
5 EBI_IntTurn_Gen Enabling binary input of turn-to-turn protection of generator
Enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of
6 EBI_PPF_Gen
generator
Enabling binary input of residual overvoltage stator earth fault
7 EBI_ROV_Sta
Enabling binary input of 3rd harmonics stator earth fault
8 EBI_V3rdH_Sta
Enabling binary input of 1 point rotor earth fault protection of
9 EBI_1PEF_RotWdg
generator


Enabling binary input of 2 point rotor earth fault protection of
10 EBI_2PEF_RotWdg
generator
11 EBI_OvLd_Sta Enabling binary input of stator overload protection of generator
Enabling binary input of stator negative sequence overcurrent
12 EBI_NegOC_Sta
Enabling binary input of loss-of-excitation protection of
13 EBI_LossExc_Gen
generator
14 EBI_OOS_Gen Enabling binary input of loss-of-step protection of generator
15 EBI_VoltProt_Gen Enabling binary input of overvoltage protection of generator
16 EBI_OvExc_Gen Enabling binary input of overexcitation protection of generator
17 EBI_PwrProt_Gen Enabling binary input of reverse power protection of generator
18 EBI_FreqProt_Gen Enabling binary input of frequency protection of generator
Enabling binary input of accidental energization protection of
19 EBI_AccEnerg_Gen
generator
Enabling binary input of startup and shutdown protection of
20 EBI_StShut_Gen
generator
21 EBI_BFP_GCB Enabling binary input of breaker failure protection of generator
22 EBI_OC_Shaft Enabling binary input of shaft overcurrent protection of rotor
23 EBI_Diff_Exc Enabling binary input of differential protection of excitation set
24 EBI_Bak_Exc Enabling binary input of backup protection of excitation set
Enabling binary input of overload protection of excitation
25 EBI_OvLd_Exc
transformer of exciter.
Enabling binary input of tripping function of repeater of
26 EBI_Trp_MechRly1
mechanical input 1
27 EBI_Trp_MechRly2
mechanical input 2
28 EBI_Trp_MechRly3
mechanical input 3
29 EBI_Trp_MechRly4
mechanical input 4
30 BI_MechRly 1 Binary input indicating operation of mechanical repeater 1.
Binary input indicating the position of breaker at generator
34 BI_52b_GCB
terminal
35 BI_Wicket Binary input indicating the position of wicket gate of generator
Binary input indicating that the one point earth fault of rotor
36 BI_1PEF_RotWdg
winding protection operates
Binary input indicating synchronism condenser is put into
37 BI_SyncCondenser
operation


Binary input indicating the state of electrical braking of
38 BI_ElectrBrake_Gen
generator
39 BI_ExtProtTrp Binary input indicating the operation of generator protection
Binary input indicating working condition of all other binary
40 BI_PS_Superv
inputs
41 BI_Print Binary input representing the position of printing button
42 BI_Pulse_GPS Binary input representing the state of GPS pulse
43 BI_ResetTarget Binary input representing the position of signal reset button
Binary input indicating the working state of power supply of
44 BI_PS_Opto
optical isolators
Binary input indicating the working state of power supply of
45 BI_PS_MechRly
mechanical input circuit
Internally generated virtual binary input in MON indicating
46 MON.FD_Diff_Gen
operation of the fault detector of differential protection
47 MON.FD_EF_Sta
operation of the fault detector of stator earth fault protection
48 MON.FD_EF_RotWdg
operation of the fault detector of rotor earth fault protection
49 MON.FD_OvLd_Sta
operation of the fault detector of stator overload element
50 MON.FD_PPF_Gen operation of the fault detector of backup protection of
generator
MON.FD_Volt_&_OvEx
51 detector of overvoltage and overexcitation protection of
c_Gen
generator.
MON.FD_FreqProt_Ge
52 operation of the fault detector of frequency protection of
n
generator
MON.FD_LossExc_&_
53 operation of the fault detector of loss-of-excitation protection of
OOS_Gen
generator
MON.FD_Pwr_&_AccE
54 operation of the fault detector of power protection or accidental
nerg_Gen
energization protection of generator
55 MON.FD_StShut_Gen operation of the fault detector of startup and shutdown
56 MON.FD_Prot_Exc
operation of the fault detector of any protection of excitation
57 MON.FD_MechRly
operation of the fault detector of mechanical protection

7.2.3 LED indications

LED indicators includeHEALTHY, VT ALARM, VT ALARM, ALARM, TRIP.
Figure 7.2-6 LEDs on faceplate of RCS-985G
Healthy (Green) indicates that the relay is in correct working order, and should be on at all times. It
will be extinguished when some internal error in hardware or software have been detected by
self-diagnosing facilities, such as setting error, RAM or ROM error, power source failure, output
circuit failure and so on. The state of the healthy LED is reflected by the watchdog contact at the
rear terminals of the relay. The healthy cannot lighting again automatically even if the failure is
eliminated except that the relay is reset or powered up by manual.
VT Alarm (Yellow) indicates that the relay has found any failure of VT circuit.
CT Alarm (Yellow) indicates that the relay has found any failure of CT circuit.
Alarm (Yellow) indicates that the relay has registered an alarm. This may be triggered by one of
the following failures: defective pickup, failure of analog or digital input circuit, optical isolator
power loss and so on. The LED will constantly illuminate, and will extinguish, when the alarms
have been cleared.
Trip (RED) indicates that the relay has issued a trip signal. It is reset when the reset button on the
front of panel is pushed down or by remote resetting command.
7.2.4 Keypad
A keypad compromises 4 arrow keys ( , , and ), two adjusting keys(+-), one enter
key (ENT) and one cancel key (ESC).
Figure 7.2-7 Keypad of RCS-985G
The keypad provides full access to the menu options of the relay, with the information displayed on
the LCD, such as setting configuration, report display, printing and signal resetting.

The , , and keys are used to move the cursor. Push will enter into the main
menu.
+- change parameters or setting values.
ENT provide Enter/Execute function.
ESC is used to exit the present level in the menu tree. Brief description about keypad is given in
the following table.
No. Key Function

1 , , and , move between selectable branches of the menu tree
arrow buttons
2 +, - change parameters or setting values
3 ENT provide Enter/Execute function
4 GRP setting Group selection
5 ESC exit the present level in the menu tree.
7.2.5 Menu
7.2.5.1 Menu tree
This part presents the main layout of the menu tree for the local human-machine interface (HMI).
The menu tree includes menus for:
VALUES
REPORT
PRINT
SETTINGS
CLOCK
VERSION
DEBUG
Figure 7.2-8 View diagram of menu
The default display can be replaced by the menu when press or ESC.
The menu of this relay is arranged as a tree-shaped cascade structure. See Figure 7.2-8, the

menu can be browsed using the keypad.
Starting at the default display, to enter into main menu, press .
To select the required item, use the keys.
To enter the lower level menu, select the required item and press ENT.
To return to the upper level menu, press ESC.
The menu can be browsed using the four arrow keys, following the structure shown in Figure 7.2-8.
Thus, starting at the default display the key will display the first column heading. To select the
required column heading use the and keys. To return to the default display press the clear
key ESC from any of the column headings.

MENU
VALUES CPU METERING GEN CURR
REPORT CPU BI STATE GEN PROT EBI GEN TRVDIFF CURR
PRINT MON METERING EXC PROT EBI GEN DIFF CURR
SETTINGS MON BI STATE MECH RLY EBI GEN VOLTAGE
CLOCK PHASE ANGLE AUX BI GEN MISC VALUES
VERSION Exit MON FD ROTWDG METERING

DEBUG PS SUPERV BI INJ METERING
EXC AC METERING
SAME TO
SAME TO CPU METERING
CPU BI STATE
TRIP REPORT
GEN PH ANG
ALARM REPORT
EXC PH ANG
GEN DIFF PROT BI CHG REPORT
GEN SPDIFF1 PROT
GEN SPDIFF2 PROT SETTINGS
ACTIVE SETTINGS
GEN SPTDIFF PROT TRIP RECORD
EQUIP SETTINGS
GEN INTTURN PROT ALARM REPORT
TRIGGER SYSTEM SETTINGS
GEN OC PROT BI CHG REPORT
BI STATE PROT SETTINGS
GEN DIST PROT PRESENT WAVE
PHASE ANGLE CONFIG SETTINGS
STA EF PROT
GEN DIFF CURR CALC SETTINGS
INJ STA EF PROT
GEN METERING TRIP LOGIC
ROTWDFG EF PROT EQUIP SETTINGS
GEN VOLTAGE WAVE MODIFIED SETTINGS
STA OVLD PROT SYSTEM SETTINGS
GEN MISC WAVE OTHER GRP SETTINGS
GEN NEGOC PROT PROT SETTINGS
GEN LOSSEXC PROT EXC CURR WAVE
SETTINGS COPY
GEN OOS PROT STA EF WAVE TRIP REPORT
CALC SETTINGS
GEN VOLT PROT GEN DIFF WAVE GEN DIFF CURR
GEN OVEXC PROT GEN METERING

COMM STATUS
GEN PWR PROT PROT CONFIG GEN VOLT WAVE
MEMORY IMAGE
GEN FREQ PROT GEN SYS SETTINGS GEN MISC WAVE
GEN STSHUT PROT EXC SYS SETTINGS EXC CURR WAVE
GEN ACCENERG PROT STA EF WAVE
GCB BFP PROT PRI RATED CURR GEN DIFF WAVE
SHAFT OC PROT SEC RATED CURR
EXC DIFF PROT SEC RATED VOLT
EXC BAK PROT DIFF CORR COEF
EXC OVLD PROT

MECH RLY PROT
Figure 7.2-9 Relay menu map of RCS-985GW
7.2.5.2 Password protection
The menu structure contains two levels of access. The level of access is enabled determines what
users can do by entry of password. The levels of access are summarized in the following table:

Table 7.2-5 Password level
Access level Operations enabled

Level 0 Read access to all settings, alarms, event records
No password required and fault records
Level 1 All settings modified
Password required
The password is 4 digits. The factory default passwords is sequently pressing of the keys +, ,
, - and ENT.
7.2.6 Operation instruction of Menu

The following contents are to tell user how to make use of each submenu in detail.
7.2.6.1 View CPU and MON metering values
Metering data consists of AC sampled data and phase angle in the submenu VALUES. Take
viewing data relevant to differential protection of CPU metering as an example. User can view data
of MON in the same way by entering MON METERING submenu.
Navigate the menu through the following path and you will see the interface of LCD as shown in
Figure 7.2-10.
Main menu -> VALUES -> CPU METERING-> GEN CURRENT
GEN CURRENT
I_Term_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A

I_SP1_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_SP1_Gen: 000.00 A
I2_SP1_Gen: 000.00 A
I0_SP1_Gen: 000.00 A
Figure 7.2-10 LCD display of metering data
A scroll bar appears on the right means there are more rows needed to be displayed. Please press
key to see the next page and press key ESC to exit to the upper level submenu.
7.2.6.2 View state of all binary inputs in CPU and MON
The status of binary input comprises enabling binary inputs and other binary inputs of auxiliary
contacts.
For instance, navigate the menu through the following path and you will see the interface of LCD

to see binary inputs related to generators protection sampled by CPU.
Main menu -> CPU BI STATE-> -> GEN PROT EBI -> [symbols]
Prot EBI Status
EBI_Diff_Gen: 0
EBI_SPDIFF1_GEN: 0
EBI_SPDIFF1_GEN: 0
EBI_SPTDIFF_GEN: 0
EBI_IntTurn_Gen: 0
EBI_PPF_Gen: 0
EBI_ROV_Sta: 0
EBI_V3rdH_Sta: 0
Figure 7.2-11 LCD display of status of binary inputs
Press key ESC to exit to the submenu.
7.2.6.3 View phase angle
Entering into PHASE ANGLE submenu, the calculated angles between sampled voltages or
between sampled voltages and currents by CPU system will be displayed on LCD as shown below,
which can be used to check the correctness of secondary circuit wiring.
The angles displayed is that the former value leading to the later one, which varies from -180
180, as shown as figure below for example.
GEN PH ANG
o
_Term_Gen_&_SP1_Gen: 000 000 000
o
_Term_Gen_&_SP2_Gen: 000 000 000
o
_SP1_Gen_&_SP2_Gen: 000 000 000
o
ipp_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
o
ipp_SP1_Gen: 000 000 000
o
ipp_SP2_Gen: 000 000 000
o
vpp_VT_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
o
vpp_Busbar: 000 000 000
Figure 7.2-12 Phase angle displayed on LCD
Push key to show the other information.
Push ESC key to return to upper level menu.

7.2.6.4 Operation Instruction of Report menu
REPORTTRIP REPORT
Scrolling the cursor to this submenu and press ENT key, the LCD will display the latest trip report
if exist, otherwise a clew of NO TRIP REPORT will appear. If there are several trip reports stored
in memory, user can look up historical record one by one by pushing key.
RCS-985GW can store up to 24 latest trip reports. When the available space is exhausted, the
oldest report is automatically overwritten by the new one .
Push either ENT or ESC key to return to upper level menu.
REPORTALARM REPORT
Scrolling the cursor to this submenu and press ENT key, the LCD will display the latest alarm
report if exist, otherwise a clew of NO ALARM REPORT will appear. If there are several alarm
reports stored in memory, user can look up historical record one by one by pushing key.
RCS-985GW can store up to 64 latest alarm reports. When the available space is exhausted, the
oldest report is automatically overwritten by the new one.
Push either ENT or ESC key to revert to upper level menu.
REPORT BI CHG REPORT
Scrolling the cursor to this submenu and press ENT key, the LCD will display the last BI CHG
report if exist, otherwise a clew of NO BI CHG REPORT will appear. If there are several BI CHG
reports stored in memory, user can look up historical record one by one by pushing key.
RCS-985GW can store up to 64 latest signaling reports at a resolution of 2ms. When the available
space is exhausted, the oldest report is automatically overwritten by the new one
Push either ENT or ESC key to return to upper level menu.
Delete fault records and event records
If you want to delete the content of fault records or event records, you can follow the operating
steps.
Note:
You cannot select which kind of records or which one record to be deleted but delete all records.
Operating steps:
Press key to enter the main menu at first.

Figure 7.2-13 LCD display of deleting report step 1
Press keys +, -, +, -, ENT in sequence in the main menu to make LCD display Figure
7.2-14.
Press key ENT to delete all records or press key ESC to exit to main menu. If key ENT is
pressed, LCD will display Figure 7.2-15 when equipment is deleting all records. If key ESC is
pressed, Figure 7.2-13 will be displayed. LCD will automatically return to Figure 7.2-13 in 3
seconds without pressing any key.

7.2.6.5 Operation Instruction of PRINT menu
PRINTSETTINGS[submenu]
Used for printing of settings. The following figure gives an example of the first submenu [ACTIVE
SETTINGS].

Figure 7.2-16 Example of settings printing

PRINTTRP REPORT
Used for printing of trip report of protection. User can select the report that he wants to print by
pushing and keys to select the SOE number. Here is an example.

Figure 7.2-17 Example of tripping report printing

PRINTALM REPORT
Used for printing of alarm. User can select the report that he wants to print by pushing and
keys. Here is an example.
Figure 7.2-18 Example of alarm report printing
PRINTBI CHG REPORT
Used for printing of signaling report. User can select the report that he wants to print by pushing
and keys. Here is an example.

Figure 7.2-19 Example of BI CHG report printing
PRINPRESENT VALUES
Used for printing of present values of relay, including sampled binary inputs, analog quantities and
so on. If you want to see the normal recording waveform, please follow the operating steps.
Operating steps:
First, please go in to the main menu by pressing key .
Press key or to select PRINT item by scrolling the cursor upward or downward and then
press the ENT to the lower level submenu.
Then press key or to select PRESENT WAVE by scrolling the cursor upward or downward.
Press key ENT to enter the lower level submenu.
Press TRIGGER submenu to start recording. The equipment will record 5-cycle waveform after
pressing the key.
Please select the other items in the submenu PRESENT WAVE by scrolling cursor to print the
waveform.
Here is an example.

Figure 7.2-20 Example of present values printing
7.2.6.6 Instruction of Settings Manu
SettingsEquip Settings
To change the value of a equipment settings, first navigate the SETTINGS menu to display the
relevant cell. Press ENT to enter the submenu, then proceed to Equip Settings submenu. Keys
and are used to select which kind of the settings to be modified by scrolling the cursor
upward or downward. Press key or to move the cursor to the digit to be modified. Press
key + and to modify data. Press key ESC to return back without modification. Pressing key
ENT the LCD will prompt to input confirm password, then enter password mentioned in section
7.2.5.2 and quit to default display by pressing ESC key. After a period of extinguishing of the
HEALTHY LED and blocking of relay itself, RCS-985GW is ready for new operation to fault
according to new settings, the modification is completed. The following figure shows the path to
access this submenu.
SettingsProtection settings
To change the value of a setting, first navigate the menu to SETTINGS then corresponding
submenu to display the relevant cell. Please locate the setting you want to change after entering
the right submenu by operating the keypad as described before. Then go on to operate as
following steps.
Press key or to move the cursor to the digit to be modified. Pressing key + and to
change the digit. Press key + once to add 1 to the digit and press key once to subtract 1 from

the digit.
Press key ESC to cancel the modification and return to upper level submenu.
Press key ENT to confirm the modification and the LCD will prompt you to input confirm code.
Figure 7.2-21 LCD display of inputting password
Press keys +, , and in sequence to complete the modification. If the password input
is wrong, prompt for password will appear again. If no operation in 3 seconds, LCD will return to
last display.
If the password inputted is right, then equipment will check setting and Figure 7.2-22 will be
displayed temporarily. If there is no error in checking setting, Equipment will modify setting with
Figure 7.2-23 displayed temporarily. Then LCD will return to upper level submenu automatically.
Figure 7.2-22 LCD display of equipment checking setting

Figure 7.2-23 LCD display of equipment modifying setting
If errors in settings are detected, the LCD will display wrong setting warning for 3 s.
Settings error in
I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen
Figure 7.2-24 LCD display of wrong setting warning
Then LCD will display the setting list for the operator to modify the wrong setting. The cursor will
stay at the first wrong setting needed to be modified.
Note:
If the group number or protection system parameter is changed, all protection settings will be
invalid and have to be configured again.
Attentions should be paid that before modifying the protection settings, the active group number in
Equip Settings should modified firstly, otherwise what is modified will be applied to current active
group.
SettingsSettings Copy
The relay stores 2 setting groups from No.0 through No.1. Only present setting group is active, the

others are provided for different operating conditions. The equipment settings are shared for the
two setting groups, but the protection settings are independent. Generally, the equipment is
delivered with default settings stored in active setting group 0. The contents of other setting
groups may be invalid. Therefore after application-specific settings for group No.0 have been
ready, it is necessary to copy settings of group No.0 to No. 1 setting groups, and make some
modification afterwards when necessary, so as to avoid entering all settings one by one. Please
copy settings as following steps.
Press key to enter the main menu at first.
Figure 7.2-25 LCD display step 1 of copying setting
Move cursor to SETTINGS item and press key ENT or key to enter submenu.
N A RI- REL AY S
Move cursor to SETTINGS COPY item and press ENT to display following interface.

Press key + and to change digit where the cursor stays. Pressing key + once will add 1 to
the digit and pressing key once will subtract 1 from the digit. (For example: input 01)
Press ENT the LCD will prompt to input confirm code. Please see the Figure 7.2-28.
Figure 7.2-28 Password input interface
Please press keys +, , and in sequence, and then the equipment will copy setting and
display following interface.

Figure 7.2-29 LCD display of equipment copying setting
Then the contents of setting group 0 will be totally copied to setting group 1 and present active
setting group will be switched to Group 1.
Note:
Press ENT to confirm, Then settings group 0 will be totally copied to settings group 1 and present
active group will be switched to group 01.
7.2.6.7 Clock set
Please set the equipment clock as following steps.

Navigate the menu:
Main menu -> CLOCK
After you press key ENT, the following will be displayed on the LCD.

Figure 7.2-30 LCD display of device clock
2007 02 05: shows the date February 5th 2007.
09: 08: 39: shows the time 09:08:39
Press keys , , and to select the digit to be modified. Press key + and to modify
data. Pressing key + once will add 1 to the digit and pressing key once will subtract 1 from the
digit.
Press key ESC to return to main menu without modification.
Press key ENT to confirm the modification and return to the main menu.
7.2.6.8 View software version
The equipment program has following parts. One is CPU module program, one is MON module
program, and another is HMI module program. There are totally independent.
Navigate the menu:
Main menu -> VERSION
After you press key ENT, the follow will be displayed on the LCD.
Figure 7.2-31 LCD display of software information
CPUBrd/MONBrd/HMI : shows CPU/MON/HMI module program information.
RCS-985GW30: shows the program name of CPU/MON/HMI
3.03: shows the software version number of CPU/MON/HMI.
7B8C3612: shows the CRC (check code) of CPU module program.
701D09B1: shows the CRC (check code) of MON module program.
88F9: shows the CRC (check code) of HMI module program.
2007-04-16 14:57: shows the CPU software creating time.

2007-04-16 14:56: shows the MON software creating time.
2007-05-10 14:22: shows the HMI software creating time.
T-060718: shows the project number.
SUBQ_ID: 00024960: shows management sequential number of the software
Note:
What Figure 7.2-31 shows is just an example to introduce the meaning of VERSION, the actual
program VERSION is application-specific.
Press key ESC to return to upper level submenu.
7.2.6.9 DEBUG menu
COMM STATUS
This submenu is used to monitor communication condition of the equipment with external system.
Display of this submenu is as follows:
485A 485B
Receive Data N Y
Valid Frame N Y
Valid Adress N Y
Send Data N Y
Figure 7.2-32 Display of communication status
Columns 485A and 485B display communication condition of RS-485 port 1 and RS-485 port 2
respectively. If communication condition is normal, Y will flash in the related position. If there is
flashing N in the position, it mean there are some problems. Please check the communication.
Table 7.2-6 Items of DEBUG MENU
item status Problem

Receive Data N Communication circuit is open or no data is sent from external
system.
Valid Frame N Baud rate or protocol is wrong.
Valid Address N Communication address is wrong.
Send Data N There is problem in the sent message.

Receive Data means the equipment has received data from external system. If N flashes
means the circuit is open or no data is sent from external system.
Valid Frame means the equipment has received complete frame from external system. If N
flashes means Configuration of the baud rate or protocol is wrong.
Valid Address means the equipment has received related message from external system. If N
flashes means Configuration of the address is wrong.
Send data means the equipment has sent data to external system. If N flashes means there is
problem with the message.
Communication condition is normal if Y of all items flashes.
MEMPRY DEBUG
The LCD displays real time value in memory of CPU, DSP1 and DSP2. These data are used
mainly for program debugging.


Chapter 9 Communications
8.1 General Description
This section outlines the remote data communication interfaces of the RCS-985GW relay. The
relay can supports IEC60870-5-103 and Modbus protocols.
The two rear EIA RS-485 standardized interfaces are isolated and are suitable for permanent
connection whichever protocol is selected. The advantage of this type of connection is that up to
32 relays can be daisy chained together using a simple twisted pair electrical connection.
It should be noted that the descriptions contained within this section do not aim to fully detail the
protocol itself. The relevant documentation for the protocol should be referred to for this
information. This section serves to describe the specific implementation of the protocol in the
relay.
8.2 Rear Communication Port Information

8.2.1 RS-485 Interface
This relay provides two rear RS-485 communication ports, and each port has three terminals (A, B
and SHLD) in the 12-terminal screw connector located on the back of the relay. SHLD terminal is
ground terminal for the earth shield of the communication cable. The rear ports provide RS-485
serial data communication and are intended for use with a permanently wired connection to a
remote control center.
The protocol provided by the relay is indicated in the relay submenu in the EQUIP SETTINGS
column. Using the keypad and LCD, set the parameter [Protocol] to select the corresponding
protocol.
8.2.1.1 EIA RS-485 Standardized Bus
The EIA RS-485 two-wire connection provides a half-duplex fully isolated serial connection to the
product. The connection is polarized and whilst the products connection diagrams indicate the
polarization of the connection terminals it should be borne in mind that there is no agreed
definition of which terminal is which. If the master is unable to communicate with the product, and
the communication parameters match, then it is possible that the two-wire connection is reversed.
8.2.1.2 Bus Termination
The EIA RS-485 bus must have 120 (Ohm) Watt terminating resistors fitted at either end
across the signal wires (see Figure 8.2-1). Some devices may be able to provide the bus
terminating resistors by different connection or configuration arrangements, in which case
separate external components will not be required. However, this product does not provide such a
facility, so if it is located at the bus terminus then an external termination resistor will be required.

EIA RS-485
Figure 8.2-1 EIA RS-485 bus connection arrangements
8.2.1.3 Bus Connections & Topologies
The EIA RS-485 standard requires that each device is directly connected to the physical cable that
is the communications bus. Stubs and tees are expressly forbidden, such as star topologies. Loop
bus topologies are not part of the EIA RS-485 standard and are forbidden by it also.
Two-core screened cable is recommended. The specification of the cable will be dependent on the
application, although a multi-strand 0.5mm2 per core is normally adequate. Total cable length
must not exceed 500m. The screen must be continuous and connected to ground at one end,
normally at the master connection point; it is important to avoid circulating currents, especially
when the cable runs between buildings, for both safety and noise reasons.
This product does not provide a signal ground connection. If a signal ground connection is present
in the bus cable then it must be ignored, although it must have continuity for the benefit of other
devices connected to the bus. At no stage must the signal ground be connected to the cables
screen or to the products chassis. This is for both safety and noise reasons.
8.2.1.4 Biasing
It may also be necessary to bias the signal wires to prevent jabber. Jabber occurs when the signal
level has an indeterminate state because the bus is not being actively driven. This can occur when
all the slaves are in receive mode and the master is slow to turn from receive mode to transmit
mode. This may be because the master purposefully waits in receive mode, or even in a high
impedance state, until it has something to transmit. Jabber causes the receiving device(s) to miss
the first bits of the first character in the packet, which results in the slave rejecting the message
and consequentially not responding. Symptoms of these are poor response times (due to retries),
increasing message error counters, erratic communications, and even a complete failure to
communicate.
Biasing requires that the signal lines be weakly pulled to a defined voltage level of about 1V. There
should only be one bias point on the bus, which is best situated at the master connection point.
The DC source used for the bias must be clean; otherwise noise will be injected. Note that some
devices may (optionally) be able to provide the bus bias, in which case external components will
not be required.
Note!

It is extremely important that the 120 termination resistors are fitted. Failure to do so will
result in an excessive bias voltage that may damage the devices connected to the bus.
As the field voltage is much higher than that required, NR cannot assume responsibility for
any damage that may occur to a device connected to the network as a result of incorrect
application of this voltage.
Ensure that the field voltage is not being used for other purposes (i.e. powering logic inputs)
as this may cause noise to be passed to the communication network.
8.2.2 IEC60870-5-103 Communication
The IEC specification IEC60870-5-103: Telecontrol Equipment and Systems, Part 5: Transmission
Protocols Section 103 defines the use of standards IEC60870-5-1 to IEC60870-5-5 to perform
communication with protection equipment. The standard configuration for the IEC60870-5-103
protocol is to use a twisted pair EIA RS-485 connection over distances up to 500m. It also
supports to use an Ethernet connection. The relay operates as a slave in the system, responding
to commands from a master station.
To use the rear port with IEC60870-5-103 communication, the relays relevant settings must be
configured. To do this use the keypad and LCD user interface. In the submenu EQUIP
SETTINGS, set the parameter [Protocol] as 0001 or 0010, then set the baud rate of each rear
port.
8.2.3 Modbus Communication
Standard: Modicon Modbus Protocol Reference Guide, PI-MBUS-300 Rev.E is also supported by
the equipment through EIA RS-485 interface.
To use the rear port with Modbus communication, the relays relevant settings must be configured.
To do this use the keypad and LCD user interface. In the submenu EQUIP SETTINGS, set the
parameter [Protocol] as 0004 or 0040, then set the baud rate of each rear port.
8.3 IEC60870-5-103 Protocol over Serial Port
The IEC60870-5-103 interface over serial port is a master/slave interface with the relay as the
slave device. It is properly developed by NR.
The relay conforms to compatibility level 3.
The following IEC60870-5-103 facilities are supported by this interface:
z Initialization (reset)
z Time synchronization
z Event record extraction
z General interrogation
z Disturbance records

z General Commands
8.3.1 Physical Connection and Link Layer
Physical Layer Setup: RS-485, 1 start bit, 8 data bits, even parity, 1 stop bit.
Two EIA RS-485 standardized ports are available for IEC60870-5-103 in this relay. The
transmission speed is optional: 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s or 38400 bit/s.
The link layer strictly abides by the rules defined in the IEC60870-5-103.
8.3.2 Initialization
Whenever the relay has been powered up, or if the communication parameters have been
changed, a reset command is required to initialize the communications. The relay will respond to
either of the two reset commands (Reset CU or Reset FCB), the difference is that the Reset CU
will clear any unsent messages in the relays transmit buffer.
The relay will respond to the reset command with an identification message ASDU 5, the COT
(Cause Of Transmission) of this response will be either Reset CU or Reset FCB depending on the
nature of the reset command.
In addition to the above identification message, if the relay has been powered up it will also
produce a power up event.
8.3.3 Time Synchronization
The relay time and date can be set using the time synchronization feature of the IEC60870-5-103
protocol. The relay will correct for the transmission delay as specified in IEC60870-5-103. If the
time synchronization message is sent as a send/confirm message then the relay will respond with
a confirmation. Whether the time-synchronization message is sent as a send confirmation or a
broadcast (send/no reply) message, a time synchronization Class 1 event will be
generated/produced.
If the relay clock is synchronized using the IRIG-B input then it will not be possible to set the relay
time using the IEC60870-5-103 interface.
8.3.4 Setting
Settings are transferred via Generic Service. If the setting [En_Remote_Cfg] in the submenu
EQUIP SETTINGS is set as 0, to modify settings remotely will not be allowed. Moreover, EQUIP
SETTINGS & SYSTEM SETTINS are not allowed to be modified remotely whether the setting
[En_Remote_Cfg] is set as 1 or 0.
8.3.5 Spontaneous Events
Events are categorized using the following information:
z Type identification (TYP)
z Function type (FUN)
z Information number (INF)

The following tables contain a complete listing of all events produced by the relay.
8.3.5.1 Trip Reports
Sent by ASDU2 (time-tagged message with relative time).
FUN INF Item Name FUN INF Item Name

227 163 Op_InstDiff_Gen 227 201 Op_UF1_Gen
227 164 Op_PcntDiff_Gen 227 203 Op_UF2_Gen
227 165 Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen 231 118 Op_OF_Gen
227 166 Op_InstSPTDiff_Gen 231 198 Op_Z1_Gen
227 167 Op_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 231 199 Op_Z2_Gen
227 228 Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 231 119 Op_OC1_Exc
231 144 Op_UF_OC_StShut_Gen 231 120 Op_OC2_Exc
231 35 Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen 227 221 Op_RevP_Gen
233 142 Op_InstSPDiff1_Gen 231 186 Op_BFP1_GCB
233 143 Op_PcntSPDiff1_Gen 231 200 Op_BFP2_GCB
233 144 Op_InstSPDiff2_Gen 231 152 Op_AccEnerg_Gen
233 145 Op_PcntSPDiff2_Gen 233 235 Op_Flash1_GCB
227 173 Op_SensTrvDiff1_Gen 229 224 Op_OC_Shaft
227 174 Op_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen 233 236 Op_Flash2_GCB
231 160 Op_SensTrvDiff2_Gen 231 117 Op_InstDiff_Exc
231 161 Op_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen 231 114 Op_PcntDiff_Exc
227 177 Op_SensROV_Sta 227 219 Op_Ext_OOS_Gen
227 178 Op_UnsensROV_Sta 227 220 Op_Int_OOS_Gen
227 179 Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta 231 108 Op_MechRly1
227 180 Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta 231 109 Op_MechRly2
227 181 Op_1PEF_RotWdg 231 153 Op_MechRly3
227 182 Op_2PEF_RotWdg 231 154 Op_MechRly4
231 146 Op_ROC_Sta 227 210 Op_LossExc1_Gen
235 51 Op_Inj_EF_Sta 227 212 Op_LossExc2_Gen
227 183 Op_OvLd_Sta 227 213 Op_LossExc3_Gen
227 184 Op_InvOvLd_Sta 231 84 TrpOutp1
231 148 Op_NegOC1_Gen 231 85 TrpOutp2
231 149 Op_NegOC2_Gen 231 86 TrpOutp3
227 186 Op_InvNegOC_Gen 231 87 TrpOutp4
227 187 Op_OvLd_RotWdg 231 88 TrpOutp5
227 188 Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg 231 89 TrpOutp6
227 189 Op_OC1_Gen 231 90 TrpOutp7
229 145 Op_OV_Gen 231 93 TrpOutp10
227 193 Op_UV_Gen 231 94 TrpOutp11
231 196 Op_OvExc_Gen 231 95 TrpOutp12


227 199 Op_InvOvExc_Gen
8.3.5.2 Alarm Reports
Sent by ASDU1 (time-tagged message);

233 134 Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS 227 100 Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
227 68 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 227 101 Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
227 123 Alm_VTS_Term_Gen 227 102 Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen
227 71 Alm_VTS_NP_Gen 227 103 Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen
233 135 Alm_DeltVTS_Term_Gen 227 105 Alm_LossExc_Gen
229 112 Alm_52b_GCB 231 65 Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc
227 79 Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd 231 110 Alm_Diff_Exc
227 93 Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen 227 77 Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg
227 94 Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen 231 104 Alm_MechRly2
233 136 Alm_CTS_SPDiff1_Gen 231 143 Alm_MechRly4
233 137 Alm_CTS_SPDiff2_Gen 231 142 Alm_MechRly3
227 89 Alm_Diff_Gen 231 105 Alm_MechRly1
227 90 Alm_SPTDiff_Gen 229 215 Alm_Inconsist_MechRly
233 138 Alm_SPDiff1_Gen 227 135 Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
233 139 Alm_SPDiff2_Gen 227 137 Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd
229 223 Alm_OC_Shaft 227 194 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
233 151 Alm_Pwr_EF_RotWdg 227 195 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
235 52 Alm_SensInjEF_Sta 227 196 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
235 53 Alm_Pwr_Inj_EF_Sta 227 223 Alm_InvalidSetting
229 213 Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen 227 81 Alm_ModifiedSetting
229 214 Alm_ElectrBrake_Gen 227 202 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
231 145 Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg 229 142 Alm_TripOutput
227 106 Alm_OvExc_Gen 227 211 Alm_InnerComm
227 107 Alm_OvLd_Sta 227 82 Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
227 108 Alm_NegOC_Gen 227 214 Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
227 109 Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 227 215 Alm_InconsistFD
227 110 Alm_ROV_Sta 227 217 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
227 111 Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta 229 246 Alm_BI_CPUBrd
227 112 Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta 229 205 Alm_RAM_MONBrd
227 113 Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 229 206 Alm_ROM_MONBrd
227 114 Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 229 207 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
227 115 Alm_UF1_Gen 229 202 Alm_DSP_MONBrd
227 116 Alm_UF2_Gen 229 203 Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
233 140 Alm_OF_Gen 227 216 Alm_MONBrd
227 121 Alm_RevP_Gen 229 204 Alm_Sample_MONBrd

8.3.5.3 Binary Input
Sent by ASDU1. (time-tagged message).
FUN INF Name FUN INF Name

227 16 EBI_Diff_Gen 231 100 EBI_Trp_MechRly1
227 17 EBI_IntTurn_Gen 227 39 EBI_PPF_Gen
227 18 EBI_ROV_Sta 227 40 EBI_SPTDiff_Gen
227 19 EBI_V3rdH_Sta 233 130 BI_1PEF_RotWdg
227 21 EBI_1PEF_RotWdg 227 42 BI_SyncCondenser
227 22 EBI_2PEF_RotWdg 229 238 BI_ElectrBrake_Gen
227 23 EBI_OvLd_Sta 231 184 BI_ExtProtTrp
227 24 EBI_NegOC_Gen 227 44 BI_PS_Superv
227 25 EBI_LossExc_Gen 229 240 EBI_OvLd_Exc
227 26 EBI_OOS_Gen 231 159 EBI_OC_Shaft
227 27 EBI_VoltProt_Gen 233 131 EBI_SPDiff1_Gen
227 28 EBI_OvExc_Gen 233 132 EBI_SPDiff2_Gen
227 29 EBI_PwrProt_Gen 231 189 EBI_BFP_GCB
227 30 EBI_FreqProt_Gen 231 102 BI_MechRly2
227 31 EBI_AccEnerg_Gen 231 134 BI_MechRly4
227 32 EBI_StShut_Gen 231 133 BI_MechRly3
231 98 EBI_Diff_Exc 231 103 BI_MechRly1
231 99 EBI_Bak_Exc 227 58 BI_PS_MechRly
231 129 EBI_Trp_MechRly3 227 59 BI_52b_GCB
231 130 EBI_Trp_MechRly4 233 1 BI_Wicket
231 101 EBI_Trp_MechRly2
8.3.6 General Interrogation
The GI can be used to read the status of the relay, the function numbers, and information numbers
that will be returned during the GI cycle. The GI cycle strictly abides by the rules defined in the
IEC60870-5-103.
Referring the IEC60870-5-103 standard can get the enough details about general interrogation.
8.3.7 Disturbance Records
This relay can store up to eight disturbance records in its memory. A pickup of the fault detector or
an operation of the relay can make the relay store the disturbance records.
Disturbance actual channel (ACC) table is showed below.
ACC No. Name ACC No. Name

64 Ida_Diff_Gen 99 U(+)_RotWdg
65 Idb_Diff_Gen 100 U(-)_RotWdg
66 Idc_Diff_Gen 101 U_RotWdg
67 Icorra_Term_Gen 102 I_RotWdg

ACC No. Name ACC No. Name

68 Icorrb_Term_Gen 103 I_Shaft
69 Icorrc_Term_Gen 104 f_Gen
70 Icorra_NP_Gen 105 I0_Gen
71 Icorrb_NP_Gen 106 U0_Inj
72 Icorrc_NP_Gen 107 I0_Inj
73 Ida_SPTDiff_Gen 108 R_Pri
74 Idb_SPTDiff_Gen 109 Rg_RotWdg
75 Idc_SPTDiff_Gen 110 Ida_SPDiff1
76 Icorra_SP1_Gen 111 Idb_SPDiff1
77 Icorrb_SP1_Gen 112 Idc_SPDiff1
78 Icorrc_SP1_Gen 113 Ida_SPDiff2
79 Icorra_SP2_Gen 114 Idb_SPDiff2
80 Icorrb_SP2_Gen 115 Idc_SPDiff2
81 Icorrc_SP2_Gen 116 U_Ext
82 Id_TrvDiff1_Gen 117 Ig1_RotWdg
83 Id_TrvDiff2_Gen 118 Ig2_RotWdg
84 P_Gen 119 Ida_Diff_Exc
85 Q_Gen 120 Idb_Diff_Exc
86 Ua_VT_Term_Gen 121 Idc_Diff_Exc
87 Ub_VT_Term_Gen 122 Icorra_S1_Exc
88 Uc_VT_Term_Gen 123 Icorrb_S1_Exc
89 Ua_Busbar 124 Icorrc_S1_Exc
90 Ub_Busbar 125 Icorra_S2_Exc
91 Uc_Busbar 126 Icorrb_S2_Exc
92 U/F_OvExc_Gen 127 Icorrc_S2_Exc
93 U0_DeltVT_Term_Gen 128 Ia_S1_Exc
94 U0_Busbar 129 Ib_S1_Exc
95 U0_NP_Gen 130 Ic_S1_Exc
96 U0_3rdH_VT_Term_Gen 131 Ia_S2_Exc
97 U0_3rdH_NP_Gen 132 Ib_S2_Exc
98 Ud_3rdH_Sta 133 Ic_S2_Exc
8.3.8 Generic Service
The generic service can be used to read the setting and protection measurement of the relay, and
modify the setting. Two supported type identifications are ASDU 21 and ASDU 10. For more
details about generic service, see the IEC60870-5-103 standard.
The generic services supported by this protective device are shown in the following table.
Group No. Group Name

1 Setting_Group.
2 Equipment Settings
3 Protection Config Settings

Group No. Group Name

4 Gen System Settings
5 Exc System Settings
6 Gen Diff Prot Settings
7 Gen SPDiff Prot-1 Settings
8 Gen SPDiff Prot-2 Settings
9 Gen SPTDiff Prot Settings
10 Gen IntTurn Prot Settings
11 Gen OC Prot Settings
12 Gen Distance Prot Settings
13 Sta EF Prot Settings
14 Injection Sta EF Prot Settings
15 RotWdg EF Prot Settings
16 Sta OvLd Prot Settings
17 Gen NegOC Prot Settings
18 Gen LossExc Prot Settings
19 Gen OOS Prot Settings
20 Gen Volt Prot Settings
21 Gen OvExc Prot Settings
22 Gen Pwr Prot Settings
23 Gen Freq Prot Settings
24 Gen StShut Prot Settings
25 Gen AccEnerg Prot Settings
26 GCB BFP Settings
27 Shaft OC Prot Settings
28 Exc Diff Prot Settings
29 Exc Bak Prot Settings
30 RotWdg OvLd Prot Settings
31 MechRly Prot Settings
65 Prot Metering of Gen
66 Prot Metering of Exc
8.4 Modbus Protocol over Serial Port

8.4.1 Overview
The RCS-985GW relay support several communications protocols to allow the connection to the
equipment such as personal computers, RTUs, SCADA masters, and programmable logic
controllers. The Modicon Modbus RTU protocol is the most basic protocol supported by the
RCS-985GW. Modbus is available via RS485 serial links or via Ethernet (using the Modbus/TCP
specification).
The following information is provided primarily for users who wish to develop their own master
communication drivers and applies to the serial Modbus RTU protocol. The characteristics are

listed below:
z Standard: Modicon Modbus Protocol Reference Guide, PI-MBUS-300 Rev.E
z Physical Layer Setup: RS485, 1 start bit,8 data bits, no bit for parity,1 stop bit
z Link Layer Setup: Only RTU Mode Supported
z Frame Length Up limit: 256 Bytes
z Baud Rate: Configurable
z Device Address: Configurable
z Parity: no
The following Modbus function codes are supported but re-defined by the relay:
02 Read Input Status-Get real-time statuses (binary)
03 Read Holding Registers- Get Settings
04 Read Input Registers- Get metering values of equipment
8.4.2 Fetch real time status (Binary)
Function Code: 02H
This function reads the ON/OFF status of discrete inputs in the slave. The status in the response
message is packed as one input per bit of the data field. Status is indicated as: 1 = ON; 0 = OFF.
The LSB of the first data byte contains the input addressed in the query. The other inputs follow
toward the high order end of this byte, and from low order to high order in subsequent bytes.
Example 1: If the master wants to fetch Trip Information (0000H~0003H), the query frame would
be as follows (Suppose the slave address was 1):
01 02 00 00 00 04 79 C9
Start Start
Slave Function Num of Num of
Register Register CRC Lo CRC Hi
Addr Code Status Hi Status Lo
Addr Hi Addr Lo
The response fame would be as follows (Suppose the value of 0000H~0003H equal to 1,1,0,1
respectively):
01 02 01 0B E0 4F
Function
Slave Addr Length Status CRC Lo CRC Hi
Code
Example 2: If the master wants to fetch Trip Information (0002H~000DH), the query frame would
be as follows (Suppose the slave address was 1):
01 02 00 02 00 0C D9 CF

Start Start
Slave Function Num of Num of
Register Register CRC Lo CRC Hi
Addr Code Status Hi Status Lo
Addr Hi Addr Lo
The response fame would be as follows (Suppose the value of 0002H~000DH equal to
1,1,0,1,0,0,1,0,1,1,1,0 respectively):
01 02 02 07 4B FB BF
Function
Slave Addr Length Status Hi Status Lo CRC Lo CRC Hi
Code
8.4.2.1 Trip information
1 means trip, 0 for no trip or draw off
Address Item Name

0000H Op_InstDiff_Gen
0001H Op_PcntDiff_Gen
0002H Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen
0003H Op_InstSPTDiff_Gen
0004H Op_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
0005H Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen
0006H Op_UF_OC_StShut_Gen
0007H Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen
0008H Op_InstSPDiff1_Gen
0009H Op_PcntSPDiff1_Gen
000AH Op_InstSPDiff2_Gen
000BH Op_PcntSPDiff2_Gen
000CH Op_SensTrvDiff1_Gen
000DH Op_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen
000EH Op_SensTrvDiff2_Gen
000FH Op_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen
0010H Op_SensROV_Sta
0011H Op_UnsensROV_Sta
0012H Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta
0013H Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta
0014H Op_1PEF_RotWdg
0015H Op_2PEF_RotWdg
0016H Op_ROC_Sta
0017H Op_Inj_EF_Sta
0018H Op_OvLd_Sta
0019H Op_InvOvLd_Sta
001AH Op_NegOC1_Gen
001BH Op_NegOC2_Gen
001CH Op_InvNegOC_Gen
001DH Op_OvLd_RotWdg

Address Item Name

001EH Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg
001FH Op_OC1_Gen
0020H Op_OC21_Gen
0021H Op_OC22_Gen
0022H Op_OV_Gen
0023H Op_UV_Gen
0024H Op_OvExc_Gen
0025H Op_InvOvExc_Gen
0026H Op_UF1_Gen
0027H Op_UF2_Gen
0028H Op_OF_Gen
0029H Op_Z1_Gen
002AH Op_Z2_Gen
002BH Op_OC1_Exc
002CH Op_OC2_Exc
002DH Op_RevP_Gen
002EH Op_BFP1_GCB
002FH Op_BFP2_GCB
0030H Op_AccEnerg_Gen
0031H Op_Flash1_GCB
0032H Op_OC_Shaft
0033H Op_Flash2_GCB
0034H Op_InstDiff_Exc
0035H Op_PcntDiff_Exc
0036H Op_Ext_OOS_Gen
0037H Op_Int_OOS_Gen
0038H Op_MechRly1
0039H Op_MechRly2
003AH Op_MechRly3
003BH Op_MechRly4
003CH Op_LossExc1_Gen
003DH Op_LossExc2_Gen
003EH Op_LossExc3_Gen
003FH TrpOutp1
0040H TrpOutp2
0041H TrpOutp3
0042H TrpOutp4
0043H TrpOutp5
0044H TrpOutp6
0045H TrpOutp7
0046H TrpOutp8
0047H TrpOutp9

Address Item Name

0048H TrpOutp10
0049H TrpOutp11
004AH TrpOutp12
8.4.2.2 Alarm Information
1 means alarm, 0 for no alarm or draw off
Address Item Name

1000H Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS
1001H Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr
1002H Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
1003H Alm_VTS_NP_Gen
1004H Alm_DeltVTS_Term_Gen
1005H Alm_52b_GCB
1006H Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd
1007H Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen
1008H Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen
1009H Alm_CTS_SPDiff1_Gen
100AH Alm_CTS_SPDiff2_Gen
100BH Alm_Diff_Gen
100CH Alm_SPTDiff_Gen
100DH Alm_SPDiff1_Gen
100EH Alm_SPDiff2_Gen
100FH Alm_OC_Shaft
1010H Alm_Pwr_EF_RotWdg
1011H Alm_SensInjEF_Sta
1012H Alm_Pwr_Inj_EF_Sta
1013H Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen
1014H Alm_ElectrBrake_Gen
1015H Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg
1016H Alm_OvExc_Gen
1017H Alm_OvLd_Sta
1018H Alm_NegOC_Gen
1019H Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
101AH Alm_ROV_Sta
101BH Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
101CH Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
101DH Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg
101EH Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
101FH Alm_UF1_Gen
1020H Alm_UF2_Gen
1021H Alm_OF_Gen

Address Item Name

1022H Alm_RevP_Gen
1023H Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
1024H Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
1025H Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen
1026H Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen
1027H Alm_LossExc_Gen
1028H Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc
1029H Alm_Diff_Exc
102AH Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg
102BH Alm_MechRly2
102CH Alm_MechRly4
102DH Alm_MechRly3
102EH Alm_MechRly1
102FH Alm_Inconsist_MechRly
1030H Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
1031H Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd
1032H Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
1033H Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
1034H Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
1035H Alm_InvalidSetting
1036H Alm_ModifiedSetting
1037H Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
1038H Alm_TripOutput
1039H Alm_InnerComm
103AH Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
103BH Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
103CH Alm_InconsistFD
103DH Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
103EH Alm_BI_CPUBrd
103FH Alm_RAM_MONBrd
1040H Alm_ROM_MONBrd
1041H Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
1042H Alm_DSP_MONBrd
1043H Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
1044H Alm_MONBrd
1045H Alm_Sample_MONBrd
8.4.2.3 Binary Input Change Information
1 means binary change, 0 for no change or draw off.
Address Item Name

2000H EBI_Diff_Gen

Address Item Name

2001H EBI_IntTurn_Gen
2002H EBI_ROV_Sta
2003H EBI_V3rdH_Sta
2004H EBI_1PEF_RotWdg
2005H EBI_2PEF_RotWdg
2006H EBI_OvLd_Sta
2007H EBI_NegOC_Gen
2008H EBI_LossExc_Gen
2009H EBI_OOS_Gen
200AH EBI_VoltProt_Gen
200BH EBI_OvExc_Gen
200CH EBI_PwrProt_Gen
200DH EBI_FreqProt_Gen
200EH EBI_AccEnerg_Gen
200FH EBI_StShut_Gen
2010H EBI_Diff_Exc
2011H EBI_Bak_Exc
2012H EBI_Trp_MechRly3
2016H EBI_PPF_Gen
2017H EBI_SPTDiff_Gen
2018H BI_1PEF_RotWdg
2019H BI_SyncCondenser
201AH BI_ElectrBrake_Gen
201BH BI_ExtProtTrp
201CH BI_PS_Superv
201DH EBI_OvLd_Exc
201EH EBI_OC_Shaft
201FH EBI_SPDiff1_Gen
2020H EBI_SPDiff2_Gen
2021H EBI_BFP_GCB
2022H BI_MechRly2
2023H BI_MechRly4
2024H BI_MechRly3
2025H BI_MechRly1
2026H BI_PS_MechRly
2027H BI_52b_GCB
2028H BI_Wicket

8.4.3 Fetch metering values of equipment
Function Code: 04H
The metering values in the response message are packed as two bytes per register. For each
register, the first byte contains the high order bits and the second contains the low order bits.
8.4.3.1 Gen Curr
Address Analog Name Unit

0000H Ia_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0001H Ib_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0002H Ic_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0003H I1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0006H Ia_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0007H Ib_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0008H Ic_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0009H I1_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
000AH I2_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
000BH I0_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
000CH Ia_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
000DH Ib_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
000EH Ic_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
000FH I1_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0012H Ia_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0013H Ib_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0014H Ic_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0015H I1_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A

0018H Id_TrvDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
0019H Id_3rdH_TrvDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
001AH Id_TrvDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
001BH Id_3rdH_TrvDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
001CH Ida_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
001DH Idb_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
001EH Idc_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
001FH Ida_SPDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0020H Idb_SPDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie


0021H Idc_SPDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0022H Ida_SPDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0023H Idb_SPDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0024H Idc_SPDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0025H Ida_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0026H Idb_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0027H Idc_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0028H Icorra_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0029H Icorrb_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
002AH Icorrc_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
002BH Icorra_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
002CH Icorrb_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
002DH Icorrc_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
002EH Icorra_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
002FH Icorrb_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0030H Icorrc_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0031H Icorra_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0032H Icorrb_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
0033H Icorrc_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
8.4.3.2 Gen Volt

0034H Ua_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0035H Ub_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0036H Uc_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0037H Uab_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0038H Ubc_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0039H Uca_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
003AH U1_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
003BH U2_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
003CH U0_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
003DH Uab_Busbar(decimal digits=2) V
003EH Ubc_Busbar(decimal digits=2) V
003FH Uca_Busbar(decimal digits=2) V
0040H U1_Busbar(decimal digits=2) V
0042H U0_DeltVT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0043H U0_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0044H U0_3rdH_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0045H U0_3rdH_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0046H Ud_3rdH_Sta(decimal digits=2) V

8.4.3.3 Gen Misc Values

0048H P_Gen(Signed decimal digits=2) %
0049H Q_Gen(Signed decimal digits=2) %
004AH Accu_InvOvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) %
004BH Accu_Therm_RotBody(decimal digits=2) %
004CH U/F_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=3)
004DH Accu_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
004EH f_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
004FH Accu_UF1_Gen(decimal digits=1)
0050H Accu_UF2_Gen(decimal digits=1)
0051H U1_2ndH_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0052H U2_2ndH_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0053H I_Shaft(decimal digits=2) mA
0054H I_3rdH_Shaft(decimal digits=2) mA
8.4.3.4 RotWdg Metering

0055H U(+)_RotWdg(Signed decimal digits=1) V
0056H U(-)_RotWdg(Signed decimal digits=1) V
0057H U_RotWdg(Signed decimal digits=1) V
0058H Rg_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) k
0059H Location_EF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) %
005AH I_RotWdg(Signed integer) A
005BH I_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
005CH Accu_Therm_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) %
005DH Ig1_RotWdg(Signed decimal digits=2) mA
005EH Ig2_RotWdg(Signed decimal digits=2) mA
005FH U_Ext(Signed decimal digits=1) V
8.4.3.5 Injection Stator Metering

0060H U0_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
0061H I0_Gen(decimal digits=3) A
0062H U_Inj(decimal digits=3) V
0063H I_Inj(decimal digits=2) mA
0064H ui_Inj(decimal digits=1)
0065H ui_Corr_Inj(decimal digits=1)
0066H R_Sec(Signed decimal digits=1)
0067H X_Sec(Signed decimal digits=1)
0068H Rcorr_Sec(Signed decimal digits=1)
0069H R_Pri(Signed decimal digits=3) k

8.4.3.6 Exc Curr

1000H Ida_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
1001H Idb_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
1002H Idc_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
1003H Icorra_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
1004H Icorrb_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
1005H Icorrc_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
1006H Icorra_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
1007H Icorrb_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
1008H Icorrc_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie

1009H Ia_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
100AH Ib_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
100BH Ic_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
100CH I1_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
100DH I2_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
100EH I0_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
100FH Ia_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
1010H Ib_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
1011H Ic_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
1012H I1_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
8.4.4 Fetch settings value of equipment

Function Code: 03H
8.4.4.1 Equipment Settings
Address Setting Name Unit

0000H Setting_Group
0001H Equip_ID(ASCII Hi Word)
0002H Equip_ID(ASCII Mi Word)
0003H Equip_ID(ASCII Lo Word)
0004H Comm_Addr(integer)
0005H COM1_Baud(integer) bps
0006H COM2_Baud(integer) bps
0007H Printer_Baud(integer) bps
0008H Protocol Bit0: COM1 870-5-103 Protocol
Bit1: COM1 LFP Protocol
Bit2: COM1 Modbus Protocol


Bit4: COM2 870-5-103 Protocol
Bit5: COM2 LFP Protocol
Bit6: COM2 Modbus Protocol
0009H Control Word Bit0: En_Auto_Print
Bit1: En_Net_Print
Bit3: En_Remote_Cfg
Bit4: GPS_Pulse
8.4.4.2 System Settings
1. Protection Configuration

1000H Protection Config Bit0:En_Diff_Gen
Word 1 Bit1:En_SPDiff1_Gen
Bit2:En_SPDiff2_Gen
Bit3:En_SPTDiff_Gen
Bit4:En_IntTurn_Gen
Bit5:En_OC_Gen
Bit6:En_Z_Gen
Bit7:En_EF_Sta
Bit8:En_Inj_EF_Sta
Bit9:En_EF_RotWdg
Bit10:En_OvLd_Sta
Bit11:En_NegOC_Gen
Bit12:En_LossExc_Gen
Bit13:En_OOS_Gen
Bit14:En_OV&UV_Gen
Bit15:En_OvExc_Gen
1001H Protection Config Bit0:En_PowerProt_Gen
Word 2 Bit1:En_OF&UF_Gen
Bit2:En_StShut_Gen
Bit3:En_AccEnerg_Gen
Bit4:En_BFP_GCB
Bit5:En_OC_Shaft
Bit6:En_Diff_Exc
Bit7:En_Bak_Exc
Bit8:En_OvLd_Exc
Bit9:En_MechRly
Gen Sys Settings

1002H fn_Gen Hz


1003H Pn_Gen(decimal digits=1) MW
1004H PF_Gen(decimal digits=2)
1005H U1n_Gen(decimal digits=2) kV
1006H U1n_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) kV
1007H U2n_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
1008H U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
1009H U1n_VT_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) kV
100AH U2n_VT_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
100BH I1n_CT_Term_Gen(integer) A
100CH I2n_CT_Term_Gen A
100DH k_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
100EH k_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
100FH I1n_CT1_SP1_Gen(integer) A
1010H I2n_CT1_SP1_Gen A
1011H I1n_CT2_SP2_Gen(integer) A
1012H I2n_CT2_SP2_Gen A
1013H I1n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen(integer) A
1014H I2n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen A
1015H I1n_RotWdg(integer) A
1016H U2n_Shunt_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) mV
1017H I2n_CT_Inj_EF_Sta A
Exc Sys Settings

1018H fn_Exc Hz
1019H Sn_Exc(decimal digits=2) MVA
101AH U1n_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) kV
101BH U1n_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) kV
101CH I1n_CT_S1_Exc(integer) A
101DH I2n_CT_S1_Exc A
101EH I1n_CT_S2_Exc(integer) A
101FH I2n_CT_S2_Exc A
1020H Control Bit0:Opt_Exc
Word Bit1:Yy12_Conn_ET
Bit2:Dd12_Conn_ET
Bit3:Dy11_Conn_ET
Bit4:Yd11_Conn_ET
Bit5:Dy1_Conn_ET
8.4.4.3 Protection Settings
Function Code: 03H
1. Gen Diff Prot Settings


2000H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2001H I_InstDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2002H I_Alm_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2003H Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2004H Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2005H TrpLog_Diff_Gen
2006H Control Bit0:En_InstDiff_Gen
Word Bit1:En_PcntDiff_Gen
Bit2:En_DPFC_Diff_Gen
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen
2. Gen Split-Phase Diff Prot-1 Settings

2007H I_Pkp_PcntSPDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2008H I_InstSPDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2009H I_Alm_SPDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
200AH Slope1_PcntSPDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2)
200BH Slope2_PcntSPDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2)
200CH TrpLog_SPDiff1_Gen
200DH Control Bit0:En_InstSPDiff1_Gen
Word Bit1:En_PcntSPDiff1_Gen
Bit2:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPDiff1_Gen
3. Gen Split-Phase Diff Prot-2 Settings

200EH I_Pkp_PcntSPDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
200FH I_InstSPDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2010H I_Alm_SPDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2011H Slope1_PcntSPDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2012H Slope2_PcntSPDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2013H TrpLog_SPDiff2_Gen
2014H Control Bit0:En_InstSPDiff2_Gen
Word Bit1:En_PcntSPDiff2_Gen
Bit2:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPDiff2_Gen
4. Gen SPT Diff Prot Settings

2015H I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2016H I_InstSPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2017H I_Alm_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2018H Slope1_PcntSPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2019H Slope2_PcntSPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)


201AH TrpLog_SPTDiff_Gen
201BH Control Bit0:En_InstSPTDiff_Gen
Word Bit1:En_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
Bit2:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
5. Gen IntTurn Prot Settings

201CH I_SensTrvDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
201DH I_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
201EH I_SensTrvDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
201FH I_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2020H TrpLog_TrvDiff_Gen
2021H Control Bit0:En_SensTrvDiff1_Gen
Word Bit1:En_UnsensTrvDiff1_Gen
Bit2:En_SensTrvDiff2_Gen
Bit3:En_UnsensTrvDiff2_Gen
6. Gen OC Prot Settings

2022H V_NegOV_VCE_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2023H Vpp_VCE_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2024H I_OC1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2025H t_OC1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2026H TrpLog_OC1_Gen
2027H I_OC2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2028H t_OC21_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2029H TrpLog_OC21_Gen
202AH t_OC22_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
202BH TrpLog_OC22_Gen
202CH Control Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen
Word Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Gen
Bit2:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen
Bit3:Opt_ExcMode_Gen
7. Gen Distance Prot Settings

202DH Z_Fwd_Gen(decimal digits=2)
202EH Z_Rev_Gen(decimal digits=2)
202FH t_Z1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2030H TrpLog_Z1_Gen
2031H t_Z2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2032H TrpLog_Z2_Gen

8. Sta EF Prot Settings

2033H V_SensROV_Sta(decimal digits=2) V
2034H V_UnsensROV_Sta(decimal digits=2) V
2035H t_ROV_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
2036H k_3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta(decimal digits=2)
2037H k_3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta(decimal digits=2)
2038H k_3rdH_Diff_Sta(decimal digits=2)
2039H t_3rdHProt_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
203AH TrpLog_EF_Sta
203BH Control Bit0:En_Alm_ROV_Sta
Word Bit1:En_Trp_ROV_Sta
Bit2:En_Trp_UnsensRov_Sta
Bit3:En_Alm_3rdHRatio_Sta
Bit4:En_Alm_3rdHDiff_Sta
Bit5:En_Trp_3rdHRatio_Sta
9. Injection Sta EF Prot Settings

203CH R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=2) k
203DH R_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=2) k
203EH t_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
203FH t_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
2040H I_ROC_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=3) A
2041H V_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=2) V
2042H I_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=2) mA
2043H corr_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=1)
2044H R_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=1)
2045H X_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=1)
2046H Rp_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=1)
2047H k_R_Inj_EF_Sta(decimal digits=2)
2048H TrpLog_Inj_EF_Sta
2049H Control Bit0:En_Alm_R_Inj_EF_Sta
Word Bit1:En_Trp_R_Inj_EF_Sta
Bit2:En_Trp_ROC_Inj_EF_Sta
Bit3:En_Freq_Blk_Inj_EF_Sta
Bit4:En_TestMode_Inj_EF_Sta
10. RotWdg EF Prot Settings

204AH R_Sens1PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) k
204BH R_1PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) k


204CH t_1PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
204DH V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) v
204EH t_2PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
204FH TrpLog_EF_RotWdg
2050H Opt_Scheme_EF_Prot
2051H Control Bit0:En_Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg
Word Bit1:En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
Bit2:En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg
Bit3:En_2PEF_RotWdg
Bit4:En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg
11. Sta OvLd Prot Settings

2052H I_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) A
2053H t_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
2054H TrpLog_OvLd_Sta
2055H I_Alm_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) A
2056H t_Alm_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
2057H I_InvOvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) A
2058H tmin_InvOvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
2059H A_Therm_Sta(decimal digits=2)
205AH Kb_Therm_Sta(decimal digits=2)
205BH TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta
12. Gen NegOC Prot Settings

205CH I_NegOC1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
205DH t_NegOC1_Gen (decimal digits=2) S
205EH TrpLog_NegOC1_Gen
205FH I_NegOC2_Gen (decimal digits=2) A
2060H t_NegOC2_Gen (decimal digits=2) S
2061H TrpLog_NegOC2_Gen
2062H I_Alm_NegOC_Gen (decimal digits=2) A
2063H t_Alm_NegOC_Gen (decimal digits=2) S
2064H I_InvNegOC_Gen (decimal digits=2) A
2065H I_Neg_Perm_Gen (decimal digits=2) A
2066H tmin_InvNegOC_Gen (decimal digits=2) S
2067H A_Therm_RotBody(decimal digits=2)
2068H TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen
13. Gen LossExc Prot Settings


2069H Xd_Gen(decimal digits=3)
206AH Xq_Gen(decimal digits=3)
206BH Xs_Gen(decimal digits=3)
206CH Xd'_Gen(decimal digits=3)
206DH Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
206EH V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
206FH V_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2070H k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2071H P_SalientPole_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
2072H V_UV_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2073H t_LossExc1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2076H TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen
2079H Control Bit0:En_Z_LossExc1_Gen
Word Bit1:En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen
Bit2:En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen
Bit3:En_BusUV_LossExc2_Gen
Bit4:En_Z_LossExc2_Gen
Bit5:En_RotUV_LossExc2_Gen
Bit6:En_Z_LossExc3_Gen
Bit7:En_RotUV_LossExc3_Gen
Bit8:En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen
Bit9:Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen
Bit10:Opt_Circle_Z_LossExc_Gen
14. Gen OOS Prot Settings

207AH Za_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
207BH Zb_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
207CH Zc_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
207DH _Reach_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
207EH _Inner_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
207FH n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen(integer)
2080H n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen(integer)
2081H Ibrk_GCB(decimal digits=2) A
2082H TrpLog_OOS_Gen
2083H Control Bit0:En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
Word Bit1:En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen
Bit2:En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen


Bit3:En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen
15. Gen Volt Prot Settings

2084H V_OV_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2085H t_OV_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2086H TrpLog_OV_Gen
2087H V_UV_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2088H t_UV_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2089H TrpLog_UV_Gen
16. Gen OvExc Prot Settings

208AH k_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
208BH t_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
208CH TrpLog_OvExc_Gen
208DH k_Alm_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
208EH t_Alm_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
208FH k0_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2090H t0_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
2091H k1_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
209AH t5_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
209BH TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen
17. Gen Pwr Prot Settings

209CH P_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
209DH t_Alm_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
209EH t_Trp_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
209FH TrpLog_RevP_Gen
20A0H Control Bit0:En_Wicket_Ctrl_PwrProt_Gen
Word
18. Gen Freq Prot Settings


20A1H f_UF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20A2H t_UF1_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20A3H f_UF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20A4H t_UF2_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20A5H TrpLog_UF_Gen
20A6H f_OF_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20A7H t_OF_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20A8H TrpLog_OF_Gen
20A9H Control Bit0:En_Alm_UF1_Gen
Word Bit1:En_Trp_UF1_Gen
Bit2:En_Alm_UF2_Gen
Bit3:En_Trp_UF2_Gen
Bit4:En_Alm_OF_Gen
Bit5:En_Trp_OF_Gen
19. Gen StShut Prot Settings

20AAH f_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20ABH I_UF_OC_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
20ACH t_UF_OC_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20ADH I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
20AEH TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen
20AFH V_StaROV_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20B0H t_StaROV_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20B1H TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen
20B2H Control Bit0:En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen
Word Bit1:En_UFOC_StShut_Gen
Bit2:En_ROV_StShut_Gen
20. Gen AccEnerg Prot Settings

20B3H f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20B4H I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
20B5H t_AccEnerg_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20B6H TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen
20B7H I_NegOC_Flash_GCB(decimal digits=2) A
20B8H t_Flash1_GCB(decimal digits=2) S
20B9H TrpLog_Flash1_GCB
20BAH t_Flash2_GCB(decimal digits=2) S
20BBH TrpLog_Flash2_GCB
20BCH Control Bit0:En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen
Word Bit1:En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen

21. GCB BFP Settings

20BDH V_NegOV_BFP_GCB(decimal digits=2) V
20BEH Vpp_UV_BFP_GCB(decimal digits=2) V
20BFH I_BFP_GCB(decimal digits=2) A
20C0H I_NegOC_BFP_GCB(decimal digits=2) A
20C1H t_BFP1_GCB(decimal digits=2) S
20C2H TrpLog_BFP1_GCB
20C3H t_BFP2_GCB(decimal digits=2) S
20C4H TrpLog_BFP2_GCB
20C5H I_BO_OC_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
20C6H t_BO_OC_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20C7H Control Bit0:En_NegOC_Ctrl_BFP_GCB
Word Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_BFP_GCB
Bit2:En_BO_OC_Gen
22. Shaft OC Prot Settings

20C8H I_Alm_OC_Shaft(decimal digits=1) mA
20C9H t_Alm_OC_Shaft(decimal digits=1) S
20CAH I_OC_Shaft(decimal digits=1) mA
20CBH t_OC_Shaft(decimal digits=2) S
20CCH TrpLog_OC_Shaft
20CDH Control Bit0:En_1stH_OC_Shaft
Word Bit1:En_3rdH_OC_Shaft
23. Exc Diff Prot Settings

20CEH I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
20CFH I_InstDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
20D0H I_Alm_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
20D1H Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2)
20D2H Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2)
20D3H k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2)
20D4H TrpLog_Diff_Exc
20D5H Control Bit0:En_InstDiff_Exc
Word Bit1:En_PcntDiff_Exc
Bit2:Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc
24. Exc Bak Prot Settings


20D6H I_OC1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
20D7H t_OC1_Exc(decimal digits=2) S
20D8H TrpLog_OC1_Exc
20D9H I_OC2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
20DAH t_OC2_Exc(decimal digits=2) S
20DBH TrpLog_OC2_Exc
25. RotWdg OvLd Prot Settings

20DCH I_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
20DDH t_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
20DEH TrpLog_OvLd_RotWdg
20DFH I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
20E0H t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
20E1H I_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
20E2H tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
20E3H A_Therm_RotWdg(decimal digits=2)
20E4H Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
20E5H TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg
20E6H Control Bit0:Opt_AI_RotWdg
Word Bit1:Opt_Curr_RotWdg
26. MechRly Prot Settings

20E7H t_MechRly1(decimal digits=1) S
20E8H TrpLog_MechRly1
20E9H t_MechRly2(decimal digits=1) S
20EAH TrpLog_MechRly2
20EBH t_MechRly3(decimal digits=1) S
20ECH TrpLog_MechRly3
20EDH t_MechRly4(decimal digits=1) S
20EEH TrpLog_MechRly4
8.4.4.4 Diagnostics (Function Code: 08H)
Modbus function 08 provides a series of tests for checking the communication system between the
master and slave, or for checking various internal error conditions within the slave.
The function uses a twobyte sub-function code field in the query to define the type of test to be
performed. The slave echoes both the function code and sub-function code in a normal response.
The listing below shows the sub-function codes supported by the equipment.

Code Name
00H Return Query Data
01H Restart Comm Option
04H Force Listen Only Mode
0BH Return Bus Message Count
0CH Return Bus Comm. Error Count
0DH Return Bus Exception Error Cnt
0EH Return Slave Message Count
0FH Return Slave No Response Cnt
8.4.5 Exception Responses

Except for broadcast messages, when a master device sends a query to a slave device it expects
a normal response. If the slave receives the query without a communication error but the salve
cannot handle it (for example, if the request is to read a nonexistent coil or register), the slave will
return an exception response informing the master of the nature of the error.
The listing below shows the exception codes supported by the equipment.
Code Description
01H Illegal Function
02H Illegal Data Address
03H Illegal Data Value
07H Negative Acknowledge


Chapter 10 Installation
The equipment must be shipped, stored and installed with the greatest care.
Choose the place of installation such that the communication interface and the controls on the
front of the device are easily accessible.
Air must circulate freely around the equipment. Observe all the requirements regarding place of
installation and ambient conditions given in this instruction manual.
Take care that the external wiring is properly brought into the equipment and terminated correctly
and pay special attention to grounding. Strictly observe the corresponding guidelines contained in
this section.
9.2 Safety Instructions
Modules and units may only be replaced by correspondingly trained personnel. Always observe
the basic precautions to avoid damage due to electrostatic discharge when handling the
equipment.
In certain cases, the settings have to be configured according to the demands of the engineering
configuration after replacement. It is therefore assumed that the personnel who replace modules
and units are familiar with the use of the operator program on the service PC.
Danger!
Only insert or withdraw the PWR module while the power supply is switched off. To this
end, disconnect the power supply cable that connects with the PWR module.
Warning!
Only insert or withdraw the other boards while the power supply is switched off.
Warning!
The modules of the RCS-985GW may only be inserted in its own slots. Components can
be damaged or destroyed by inserting boards in the wrong slots.
Danger!
Improper handling of the equipment can cause damage or an incorrect response of the
equipment itself or the primary plant.

Warning!
Industry packs and ribbon cables may only be replaced or the positions of jumpers be
changed on a workbench appropriately designed for working on electronic equipment. The
RCS-985GW modules, bus backplanes are sensitive to electrostatic discharge when not in
the unit's housing.
The basic precautions to guard against electrostatic discharge are as follows:
z Should boards have to be removed from RCS-985GW installed in a grounded cubicle in an

HV switchgear installation, discharge yourself by touching station ground (the cubicle)
beforehand.
z Only hold electronic boards at the edges, taking care not to touch the components.
z Only works on boards that have been removed from the cubicle on a workbench designed for
electronic equipment and wear a grounded wristband. Do not wear a grounded wristband,
however, while inserting or withdrawing units.
Always store and ship the electronic boards in their original packing. Place electronic parts in
electrostatic screened packing materials.
9.3 Checking the Shipment
Check that the consignment is complete immediately upon receipt. Notify the nearest NR
Company or agent, should departures from the delivery note, the shipping papers or the order be
found.
Visually inspect all the material when unpacking it. When there is evidence of transport damage,
lodge a claim immediately in writing with the last carrier and notify the nearest NR Company or
agent.
If the equipment is not going to be installed immediately, store all the parts in their original packing
in a clean dry place at a moderate temperature. The humidity should not exceed 90% at a
maximum temperature of +55C; the permissible storage temperature range in dry air is -40C to
+70C.
9.4 Material and Tools Required
The necessary mounting kits will be provided, including screws, pincers and assembly
instructions.
A suitable drill and spanners are required to secure the cubicles to the floor using the plugs
provided (if RCS-985GW is mounted in cubicles).
9.5 Device Location and Ambient Conditions
The place of installation should permit easy access especially to front of the device, i.e. to the
human-machine interface of the equipment.

There should also be free access at the rear of the equipment for additions and replacement of
electronic boards.
Since every piece of technical equipment can be damaged or destroyed by inadmissible ambient
conditions, such as:
1) The location should not be exposed to excessive air pollution (dust, aggressive substances).
2) Severe vibration, extreme changes of temperature, high levels of humidity, surge voltages of
high amplitude and short rise time and strong induced magnetic fields should be avoided as
far as possible.
3) Air must not be allowed to circulate freely around the equipment.
The equipment can in principle be mounted in any attitude, but it is normally mounted vertically
(visibility of markings).
Warning!
Excessively high temperature can appreciably reduce the operating life of the
RCS-985GW.
9.6 Mechanical Installation
The equipment adopts IEC standard chassis and is rack with modular structure. RCS-985GW
equipment is IEC 8U high and 19 wide. Figure 9.6-1 shows its dimensions and Figure 9.6-2
shows the panel cut-out.
482
285
465
RCS-985
GENERATOR PROTECTION
GRP
ENT
354.8
279.4
ES C
76.2
NARI RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LD
Figure 9.6-1 Dimensions of the RCS-985GW

Figure 9.6-2 Cut-out of RCS-985GW
Note!
It is necessary to leave enough space top and bottom of the cut-out in the cubicle for heat
emission of the RCS-985GW.
As mentioned former, all modules must be plugged into the proper slots of the RCS-985GW
respectively. The safety instructions must be abided by when installing the boards, see section
9.2.
In the case of equipment supplied in cubicles, place the cubicles on the foundations that have
been prepared. Take care while doing so not to jam or otherwise damage any of the cables that
have already been installed. Secure the cubicles to the foundations.
9.7 Electrical Installation and Wiring

9.7.1 Grounding Guidelines
Switching operations in HV installations generate transient over voltages on control signal cables.
There is also a background of electromagnetic RF fields in electrical installations that can induce
spurious currents in the devices themselves or the leads connected to them.
All these influences can influence the operation of electronic apparatus.
On the other hand, electronic apparatus can transmit interference that can disrupt the operation of
other apparatus.
In order to minimize these influences as far as possible, certain standards have to be observed
with respect to grounding, wiring and screening.

Note!
All these precautions can only be effective if the station ground is of good quality.
9.7.2 Cubicle Grounding
The cubicle must be designed and fitted out such that the impedance for RF interference of the
ground path from the electronic device to the cubicle ground terminal is as low as possible.
Metal accessories such as side plates, blanking plates etc., must be effectively connected
surface-to-surface to the grounded frame to ensure a low-impedance path to ground for RF
interference. The contact surfaces must not only conduct well, they must also be non-corroding.
Note!
If the above conditions are not fulfilled, there is a possibility of the cubicle or parts of it
forming a resonant circuit at certain frequencies that would amplify the transmission of
interference by the devices installed and also reduce their immunity to induced
interference.
Movable parts of the cubicle such as doors (front and back) or hinged equipment frames must be
effectively grounded to the frame by three braided copper strips (see Figure 9.7-1).
The metal parts of the cubicle housing and the ground rail are interconnected electrically
conducting and corrosion proof. The contact surfaces shall be as large as possible.
Note!
For metallic connections please observe the voltage difference of both materials according
to the electrochemical code.
The cubicle ground rail must be effectively connected to the station ground rail by a grounding
strip (braided copper).

Figure 9.7-1 Cubicle grounding system
9.7.3 Ground Connection on the Device
There is a ground terminal on the rear panel (see Figure 9.7-3), and the ground braided copper
strip can be connected with it. Take care that the grounding strip is always as short as possible.
The main thing is that the device is only grounded at one point. Grounding loops from unit to unit
are not allowed.
There are some ground terminals on some connectors of the RCS-985GW, and the sign is GND.
All the ground terminals are connected in the cabinet of this relay. So, the ground terminal on the
rear panel (see Figure 9.7-2) is the only ground terminal of this device.
Figure 9.7-2 Ground terminal of the RCS-985GW
9.7.4 Grounding Strips and their Installation
High frequency currents are produced by interference in the ground connections and because of
skin effect at these frequencies, only the surface region of the grounding strips is of consequence.
The grounding strips must therefore be of (preferably tinned) braided copper and not round copper
conductors, as the cross-section of round copper would have to be too large.
Data of braided copper strip: threaded M4, 2.5mm2.
Proper terminations must be fitted to both ends (press/pinch fit and tinned) with a hole for bolting
them firmly to the items to be connected.
The surfaces to which the grounding strips are bolted must be electrically conducting and
non-corroding.
The following figure shows the ground strip and termination.
Figure 9.7-3 Ground strip and termination

9.7.5 Making the Electrical Connections
Always make sure established guidelines for this type of terminal is followed during installation.
When necessary, please use screened twisted-pair cables to minimize susceptibility. Otherwise,
use any kind of regular nonscreened tinned RK cable or equivalent.
When using screened cabling always use 360 full screen cable bushing to ensure screen
coupling. Ensure that all signals of the single circuit are in the same single cable. Avoid mixing
current and voltage measuring signals in the same cable. Also use separate cables for control and
measuring circuits.
9.7.5.1 Connecting the CT circuits
Heavy-duty terminal block, M4 threaded terminal ends
9.7.5.2 Connecting the VT/CT circuits
VT circuit must be connected with the protective device through an MCB.
9.7.5.3 Connecting the auxiliary power
Auxiliary power cords cross can be directly screwed fixed on the rear panel of DC board.
9.7.5.4 Input/output signal connectors
Welding terminals; those devices are supplied with sufficient M4 screws for making connections to
the rear mounted terminal blocks using ring terminals, with a recommended maximum of two ring
terminals per terminal.
To meet the insulation requirements of the terminal block, for the sake of safety, an insulating
sleeve should be fitted over the ring terminal after crimping.
The wire used for all connections to the welding terminal blocks and heavy duty terminal blocks,
except the RS-485 port, should have a minimum voltage rating of 300Vrms.
It is recommended that the auxiliary power circuit wiring should be protected by using a 16A high
rupture capacity (HRC) fuse of type NIT or TIA. For safety reasons, current transformer circuits
must never be open.
9.7.5.5 Installing the RS-485 serial port communication cables:
When using galvanic connection between the synchronizer equipment and communication
equipment or point-to-point galvanic connection between two equipments it is essential that the
cable installation is carefully done. This is true regardless of type of module used, only the
possible length of the cable differs. The factors that must be taken into account is the susceptibility
for noise disturbance, due to that the levels of the communication signal are very low. For a best
result, a cable with twisted pairs with screen should be used.
RS-485 serial communication interface, a termination 120-ohm resistor has to be connected at

each extremity of the bus. Refer to 8.2.

9.7.5.6 IRIG-B Connections (if applicable)
The IRIG-B input and BNC connector have a characteristic impedance of 50. It is recommended
that connections between the IRIG-B equipment and the relay are made using coaxial cable of
type RG59LSF with a halogen free, fire retardant sheath.
9.7.5.7 Front EIA(RS)232 Port
Short term connections to the EIA(RS)232 port, located at the bottom of face cover, can be made
using a screened multi-core communication cable up to 15m long, or a total capacitance of
2500pF. The cable should be terminated at the relay end with a 9-way, metal shelled, D-type male
plug.

Chapter 11 Commission
This relay is fully numerical in their design, implementing all protection and non-protection
functions in software. The relay employ a high degree of self-checking and in the unlikely event of
a failure, will give an alarm. As a result of this, the commissioning test does not need to be as
extensive as with non-numeric electronic or electro-mechanical relays.
To commission numerical relays, it is only necessary to verify that the hardware is functioning
correctly and the application-specific software settings have been applied to the relay.
Blank commissioning test and setting records are provided at the end of this manual for
completion as required.
Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should be familiar with the contents of the
safety and technical data sections and the ratings on the equipments rating label.
10.2 Safety Instructions
Warning!
Hazardous voltages are present in this electrical equipment during operation.

Non-observance of the safety rules can result in severe personal injury or property
damage.
Warning!
Only qualified personnel shall work on and around this equipment after becoming
thoroughly familiar with all warnings and safety notices of this manual as well as with the
applicable safety regulations.
Particular attention must be drawn to the following:
z The earthing screw of the device must be connected solidly to the protective earth
conductor before any other electrical connection is made.
z Hazardous voltages can be present on all circuits and components connected to the
supply voltage or to the measuring and test quantities.
z Hazardous voltages can be present in the device even after disconnection of the supply
voltage (storage capacitors!)
z The limit values stated in the technical data must not be exceeded at all, not even during
testing and commissioning.
z When testing the device with secondary test equipment, make sure that no other

measurement quantities are connected. Take also into consideration that the trip circuits and
maybe also close commands to the circuit breakers and other primary switches are
disconnected from the device unless expressly stated.
Danger!
Current transformer secondary circuits must have been short-circuited before the current
leads to the device are disconnected.
Warning!
Primary test may only be carried out by qualified personnel, who are familiar with the
commissioning of protection system, the operation of the plant and safety rules and
regulations (switching, earthing, etc.)
10.3 Commission Tools
Required tools for testing of a protective device:
Minimum equipment required:
Multifunctional dynamic current and voltage injection test set with interval timer (For example,
Omicron CMC356).
Multimeter with suitable AC current range and AC/DC voltage ranges of 0-440V and 0-250V
respectively.
Continuity tester (if not included in the multimeter).
Phase angle meter.
Phase rotation meter.
Note!
Modern test set may contain many of the above features in one unit.
Optional equipment:
An electronic or brushless insulation tester with a DC output not exceeding 500 V (for
insulation resistance test when required).
A portable PC, with appropriate software (this enables the rear communications port to be
tested, if this is to be used, and will also save considerable time during commissioning).
EIA RS-485 to EIA RS-232 converter (if EIA RS-485 IEC60870-5-103 port is being tested).
An EPSON 300K printer.
RCS-900 serials dedicated protection tester TEST or HELP-90.

At the same time, the calculated settings, substation configuration diagram, the protective device
diagram and the instruction manual is essential to test the protective device.
The relay has to be set before the testing can start. Only the functions that are used should be
tested.
The response from a test can be viewed in different ways:
Binary output signals
Service values in the local HMI
A PC with RCSPC software or SCADA or master station
All used setting groups should be tested. The user can release the functions to be tested and
prevent other functions from operation by setting the corresponding parameters.
The setting checks ensure that all of the application-specific protection settings (i.e. both the
protections function and programmable scheme logic settings), for the particular installation, have
been correctly applied to the protection.
10.4 Setting Familiarization
When commissioning a RCS-985GW for the first time, sufficient time should be allowed to become
familiar with the method by which the settings are applied. The Figure 7.2-9 contains a detailed
description of the menu structure of this relay.
With the front cover in place all keys are accessible. All menu cells can be read. LED indicators
and alarms can be reset. Protection or configuration settings can be changed, or fault and event
records cleared. However, menu cells will require the appropriate password to be entered before
changes can be made.
Alternatively, if a portable PC is available together with suitable setting software (such as

RCS-9700 SAS software), the menu can be viewed a page at a time to display a full column of
data and text. This PC software also allows settings to be entered more easily, saved to a file on
disk for future reference or printed to produce a setting record. Refer to the PC software user
manual for details. If the software is being used for the first time, allow sufficient time to become
familiar with its operation.
10.5 Product Checks
These product checks cover all aspects of the relay which should be checked to ensure that it has
not been physically damaged prior to commissioning, is functioning correctly and all input quantity
measurements are within the stated tolerances.
If the application-specific settings have been applied to the relay prior to commissioning, it is
advisable to make a copy of the settings so as to allow them restoration later. This could be done
by extracting the settings from the relay itself via printer or manually creating a setting record.

10.5.1 With the Relay De-energized
The RCS-985GW is fully numerical and the hardware is continuously monitored. Commissioning
tests can be kept to a minimum and need only include hardware tests and conjunctive tests. The
function tests are carried out according to users correlative regulations.
The following tests are necessary to ensure the normal operation of the equipment before it is first
put into service.
Hardware tests
These tests are performed for the following hardware to ensure that there is no hardware
defect. Defects of hardware circuits other than the following can be detected by
self-monitoring when the DC power is supplied.
User interfaces test
Binary input circuits and output circuits test
AC input circuits test
Function tests
These tests are performed for the following functions that are fully software-based. Tests of
the protection schemes and fault locator require a dynamic test set.
Measuring elements test
Timers test
Metering and recording test
Conjunctive tests
The tests are performed after the relay is connected with the primary equipment and other
external equipment.
On load test.
Phase sequence check and polarity check.
10.5.1.1 Visual Inspection
After unpacking the product, check for any damage to the relay case. If there is any damage, the
internal module might also have been affected, contact the vendor. Following items listed is
necessary.
Protection panel
Carefully examine the protection panel, protection equipment inside and other parts inside to
see that no physical damage has occurred since installation.
The rated information of other auxiliary protections should be checked to ensure it is correct
for the particular installation.

Panel wiring
Check the conducting wire which is used in the panel to assure that their cross section
meeting the requirement.
Carefully examine the wiring to see that they are no connection failure exists.
Label
Check all the isolator binary inputs, terminal blocks, indicators, switches and push buttons to
make sure that their labels meet the requirements of this project.
Equipment plug-in modules
Check each plug-in module of the equipments on the panel to make sure that they are well
installed into the equipment without any screw loosened.
Earthing cable
Check whether the earthing cable from the panel terminal block is safely screwed to the panel
steel sheet.
Switch, keypad, isolator binary inputs and push button
Check whether all the switches, equipment keypad, isolator binary inputs and push buttons
work normally and smoothly.
10.5.1.2 Insulation Test (if required)
Insulation resistance tests are only necessary during commissioning if it is required for them to be
done and they have not been performed during installation.
Isolate all wiring from the earth and test the isolation with an electronic or brushless insulation
tester at a DC voltage not exceeding 500V, The circuits need to be tested should include:
Voltage transformer circuits
Current transformer circuits
DC power supply
Optic-isolated control inputs
Output contacts
Communication ports
The insulation resistance should be greater than 100M at 500V.
Test method:
To unplug all the terminals sockets of this protective device, and do the Insulation resistance test
for each circuit above with an electronic or brushless insulation tester.
On completion of the insulation resistance tests, ensure all external wiring is correctly reconnected
to the protection

10.5.1.3 Check the Jumpers
In general, the jumpers of the relay have been set correctly before sent to user. While, checking
the jumpers is a good habit before the relay is brought to service.
10.5.1.4 External Wiring
Check that the external wiring is correct to the relevant relay diagram and scheme diagram.
Ensure as far as practical that phasing/phase rotation appears to be as expected.
Check the wiring against the schematic diagram for the installation to ensure compliance with the
customers normal practice.
10.5.1.5 Auxiliary Supply
The relay can be operated from either 110/125Vdc or 220/250Vdc auxiliary supply depending on
the relays nominal supply rating. The incoming voltage must be within the operating range
specified in the following table, before energizing the relay, measure the auxiliary supply to ensure
it within the operating range.
Rated Voltage 110/125Vdc 220/250Vdc

Variation 80% ~ 120% 80% ~ 120%
It should be noted that the relay can withstand an AC ripple of up to 15% of the upper rated
voltage on the DC auxiliary supply.
Warning!
Energize the relay only if the auxiliary supply is within the specified operating ranges.
10.5.2 With the Relay Energized
The following groups of checks verify that the relay hardware and software is functioning correctly
and should be carried out with the auxiliary supply applied to the relay.
The current and voltage transformer connections must remain isolated from the relay for these
checks. The trip circuit should also remain isolated to prevent accidental operation of the
associated circuit breaker.
10.5.2.1 Front Panel LCD Display
The liquid crystal display (LCD) is designed to operate in a wide range of substation ambient
temperatures. For this purpose, this relay has an automatic LCD contrast adjusting feature,
which is capable to adjust LCD contrast automatically according to the ambient temperature.
Connect the relay to DC power supply correctly and turn the relay on. Check program version and
forming time displayed in command menu to ensure that are corresponding to what ordered.
10.5.2.2 Date and Time
If the time and date is not being maintained by substation automation system, the date and time
should be set manually.

Set the date and time to the correct local time and date using menu item CLOCK.
In the event of the auxiliary supply failing, with a battery fitted on CPU board, the time and date will
be maintained. Therefore when the auxiliary supply is restored the time and date will be correct
and not need to set again.
To test this, remove the auxiliary supply from the relay for approximately 30s. After being
re-energized, the time and date should be correct.
10.5.2.3 Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs)
On power up, the green LED HEALTHY should have illuminated and stayed on indicating that
the relay is healthy.
The relay has latched signal relays, which remember the state of the trip, auto-reclosing when the
relay was last energized from an auxiliary supply. Therefore, these indicators may also illuminate
when the auxiliary supply is applied. If any of these LEDs are on then they should be reset before
proceeding with further testing. If the LED successfully reset, the LED goes out. There is no testing
required for that that LED because it is known to be operational.
It is likely that alarms related to voltage transformer supervision will not reset at this stage.
1. Test LED "HEALTHY"
Apply the rated DC Power supply and check that the HEALTHY LED is lighting in green. We
need to emphasize that the HEALTHY LED is always lighting in operation course except that the
equipment find serious errors in it.
2. Test LED "ALARM"
Produce one of the abnormal conditions listed in Table 4.1-1, the ALARM LED will light in yellow.
When abnormal condition reset, the ALARM LED extinguishes.
3. Testing the "TRIP" LED
The TRIP LED can be tested by initiating a manual circuit breaker trip from the relay. However
the TRIP LED will operate during the setting checks (performed later). Therefore no further
testing of the TRIP LED is required at this stage.
10.5.2.4 Testing the AC Current Inputs
This test verified that the accuracy of current measurement is within the acceptable tolerances.
Apply current equal to the line current transformer secondary winding rating to each current
transformer input of the corresponding rating in turn, see the following table or external connection
diagram for appropriate terminal numbers, checking its magnitude using a multimeter/test set
readout. The corresponding reading can then be checked in the relays menu.
The measurement tolerant error is in range of 2.5% or 0.02In, whichever is greater. However an
additional allowance must be made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
Current channel linearity and precision checkout

Input Measurement (on LCD)

Group No. Item
Value Angle Value Angle
IA
Three-phase
IB
current channel 1
IC
IA
.. IB
IC
Zero-sequence
3I0
current channel 1
.. 3I0
10.5.2.5 Testing the AC Voltage Inputs
This test verified that the accuracy of voltage measurement is within the acceptable tolerances.
Apply rated voltage to each voltage transformer input in turn; checking its magnitude using a
multimeter/test set readout. The corresponding reading can then be checked in the relays menu.
The measurement tolerant error is in range of 2.5% or 0.1V, whichever is greater. However an
additional allowance must be made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
Voltage channel linearity and precision checkout
Input Measurement (on LCD)

Group No. Item
Value Angle Value Angle
UA
Three-phase
UB
voltage channel 1
UC
UA
UB
UC
zero-sequence
3U0
voltage channel 1
3U0
10.5.2.6 Testing the Binary Inputs
This test checks that all the binary inputs on the relay are functioning correctly.
The binary inputs should be energized one at a time, see external connection diagrams for
terminal numbers.
Ensure that the voltage applied on the binary input must be within the operating range.
The status of each binary input can be viewed using menu item CPU BI STATE or MON BI
STATE. Sign 1 denotes an energized input and sign 0 denotes a de-energized input.
Binary Inputs testing checkout

Terminal No. Signal Name BI Status on LCD Correct or not
10.5.2.7 Test Output Relays
This test checks that all the output relays are functioning correctly. Connect a continuity tester
across the terminals corresponding to each output relays as given in external connection diagram.
Note!
The terminals mentioned below are of the relay other than terminals mounted on panel. It
is more convenient to connect test set through terminals mounted on panel.
1. Watchdog contact check
Switch off the power of the protection equipment, and then normally closed watchdog contacts (i.e.
equipment being blocked contacts) can be tested, which are closed when the protection
equipment is powered off.
2. Alarm contacts check
Simulate various abnormalities of equipment operation, such as VT circuit failure, CT circuit failure
and etc., and the corresponding alarm contact can be tested.
3. Tripping signal contacts check
Simulate various faults to make every protection operate, and the corresponding signal contact
can be tested.
4. Tripping output contacts check
Please first configure one tripping matrix of some one protection to select all tripping output
channels. Then simulate a fault to make the protection operates and all tripping output contacts
can be tested
10.5.3 Print Fault Report
In order to acquire the details of protection operation, it is convenient to print the fault report of
protection device. For further details, see section 7.2.6.5.
A complete fault report shall include the following contents:
1. The fault report for the latest tripping event
2. Fault related information, such as the maximum fault current, fault phase, etc.
3. Wave record of the variation of all the analog quantity and binary inputs during the course of
fault occurrence.

10.5.4 On-load Checks
The objectives of the on-load checks are:
z Confirm the external wiring to the current inputs is correct.
z Check the polarity of each current transformer.
However, these checks can only be carried out if there are no restrictions preventing the
tenderization of the plant being protected.
Remove all test leads, temporary shorting leads, etc. and replace any external wiring that has
been removed to allow testing.
If it has been necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the protection in order to
perform any of the foregoing tests, it should be ensured that all connections are replaced in
accordance with the relevant external connection or scheme diagram. Confirm current transformer
wiring.
10.5.5 Final Checks
After the above tests are completed, remove all test or temporary shorting leads, etc. If it has been
necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the protection in order to perform the
wiring verification tests, it should be ensured that all connections are replaced in accordance with
the relevant external connection or scheme diagram.
Ensure that the protection has been restored to service.
If the protection is in a new installation or the circuit breaker has just been maintained, the circuit
breaker maintenance and current counters should be zero. If a test block is installed, remove the
test plug and replace the cover so that the protection is put into service.
Ensure that all event records, fault records, disturbance records and alarms have been cleared
and LEDs has been reset before leaving the protection.

Chapter 12 Maintenance
11.1 Maintenance Schedule
It is recommended that products supplied by NR receive periodic monitoring after installation. In

view of the critical nature of protective relays and their infrequent operation, it is desirable to
confirm that they are operating correctly at regular intervals.
This relays are self-supervised and so require less maintenance than earlier designs of relay. Most
problems will result in an alarm so that remedial action can be taken. However, some periodic
tests should be done to ensure that the relay is functioning correctly and the external wiring is
intact.
11.2 Regular Testing
The relay is almost completely self-supervised. The circuits which can not be supervised are
binary input, output circuits and human machine interfaces. Therefore regular testing can be
minimized to checking the unsupervised circuits.
11.3 Failure Tracing and Repair
Failures will be detected by automatic supervision or regular testing.
When a failure is detected by supervision, a remote alarm is issued and the failure is indicated on
the front panel with LED indicators and LCD display. It is also recorded in the alarm record.
Failures detected by supervision are traced by checking the ALARM REPORT screen on the
LCD. See section 4.1.3 for the details of the alarm events.
When a failure is detected during regular testing, confirm the following:
z Test circuit connections are correct
z Modules are securely inserted in position
z Correct DC power voltage is applied
z Correct AC inputs are applied
z Test procedures comply with those stated in the manual
11.4 Replace Failed Modules
If the failure is identified to be in the relay module and the user has spare modules, the user can
recover the protection by replacing the failed modules.
Repair at the site should be limited to module replacement. Maintenance at the component level is
not recommended.
Check that the replacement module has an identical module name (AI, PWR, CPU, MON, SIG, BI,

BO, etc.) and hardware type-form as the removed module. Furthermore, the CPU module
replaced should have the same software version. And AI and PWR module replaced should have
the same ratings.
The module name is indicated on the top front of the module. The software version is indicated in
LCD menu VERSION.
Warning!
Units and modules may only be replaced while the supply is switched off and only by
appropriately trained and qualified personnel. Strictly observe the basic precautions to
guard against electrostatic discharge.
Warning!
When handling a module, take anti-static measures such as wearing an earthed wrist band
and placing modules on an earthed conductive mat. Otherwise, many of the electronic
components could suffer damage. After replacing the CPU module, check the settings.
Danger!
After replacing modules, be sure to check that the same configuration is set as before the
replacement. If this is not the case, there is a danger of the unintended operation of
switchgear taking place or of protections not functioning correctly. Persons may also be
put in danger.
1. Replacing a module
1) Switch off the DC power supply
2) Disconnect the trip outputs
3) Short circuit all AC current inputs and disconnect all AC voltage inputs
4) According to different module to take different operating steps, and please refer to following.
WARNING: Hazardous voltage can be present in the DC circuit just after switching off the
DC power supply. It takes approximately 30 seconds for the voltage to discharge.
2. Replacing the Human Machine Interface Module (front panel)
1) Open the relay front panel
2) Unplug the ribbon cable on the front panel by pushing the catch outside.
3) Detach the HMI module from the relay
4) Attach the replacement module in the reverse procedure.
3. Replacing other modules

1) Unscrew the module connector
2) Unplug the connector from the target module.
3) Unscrew the module.
4) Pull out the module
5) Inset the replacement module in the reverser procedure.
6) After replacing the CPU module, input the application-specific setting values again.
Figure 11.4-1 Replace module
11.5 Replace Button Battery
Each relay has a battery to maintain status data and the correct time when the auxiliary supply
voltage fails. The data maintained includes event, fault and disturbance records.
This battery will periodically need changing. If the battery-backed facilities are not required to be
maintained during an interruption of the auxiliary supply, the steps below can be followed to
remove the battery.
CAUTION: Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should be familiar with
the contents of the safety and technique data sections and the ratings on the equipments
rating label.
Instructions for replacing the battery
1. Withdraw the CPU board from RCS-985GW.
2. Gently extract the battery from its socket. If necessary, use a small, insulated screwdriver to
prize the battery free.
3. Ensure that the metal terminals in the battery socket are free from corrosion, grease and dust.

4. The replacement battery should be removed from its packaging and placed into the battery
holder, taking care to ensure that the polarity markings on the battery agree with those
adjacent to the socket as shown as below.
Figure 11.5-1 Battery replacement
Note!
Ensure that the battery is securely held in its socket and that the battery terminals are
making good contact with the metal terminals of the socket.
5. Insert the CPU module into RCS-985GW.
11.6 Cleaning
Before cleaning the relay, ensure that all AC/DC supplies, current transformer connections are
isolated to prevent any chance of an electric shock whilst cleaning. Use a smooth cloth to clean
the front panel. Do not use abrasive material or detergent chemicals.
The equipment may be cleaned using a lint-free cloth moistened with clean water. The use of
detergents, solvents or abrasive cleaners is not recommended as they may damage the relays
surface and leave a conductive residue.
11.7 Storage
The spare relay or module should be stored in a dry and clean room. Based on IEC standard
60255-6 the storage temperature should be from -40C to +70C, but the temperature of from 0oC
to +40oC is recommended for long-term storage

Chapter 12 Decommissioning and Disposal
12.1 Decommissioning
1. Switching off
To switch off the protective device, switch off the external miniature circuit breaker of the power
supply.
2. Disconnecting Cables
Disconnect the cables in accordance with the rules and recommendations made by relational
department.
Danger!
Before disconnecting the power supply cables that connected with the DC module of the
protective device, make sure that the external miniature circuit breaker of the power supply
is switched off.
Danger!
Before disconnecting the cables that are used to connect analog input module with the
primary CTs and VTs, make sure that the circuit breaker for the primary CTs and VTs is
switched off.
3. Dismantling
The protective device rack may now be removed from the system cubicle, after which the cubicles
may also be removed.
Danger!
When the station is in operation, make sure that there is an adequate safety distance to
live parts, especially as dismantling is often performed by unskilled personnel.
12.2 Disposal
In every country there are companies specialized in the proper disposal of electronic waste.
Note!
Strictly observe all local and national regulations when disposing of the device.


Chapter 15 ANNEX
Chapter 13 Manual Version History
In the latest version of the instruction manual, several descriptions on existing features have been
modified.
Manual version and modification history records
Manual Version Software

Date Description of change
Source New Version
1.00 1.00 2010-06-10 Form the original manual.

RCS-985GW X Instruction Manual en Customized ECKF100398 R1.00 (En YJBH2042.0251.1101)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

RCS-985GW X Instruction Manual en Customized ECKF100398 R1.00 (En YJBH2042.0251.1101)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RCS-985GW

NR Electric Co., Ltd.

Documentation for equipment ordered from NR is dispatched separately from manufactured

Health and Safety

Qualified personnel are individuals who:

z Are trained in emergency procedures (first aid).

Instructions and Warnings

The following indicators and standard definitions are used:

NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD i

ii NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD

The earthing terminal of the equipment must be securely earthed

z Printed circuit board

Carefully handle the connection cable without applying excessive force.

The information in this manual is carefully checked periodically,

NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD iii

Health and Safety ....................................................................................................................... i

Instructions and Warnings ........................................................................................................ i

Table of Contents ........................................................................................................................ iv

Chapter 1 Introduction ................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Application .......................................................................................................................... 1

1.1.1 Typical applications ..................................................................................................... 1

1.1.2 Constitution of the scheme ......................................................................................... 3

1.2 Functions ............................................................................................................................. 4

1.3 Features ............................................................................................................................... 7

1.3.1 High performance hardware ........................................................................................ 7

1.3.2 New philosophy used in RCS-985GW ......................................................................... 8

1.3.3 Intellectuality .............................................................................................................. 10

Chapter 2 Technical Data ........................................................................................................... 13

2.1 Electrical Specifications ................................................................................................... 13

2.1.1 Power supply .............................................................................................................. 13

2.1.2 Analog current input ratings ..................................................................................... 13

2.1.3 Analog voltage input ratings ..................................................................................... 13

2.1.4 Binary input ................................................................................................................ 14

2.1.5 Binary output .............................................................................................................. 14

2.1.6 Power supply output for Optical isolators ............................................................... 14

2.2 Mechanical Specifications ............................................................................................... 14

2.3 Atmospheric Environment tests ...................................................................................... 15

2.4 Communication Interface ................................................................................................. 15

2.5 Type test ............................................................................................................................ 16

2.5.1 Environmental tests ................................................................................................... 16

2.5.2 Mechanical tests ......................................................................................................... 16

2.5.3 Electrical tests ............................................................................................................ 16

2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) ....................................................................... 16

iv NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD

2.6 Certifications ..................................................................................................................... 17

2.7 Protective functions.......................................................................................................... 17

2.7.1 Accurate Operating scope ......................................................................................... 17

2.7.2 General error of analog input metering .................................................................... 18

2.7.3 Generator differential protection............................................................................... 18

2.7.4 Excitation transformer differential protection.......................................................... 19

2.7.5 High sensitive transverse differential protection .................................................... 19

2.7.6 Earth fault protection of stator .................................................................................. 20

2.7.7 External voltage injecting earth fault protection of stator ...................................... 20

2.7.8 Earth fault protection of rotor.................................................................................... 21

2.7.9 Overload protection of stator .................................................................................... 21

2.7.10 Negative sequence overload protection ................................................................. 22

2.7.11 Overload protection of excitation winding (AC quantity)...................................... 22

2.7.12 Overload protection of excitation winding (DC quantity)...................................... 22

2.7.13 Loss of excitation protection of generator ............................................................. 23

2.7.14 Out-of-step protection of generator ........................................................................ 23

2.7.15 Voltage protection of generator .............................................................................. 24

2.7.16 Over excitation protection ....................................................................................... 24

2.7.17 Power protection of generator ................................................................................ 24